119854 Catalog

: Pdf 119854-Catalog 119854-Catalog 786776 Batch8 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 180

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

2011/2012

WIRE & CABLE MANAGEMENT

CATALOG

WARRANTY & TRADEMARK INFORMATION
LEGRAND/ WIREMOLD LIMITED WARRANTY & LIABILITY STATEMENT
Legrand/ Wiremold warrants, to the original purchaser or owner only, that any product manufactured and sold by
Legrand/ Wiremold will be substantially free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service, for
a period of one year from the date of original installation or two years from the date of purchase, whichever is sooner. This
limited warranty applies only to products, which have been installed properly in accordance with Installation Instructions
supplied by Legrand/ Wiremold and any applicable codes and standards.
This limited warranty is void and Legrand/ Wiremold shall not be liable for any damages or held responsible for the quality,
performance or safety of products that have been repaired, altered or tampered with outside of Legrand/ Wiremold facilities
or which have been intermixed (used within a system) with products or materials not approved by Legrand/ Wiremold or
have been subjected to accident, negligence, misuse or abuse.
Legrand/ Wiremold’s sole obligation (and the sole and exclusive remedy of the purchaser or owner of the product) with
respect to any products which are proven to be defective, shall be the repair or replacement of the defective products, at
the sole option of Legrand/ Wiremold. Returned products will not be accepted unless Legrand/ Wiremold is notified and
authorizes the return, prior to shipment.
Legrand/ Wiremold shall not be liable for any damages in excess of the purchase price of the defective products, and under
no circumstances shall Legrand/ Wiremold be liable for incidental, consequential, special or punitive damages.
Certain products of Legrand/ Wiremold may have a specific limited warranty or limitation of liability which is included with
such products and which differs from that set forth in this Statement. The terms of any such specific limited warranty or
limitation of liability will supersede that set forth in this Statement.
Except as set forth in the preceding paragraph, THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND LEGRAND/ WIREMOLD
MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT OF ITS PRODUCTS, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING NO
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

LEGRAND/ WIREMOLD TRADEMARKS
Legrand/ Wiremold Raceways and Fittings are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and the Canadian Standards
Association. Registered Trademarks of Legrand/ Wiremold and its subsidiaries include: 500, 700, 2000, 3000, 4000,
6000, 4000 Designer Series, Access, CabinetMATE, CableSmart, Centerex, Chan-L-Wire, CordMate, CordMate II, Corduct,
DS4000, EZ-Pole, FiberReady, Flushduct, HideAcord, Isoduct, On-Wall, Pancake, Perma Power, Plug-In Outlet Center,
Plugmold, Plugmold Plus, Plugmold Tough, Power Commander, Resource RFB, Sentrex, Snapicoil, Source I, Source II,
Sure-Snap, Synergy, Tele-Power, Uniduct, V500, V700, Walker, Walkercell, Walkerdeck, Walkerduct, Walkerduct Pro,
Walkerflex, Walkerflex AWS, Wiremold, and Wiring Projects Made Easy.
Trademarks of Legrand/ Wiremold include 300 Series, 400 Series, 525 Series, 800 Series, 861 Series, 880 Series,
882C Series, 884C Series, 1200 Series, 2300 Series, 2400 Series, 2400D Series, 4047 Series, 5400 Series, 5500 Series,
5507 Series, AC Series, AF Series, AL2000 Series, AL2400 Series, AL3300 Series, AL5200 Series, ALA3800 Series,
ALA4800 Series, AMD8 Series, AnySize, AV3 Series, CableMate, CornerMate, CM Series, CZE Series, Data-Fense,
Evolution, FieldMate, FIT Series, FlameStopper, FloorPort, FloorSource, Isoduct, NM2000 Series, Omnibox,
PSRC9 Series, Prewired Select, RC3 Series, RC4 Series, RC7 Series, RC7AFFTC Series, RC700XR Series, RC9 Series,
RC9AFFTC Series, RC9AM2TC Series, RC9AMD Series, RC91GHBTC Series, RC92GHBTC Series, RFE Series,
ScuffCoat, TableSource, TopGuard, Vista Architectural and WallSource.
Wiremold Prewired XPress is a Service Mark of Legrand/ Wiremold.
All brand and product names are registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective holders.
All Legrand/ Wiremold products, unless specifically noted, are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and conform
to Federal Specifications W-C-582 and the National Electrical Code. Products designed for use in telephone or
communications wiring normally do not require UL listing. Most products in this catalog are also certified by the Canadian
Standards Association. Special ordering information for products to be installed in Canada is available upon request.
© Copyright 2010 Legrand/Wiremold All Rights Reserved

You’ll see these QR codes used in this catalog to provide you
with a mobile link to more information online. To use them, go
to getscanlife.com from your mobile browser to scan this code
and get exclusive content. Standard data rates may apply.

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

WELCOME

WELCOME
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS,
Welcome to the new Legrand Wiremold Product Guide
featuring the broadest range of wire and cable management
solutions we’ve ever offered.
This product guide is full of the in-depth product information
and specifications you’ve come to expect from Legrand
Wirmemold. And be sure to check out our latest “designed to
be better” products in the new products section.
Whether it’s 500 raceway, power poles, or the latest floor
boxes, Legrand Wiremold is working hard to put you, our
valued customer, first. With market leading innovation, high
quality products, and updated tools and product information,
our goal is to be your first choice for wire and cable
management products and solutions.

Since its introduction in the early 1900’s, the Wiremold
Buyer’s Guide has been a valuable source of information
for contractors, distributors, and architects.

And remember, our most up-to-date product guide is also
available online at www.legrand.us/Wiremold featuring
select product highlight videos.
Thank you for your business and continued support.

Brian DiBella
Vice President, General Manager

Since 1900… Over a Century of Solutions!

It’s also easy to access the same product information, 24/7
through our fully searchable online catalog at www.legrand.us/wiremold.

Today… Innovative Products, designed to be better!

For an updated electronic
catalog throughout 2011,
use this QR code.

WELCOME

SUSTAINABLE DESIGN

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

GREEN THINKING & SUSTAINABILITY
Wiremold embraces a multi-level approach to sustainable design through:
NEW CONVIA-ENABLED WIREMOLD SYSTEMS TAKE ENERGY MANAGEMENT
TO THE NEXT LEVEL
• Integrated and highly flexible system – Now Wiremold pathway
solutions are “energy smart”
• Convia software enables control and monitoring of plugload,
lighting and thermostat set points
• Provides actual power consumption data by zone
LEAN MANUFACTURING & WASTE REDUCTION
• Total waste reduction in all aspects of manufacturing
• One-piece flow maintains quality assurance on a per piece basis –
eliminates unnecessary raw material consumption
• Inventory aligned to demand/usage – reduces holding costs and space
• Environmental stewardship – replacing high VOC paint with powder coat.
• Kaizen philosophy grounded in continuous improvement – reduces waste
in manufacturing process
• Use of recycled and post consumer materials in manufacturing
• ISO14001 Certification
SITE & INSTALLATION BENEFITS
• Staged deliveries – improves efficiency and reduces on-site storage
• Local sourcing – reduces delivery costs and environmental impact from
emissions
• Bulk packaging – used for prewired raceway and other systems to reduce
on-site packaging waste
PRODUCT LINE BENEFITS
• One Source for Design & Delivery Coordination – multiple pathway
solutions coordinated across trades ensures the right solution while
reducing the number of deliveries to a job site
• Convia-Enabled Pathways connected by Walkerflex Modular Wiring –
provides energy management and monitoring
• Raised Floor Enhancements & Accessories – Modular wiring and raised
floor access boxes assist underfloor displacement air ventilation
• Infloor, Thru-Floor & Poke-Thru Devices – Increased use of natural
daylight through use of open floor plans
• Architectural Columns – Improved aesthetics and increased use of
natural daylight through use of open floor plans
• Infloor Systems – extend lifecycle benefits by offering a flexible solution
to accommodate multiple renovations of the building space.
• Prewired Raceway – Eliminate scrap generated by on-site cutting of
bases and covers
• Surface Raceways – Pathway flexibility for moves, adds, changes while
maintaining V-rating and wall integrity

The globe icon identifies products that contribute to sustainable
design or provides energy savings through efficiencies in design,
manufacturing processes, or installation.

The leaf icon identifies products that save energy through improved
measurement and monitoring of plug loads and systems.

SUSTAINABILITY

Wiremold is committed to
environmental stewardship by
becoming registered to the
ISO14001 standard.
Since 2008, Wiremold has used
its environmental management
system to reduce pollution, stay
in regulatory compliance, and
continuously reduce our
environmental impact in the
manufacture of our products.

Wiremold products
contribute to and
help support the
objectives of the
U.S. Green Building
Council, an
organization representing more
than 10,000 organizations from
all segments of the building
industry that developed the LEED
rating system and which
continues to guide its evolution.
Wiremold representatives are
trained (and in some instances
LEED-certified) to provide
consultation on sustainable
design.

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

SUSTAINABLE DESIGN

GREEN THINKING & SUSTAINABILITY
CONVIA-ENABLED PATHWAYS:
• Raised Floor Boxes
• Architectural Columns
• Floor Boxes
• Poke-Thru Devices
RAISED FLOOR SYSTEMS:
• Walkerflex® Modular Wiring System
• Floor Box Systems
• Vista® Architectural Pedestals
Benefits:
• Designed to work with underfloor displacement air ventilation.
• Open space flexibility.
• Pedestals provide connectivity at desk height.
INFLOOR/THROUGH-FLOOR/POKE-THRU:
• Walkerduct® Underfloor Duct System
• Poke-Thru Devices
• Floor Box Systems
Benefits:
• Enable open plan design.
• Open plan improves daylighting.
• Flexibility for moves, adds, changes.
ARCHITECTURAL COLUMNS:
• Vista™ Architectural Columns
Benefits:
• Connectivity and/or consolidation point in open space.
• Facilitates better use of natural light.
• Flexibility for moves, adds, changes.
SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS:
• DS4000® Series Raceway
• Prewired Raceway
• Other Legrand/Wiremold Raceway Systems
Benefits:
• On-wall – not into wall – for enhanced flexibility.
• No need to cut into walls – maintains building integrity,
V Rating, and R-Value.
• Prewired Raceway reduces waste and minimizes packaging.

RECYCLED CONTENT & LOCAL SOURCING
• Wiremold typically uses steel with an average post-consumer recycled
content of 23.5%, and an average pre-consumer/post-industrial
recycled content of 6.4%.
• Aluminum products include high levels of recycled content.
• Wiremold makes available specific documentation required for
determining the recycled content of each product.
• Wiremold products are manufactured in West Hartford, CT. Recycled
steel, aluminum, and other materials are typically sourced from local
suppliers within a 500-mile radius of the plant. For project sites within
a 500-mile radius of West Hartford, the value of the Wiremold product
may be used in calculating the total value of local/regional materials in
the project. Wiremold supplies the appropriate supporting
documentation.

SUSTAINABILITY

WELCOME

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

USING THE WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE
COLOR CODING:
Color coding has been used throughout the Product Guide
including in the Table of Contents and on the outside edge of
the pages of each section to help you quickly access the
products or information you need. A color key to the sections
can also be found on the back cover of this catalog and on the
right side of this page.
ORGANIZATION:
Sections of this catalog have been reorganized to give you
faster access to key information about our products. System
layouts, wire fill capacity charts and UL Code Reference
information is located on the beginning pages of each
product section.
NEW PRODUCTS:
The newest Wiremold product innovations are featured in the
New Products section. You’ll find color photos and information
on where these products are located in the Product Guide.
PRODUCT GUIDE AVAILABLE ONLINE:
The Wiremold Product Guide is also available online. With all
the same information as the print version, the online Product
Guide is fully searchable and easy to use.
CODE REFERENCE INFORMATION: CODE REFERENCE
UL Code Reference information for
cULus Listed Raceway:
each product line is indicated at
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
the beginning of the product
Complies with flammability
requirements of UL-5A.
section. Look for a box similar to
this example.
Fittings:
File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

COLOR INFORMATION:
Color swatches (see sample below) for each product line are
shown at the beginning of the product section. Each part
number listing also shows all the available color versions for
that part. Information on how the color values were developed
can be found in the Technical Section.
NOTE: Color swatches shown throughout this catalog are as close to the
product colors as is possible through the printing process. These should
not be used by customers to make color decisions. Legrand/Wiremold
recommends that customers request samples to review for color
accuracy in circumstances where color matching is critical.

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS COLOR OPTIONS
500 and 700 Series Raceway Part
Numbers with a “V” prefix have an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a
“-WH” suffix have a white finish.
Ivory

WELCOME

White

Specific Product Sections are identified throughout the
Product Guide with the following color coding:

Audio/Video Compatibility
Communications Connectivity
Steel Surface Raceway Systems
Overfloor Raceway Systems
Nonmetallic Surface Raceway Systems
Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems
Prewired Raceway Systems
Specialty Raceways & Accessories
Plugmold® Multioutlet Systems
Poke-Thru Devices
Floor Box Systems
Service Fittings & Activation Accessories
Infloor Duct Systems
Energy Management Systems
Modular Wiring Solutions
Vertical Solutions
Power Distribution & Surge Protective Devices
Work Surface Solutions
Fire Stop Solutions
Wireless & Zone Cabling Solutions

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

Welcome
Wiremold Products & Sustainability
Using The Wiremold Product Guide
New Products
Audio/Video Compatibility
Wiremold® Pathways with A/V Compatibility ............ 2
Wiremold® A/V Quick Selection Guide........................ 9

Communications Connectivity
Ortronics® Connectivity .............................................16
Wiremold Open System Connectivity ...................... 16
CM Series™ Communication Modules ...................... 17

PERIMETER SYSTEMS
Steel Surface Raceway Systems
Quick Selection Guide .............................................. 22
One-Piece Raceways
500® & 700® Series Raceway ................................ 23
Two-Piece Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways
2000 ® Series Raceway .......................................... 31
2400 Series™ Raceway .......................................... 34
2400D Series™ Raceway ........................................ 39
3000® Series Raceway............................................ 43
4000 ® Designer Series Raceway
DS4000® Raceway .................................................. 48
Two-Piece Large Multiple Channel Raceways
4000 ® Series Raceway .......................................... 53
4047 Series™ Device Plates .................................. 58
S4000 ® Series Raceway ........................................ 61
6000 ® Series Raceway .......................................... 67
Multi-Compartment Surface Metal Raceway
AnySize™ Raceway ................................................ 71

PERIMETER SYSTEMS (continued)
Nonmetallic Surface Raceway Systems
Quick Selection Guide .............................................. 90
Low Voltage Single-Channel Raceways
Uniduct® 2700, 2800, & 2900 Series Raceways .... 91
Power-Rated Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways
Eclipse™ PN03, PN05, & PN05 Series Raceways .. 98
400, 800, 2300/2300D Series™ Raceways ............ 102
Large Capacity Multiple-Channel Raceways
Access® 5000 Raceway ........................................ 110
CableSmart™ 40N Series Raceway ...................... 115
5400 Series™ Raceway.......................................... 118
5500 Series™ Raceway.......................................... 124
5507 Series™ Faceplates ...................................... 129
Hide Cord Raceway
300 Series™ Duct .................................................. 131

Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems
Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 134
Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways
AL2000 Series™ Raceway .................................... 135
AL2400 Series™ Raceway .................................... 138
AL3300 Series™ Raceway .................................... 140
4000® Designer Series Raceway
ALDS4000™ Raceway ............................................ 143
Large Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways
ALA3800 Series™ Raceway .................................. 147
ALA4800 Series™ Raceway .................................. 150
AL5200 Series™ Raceway .................................... 153

YESTERDAY

TODAY

Overfloor Raceway Systems
Quick Selection Guide .............................................. 78
Multiple-Channel Overfloor Raceway
OFR Series™ Overfloor Raceway ............................79
Steel Pancake Overfloor Raceway
1500 Series™ Raceway............................................ 82
2600 Series™ Raceway............................................ 85
Nonmetallic Pancake Overfloor Raceway
1200/1400/1600 Series™ Raceway ..........................87

Wiremold /Legrand introduced the original 500 Series Raceway wiring
solution to the electrical trade in 1916.
Today, the new 4000 Designer Series Raceway offers maximum capacity
and functionality, combined with innovations that speed installation.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PERIMETER SYSTEMS (continued)

PERIMETER SYSTEMS (continued)
Prewired Raceway Systems

Plugmold® Multioutlet Systems

Why Prewired .......................................................... 160
Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 164
Single Channel, Single Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems
AL3000 Series™ Raceway .................................... 167
ALA3800 Series™ Raceway ....................................168
Single/Dual Channel, Single Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems
AL3300 Series™ Raceway .................................... 169
AL4000 Series™ Raceway ......................................170
AL4400 Series™ Raceway .................................... 171
AL4750 Series™ Raceway .................................... 172
Dual Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems
AL4320 Series™ Raceway .................................... 173
AL4520 Series™ Raceway ......................................174
ALA4800 Series™ Raceway .................................. 175
ALDS4000 Series™ Raceway ................................ 177
Three Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems
AL7320 Series™ Raceway .................................... 178
AL7450 Series™ Raceway ......................................179
Prewired Steel Raceway Systems
3000 ® Series™, 4000 ® Series, DS4000® &
6000® Series Raceways ........................................180
Prewired Nonmetallic Raceway Systems
CableSmart™ 40N2 Series, 5400 Series™ &
5500 Series™ Raceways ........................................ 181
Prewired Select Series™ Raceways ........................ 182

Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 216
Plugmold® Steel Multioutlet Systems
2000 Series™ Multioutlet System ........................ 217
2400 Series™ Multioutlet System ........................ 222
®
Plugmold Plus Nonmetallic Multioutlet Systems
NM2000 Series™ Multioutlet System.................... 226
Plugmold® Aluminum Multioutlet Systems
AL2000 Series™ Multioutlet System .................... 231
Plugmold® Tamper-Resistant Multioutlet Systems
2000TR Series™ Multioutlet System .................... 235
24R Series™ Multioutlet System .......................... 237

Specialty Raceways & Accessories
Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 186
Secure Raceway Systems
Data-Fense™ Secure Raceway System ................187
SpecMate Wireway & Enclosures .......................... 200
WallSource™ Multiple Service Box
WallSource™ Multiple Service Box ...................... 212

YESTERDAY

Plugmold® Multioutlet Strips were originally introduced in 1947. Today
Plugmold applications range from garage makeovers to installations in
high end gourmet kitchens.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

TODAY

INFLOOR SYSTEMS
Poke-Thru Devices
Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 240
Recessed Style Poke-Thru Devices
Evolution™ 6AT Series Poke-Thru Devices .......... 246
Evolution™ 8AT Series Poke-Thru Devices .......... 253
Surface Style Poke-Thru Devices
RC7 Series™ Poke-Thru Devices .......................... 259
RC9 Series™ Poke-Thru Devices .......................... 261
RC9AMD Series™ Poke-Thru Devices .................. 263
AMD8 Series™ Poke-Thru Devices ...................... 265
AV3 Series™ Poke-Thru Devices .......................... 267
RC3 Series™ Poke-Thru Devices .......................... 269
RC4 Series™ Poke-Thru Devices .......................... 271
Furniture Feed Style Poke-Thru Devices
4FFATC Series™ Poke-Thru Devices .................... 273
RC7AFFTC Series™ Poke-Thru Devices .............. 274
RC9AFFTC Series™ Poke-Thru Devices................ 275
RC9AM2TC Series™ Poke-Thru Devices .............. 276
Pedestal Style Poke-Thru Devices
FIT Series™ Poke-Thru Devices............................ 277
RC91GHBTC & RC92GHBTC Series™
Poke-Thru Devices .............................................. 279

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

INFLOOR SYSTEMS (continued)
Floor Box Systems
Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 282
Fire Classified Floor Boxes.................................. 287
FloorPort™ Series Cover Assemblies .................. 293
Ratchet-Pro™ Series Round Floor Boxes ............ 297
882C/884C Series™ Round Floor Boxes ...............301
Modulink™ 880MP Series Floor Boxes ................ 302
Resource RFB® Series Floor Boxes .................... 306
Omnibox™ Series Floor Boxes .............................. 314
880 Series™ Floor Boxes ...................................... 320
800 Series™ Floor Boxes ...................................... 323
800W Series™ Floor Boxes .................................. 325
861 Series™ Floor Boxes ...................................... 329
862 Series™ Floor Boxes ...................................... 331
863 Series™ Floor Boxes ...................................... 332
WMFB Series™ Floor Boxes.................................. 334
FloorSource™ Raised Floor Boxes
AF Series™ Raised Floor Boxes............................ 337
AC Series™ Raised Floor Boxes............................ 341
CRFB Series™ Raised Floor Boxes ...................... 345
Convention Center Series™ Products ...................... 349
CCBB Series Ballroom Floor Boxes........................ 352

Infloor Duct Systems
Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 378
Walkerduct® Underfloor Duct Systems .................. 381
Walkerduct® Carpet/Tile Holders .......................... 391
Walker® Flushduct Infloor Duct Systems .............. 394
Wallduct Raceway Systems .................................. 398
Trenchduct Feeder Systems .................................. 404
Walkercell® Cellular Raceway Systems ................ 407

Energy Management Solutions
Convia® Enabled Wiremold®
Energy Management System .................................. 414

Modular Wiring Solutions
Walkerflex® Modular Wiring System ...................... 434
Chan-L-Wire® Pro Series
Modular Power/Lighting System ............................ 448

OPEN SPACE SYSTEMS
Service Fittings & Activation Accessories
Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 356
525 Series™ Service Fittings.................................... 357
1200 Series™ Service Fittings.................................. 360
Multiplex™ Service Fittings...................................... 361
525 & Multiplex Series™ Activation Accessories .... 363
Source 1® Series Service Fittings .......................... 365
FloorPort™ Series Cover Assemblies .................... 368
Walkerduct® Flush Poke-Thru Style Service Fittings
PSRC9 Series™ Service Fittings .......................... 371
®
Walkerduct Pro Series Service Fittings................ 373

Vertical Solutions
Quick Selection Guide ............................................ 452
Vista™ Architectural Columns .............................. 454
Vista CP™ Consolidation Point.............................. 460
Vista Point5™ Architectural Columns .................. 466
Tele-Power® Poles .............................................. 471
Vertical Drop Poles .............................................. 480
Custom Tele-Power® Poles .................................. 483

YESTERDAY

TODAY

Tele-Power® Poles were introduced in 1969 to provide
power and data access in open offices.
Today, Vista™ Architectural Columns provide open
space access to power and communication services
with a wide variety of decorative options.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Power Distribution & Surge Protective Devices

Wireless & Zone Cabling Solutions

Quick Selection Guide.............................................. 486
Power Distribution Units for Data Centers
Power Commander® IQ Units ............................ 487
Network Controlled 15 Amp, 20 Amp
Power Commander® Plus Units ........................ 489
High Amperage Units
Power Commander® High Amperage Units ...... 491
30 Amp, 40 Amp, Mounting Accessories
Meter Reader™ Series
Current Monitoring Devices ............................ 493
Cabinet Power Solutions
Surge Protected CabinetMATE® Series .............. 494
15 Amp, 20 Amp
Power Only CabinetMATE® Series ...................... 495
15 Amp, 20 Amp
Rack Mounted Power Solutions
Surge Protected Products.................................... 497
Sentrex High Performance Series,
Perma-Power Mid-Performance Series,
Power Commander® High Amperage Units
Power Only Products ............................................498
15 Amp, 20 Amp
Workstation Power Solutions
Surge Protected Plug-In Outlet Center® Units .. 499
Power Only Plug-In Outlet Center® Units............ 501
Hard Wired Surge Protection
ZoneMaster®/ZoneSentinel® Series .................... 504
ZoneDefender Pro Series .................................. 505
PA/PB™ Series .................................................... 506

Wireless Enclosures
VLWAP Vista™ Wireless Access Point Enclosure .... 524
WAPE Series
Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosures .......... 525
WAPENCL Series
Wireless Access Point Ceiling Enclosures .......... 527
NME1250AP Wall-Mounted Nonmetallic
Wireless Access Point Enclosure ........................ 528
WAPBRKT Wireless Access Point
Mounting Bracket for Overhead Applications .... 529
Zone Cabling Enclosures
CZE Series Zone Cabling Enclosures .................. 530
RFE Series Zone Cabling Enclosures.................. 531

Work Surface Solutions
Quick Selection Guide.............................................. 508
Evolution™ Series Work Surface Portals ................ 509
deQuorum™ Recessed Work Surface Portals .......... 511
deQuorum™ Flip-Up Work Surface Portals ............ 513
TableSource™ Work Surface Portals ........................ 514
Lab Bench Work Surface Portals .......................... 516
Desktop Power Center Work Surface Portals ...... 518

Fire Stop Solutions
FlameStopper™ Series Thru-Wall &
Thru-Floor Fittings .................................................. 521

Today, regardless of the application or the installation,
Legrand/Wiremold remains the leader in configuring solutions and
providing the products and expertise to get your job done right.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Technical Information
Raceway Cross-Sectional Areas/
Wire & Cable Cross-Sectional Areas...................... 534
Raceway Wire & Cable Dimensions ........................ 534
Calculating Wire & Cable Capacities ...................... 535
Conductor Derating (Lighting & Power Circuits)
National Electrical Code Articles ........................ 536
Cubic Inch Capacity of Wiremold Boxes.................. 537
Mounting Means for Wiremold Raceways .............. 538
Electrical Symbols in Accordance
with ANSI Y32.9-1972 .......................................... 538
Steel Raceway Color Specifications ........................ 540

Index
YESTERDAY

TODAY

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

NEW PRODUCTS

NEW PRODUCTS FROM LEGRAND/ WIREMOLD
Introducing the latest innovations
from Legrand/Wiremold, the
industry leader in wiring solutions.
Evolution™ Series Floor Boxes
OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System
Desktop Power Center Work Surface Portals
Plugmold® 2000TR Series™
Tamper-Resistant Multioutlet System
NME1250AP Wireless Access Point Enclosure
Tele-Power® Pole Extenders
Evolution™ Series Work Surface Portals
Fire Classified Floor Boxes
FloorPort™ Series Cover Assemblies
RFB6E Series™ Floor Boxes
with Evolution™ Series Cover Assemblies
Convia-enabled Wiremold® System
Enhanced Audio/Video Compatibility

For more information
on featured products,
use this QR code.

1 • NEW PRODUCTS

NEW PRODUCTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE
– Coming in 2011 –

EVOLUTION™ SERIES FLOOR BOXES

New Universal Floor Box
Evolution™ Series Floor Box; “one box…many applications”,
which means the same floor box can be installed in concrete,
raised, or wood floor applications. Ideal for commercial office
applications such as: open collaborative spaces, closed offices,
and conference rooms. Other great applications are: education
facilities, entertainment spaces, and any other open spaces where
power, communications, and audio/video services are required.

• One box, many floor types – one floor box can be
installed into concrete, raised or wood floors.

• Aesthetic Evolution Style covers for a consistent look
throughout the facility – Covers come in 5 decorative
colors (black, gray, brass, nickel, and bronze) to match
the room’s décor.
• Full 180° angle opening – so covers remain attached
while leaving maximum access.
• Removable Modules – Easy moves, adds and changes.
Can be removed from the top or back.
• Accommodates standard size wall plates.
• 2 1/2" to 3 1/2" of wiring space behind device plates.
• 6, 8, or 10 gangs of capacity – Open platform for power,
communications and audio/video devices.
• KOs ranging from 1/2" to 2" trade size.
• Removable dividers – For maximum configurability.
• Tunnel allows all compartments to be connected.

2 to 10 gangs of capacity – Open platform box is available in
multiple sizes and with multiple configuration options for
power, communications, and audio/video devices. Aesthetic
Evolution Style Covers come in 5 decorative colors.

2 • NEW PRODUCTS

One Box, Many Floor Types – One Floor Box can be installed into
either concrete, raised, or wood floors.

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

NEW PRODUCTS

2 1/2" to 3 1/2" of wiring space behind device plates.

Internal Wiring guards help to protect
and manage cables and wiring.

Wiring modules accept standard size wall plates and are removable from either the top or back of the box.

– Page 79 –

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System provides four-channels of
capacity and access to a wide range of power, communications,
and A/V connectivity options in an ADA compliant profile. This
system installs over existing floor coverings and is both tamperresistant and installer-friendly, making it an ideal solution for
temporary or permanent installations where access through
floors and ceilings is not an option.
• Low profile, ADA compliant design.
• Multi-channel base provides capacity for power,
communications, and A/V in one raceway.
• Open system device plates for communications and A/V.
• Attaches directly to floor covering.
• Installs in open space areas where access to floor or ceiling
is not an option.
• four-gang box can accommodate power and communications
on both sides with crossover kit.
• Transition options for popular Wiremold surface raceway
systems and Vista Architectural Columns.

OFR Series Raceway provides access
to power, A/V, and communication
services to open-space areas in an
ADA compliant low profile design.

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway
4-Gang Device Box.

OFR Series Overfloor
Raceway transition
fitting for DS4000
Series Raceway.

3 • NEW PRODUCTS

NEW PRODUCTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE
– Page 518 –

DESKTOP POWER CENTER WORK SURFACE PORTALS

Desktop Power Center Work Surface Portals provide power
and USB charging outlets at the work surface level by utilizing
existing cord drop openings in office desks and workspace
table tops. Mounting hardware is also included with each unit
to provide an alternative mounting method that latches the
units onto the side of work surfaces.
• Add power where needed.
• Ideal for desk or work table.
• Mounting hardware included.
• 12' cord 12 Amp 125V.
• Built-in surge protection.

Desktop Power Center Portals provide easy work
surface level access to surge-protected power
and USB services.

Desktop Power Center Portals include mounting components
for mounting to work surfaces using either an existing cord
drop or for latching to a side of the work surface.

– Page 235 –

PLUGMOLD® 2000TR SERIES™

Plugmold
Plugmold ® 2000 Series ™ Tamper-Resistant offers
2000TR Series
industry leading levels of both safety and
installed in a
convenience.
residential
• Meets 2008 NEC section 406.11 for tamper resistant
kitchen.
receptacles in dwelling units. Perfect for residences,
dorms, and extended stay hotels.
• Patented internal shutter system prevents insertion of
unwanted objects such as paper clips, keys or nails.
• 15A proprietary simplex receptacles in a sleek low
profile.
• Available in multiple colors and finishes.
Patented internal
shutter system
• Can be used with existing Plugmold fittings and boxes.
prevents insertion
of unwanted
objects.

– Page 471 –

TELE-POWER® POLE EXTENDERS

NEW Tele-Power Pole Extenders – Easier job site handling with
easier, more reliable shipping options.
Configurability of the TPP Extenders allows for on site
modifications to accommodate a variety of ceiling heights. TPP
Extenders can ship UPS or air freight. TPP Extenders have been
designed to be compatible with existing poles, so relocating is
literally, a snap (quick, easy, and done with in-stock
components). Existing poles can be retrofit/extended to be used
in a location with a higher ceiling using TPP Extenders.
When you need a reliable open space power and/or
communications solution in the shortest amount of time, no
matter the length needed, think Wiremold TPP Extenders.

Tele-Power Pole Extenders slide onto
existing poles to extend their length
or the easy-to-ship components can
also be used to create a whole new
pole. Just remove 8" cover, slide the
components together, screw them in
place, and replace the 8" cover.
Handling standard length poles
on a jobsite can be a challenge.

4 • NEW PRODUCTS

New Tele-Power Pole Extender
make transporting and installing
poles of any length a SNAP!

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

CRFB SERIES™ ROUND RECESSED FLOOR BOXES

Accepts 8" Evolution Series poke-thru covers.
Large multi-compartment boxes.
TopGuard™ Protection.
Accepts wide range of power, communication
and audio/video configurations.
Prewired & custom plate options.
Fits into round diffuser openings.
Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines.
Compatible with both raised and wood floors.
Multiple KOs located on sides and bottom
of box accept conduit sizes from 1/2" - 2".

Cables egress from a CRFB
Series Floor Box with Evolution
Series Poke-Thru Cover.

– Page 528 –

CRFB Series fourcompartment
configurable
floor box

New egress design for
CRFB Series Floor Box
Covers offers larger
wire/cable egress with
locking feature.

NME1250AP – WIRELESS ACCESS POINT ENCLOSURE

• Large capacity compartment. 13 3/4" high
x 7 3/8" wide x 4 5/8" [349mm x 192mm x
117mm] deep interior provides space for
most leading manufacturers’ AP products,
including Cisco® Aironet 1250 Series.
• Convenient termination point and
raceway connectivity. Communications
cabling can be backfed or surface raceway
fed using the integral raceway twistouts
provided on all four sides of the enclosure
(for Eclipse™ Series PN03, PN05, and
PN10 Raceways).
• Security lock included. Paintable
Fog White in color, the enclosure includes
a concealed key lock under
a subdoor to prevent unauthorized access.
All locksets are keyed alike.
• Configurability. Antennas for Cisco®
Aironet 1250 can be configured either
internal or external to the enclosure.

– Page 310 –

NEW PRODUCTS

– Page 345 –

Stylish, paintable enclosure includes a
concealed key lock under a subdoor to
prevent unauthorized access

Interior provides space for most leading
manufacturers’ AP products, including
Cisco® Aironet 1250 Series.

RFB6E & RFB6E-OG FLOOR BOXES

New RFB6E Series Floor Boxes accept the round 8" Evolution
Series cover assemblies providing improved aesthetics for
installations that combine both floor boxes and poke-thru devices.
• Suitable for in both above-grade and
on-grade concrete floor applications.
• Special fusion-bonded epoxy
corrosion resistant paint finish
allows for on-grade use without the
weight of cast iron material.
• Accepts the 8" Evolution Series
poke-phru cover assemblies.
• Six gangs of capacity.

RFB6E & RFB6E-OG Floor Boxes with
Evolution™ Series 8" Poke-Thru Cover
Assemblies.

5 • NEW PRODUCTS

NEW PRODUCTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE
– Page 287 –

FIRE CLASSIFIED FLOOR BOXES

•
•
•
•
•
•

Two (2) Hour UL Fire Classified.
TopGuard protection
Available in two depths.
Fully Adjustable before and after concrete pour.
Accepts existing floor box covers.
Available in both flush and recessed one-, two-, three-, or
RFB4-SSFC Fire Rated Floor Box.
four-gang configurations.
• UL Listed and UL Fire Classified to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards for tile and terrazzo.
• Available in both steel and nonmetallic fabrications.
• Twelve (12) box variations.
The use of intumescent materials and
the bottom plate assembly preserve
the two hour fire rating of the floor.
Fire Rated Floor Boxes maintain a floor’s twohour fire rating and are available in both flush
and recessed configurations.

– Page 368 –

FLOORPORT™ SERIES COVER ASSEMBLIES

New and improved FloorPort Cover provide added
functionality, enhanced durability and an expanded
color selection.
• Recessed activations available in both flanged and
flangeless versions.
• Covers open a full 180° for easier access.
• Egress doors and cable management redesigned
to better protect cabling.
• Full size handle for easier opening.
• Hinge and latch redesigned for enhanced durability.
• New colors in a resilient finish.

– Page 509 –

FloorPort™ Series Flanged Cover Assembly
installed in a carpeted floor.
New FloorPort™ Series Cover
Assemblies feature a full 180° opening
cover with new cable egress openings
that protect cabling while holding
them securely in place and a new
recessed handle for easier opening.

EVOLUTION™ SERIES WORK SURFACE PORTALS

Introducing Evolution Series Work Surface Portals.
Evolution Work Surface Portals offer extra capacity
and style in a conference or board room table.
Evolution Series Work Surface Portals provide the
space to mount devices below the table top and the
aesthetics to match room decor. It offers seamless
integration of electrical, voice, data, video and audio
into workstation activations.

6 • NEW PRODUCTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE

NEW PRODUCTS

– Page 414 –

CONVIA-ENABLED WIREMOLD® SYSTEM

Until now, employing energy management strategies has meant a
complicated, difficult-to-configure collection of technologies hardwired into a building’s infrastructure. Once designed and
implemented, making changes was impractical. Adjustments in
space use or design required starting practically from scratch. And
day-to-day power management was unwieldy and inelegant.
Enter the Convia-enabled Wiremold system, an integrated solution
that is highly flexible, highly adaptable and highly intelligent. Never
before has energy management been so simple while at the same
time infinitely flexible and powerful.
• Real-time Energy Monitoring – Allows end user to monitor
in real time and set energy usage from any location.
• Dynamic Load Shedding – Automatically reduces building
usage as energy limits are reached. Can also be
controlled manually.
• Modular and Field-Wired Versions – Ideal for new
construction and renovation/retrofit applications.
• Energy Efficiency Compliant – System qualifies for Title 24,
ASHRAE 90.1, EPAct and other utility rebate programs.
• UL Listed – Listed to U.S. and Canadian
safety standards for 20A 120V/208V
and 277V/480V systems.
Flexibility is at the heart of the Conviaenabled Wiremold offering. The system
can easily be configured and reconfigured
to manage and control overhead lighting
or plug load while taking advantage of
innovative, attractive, modular floor
boxes and poke-thru devices from
Legrand/Wiremold.
Ability to Measure & Monitor Plugloads.
Another point of difference: monitoring and control using the
same sensors that control lighting loads. In contrast to other
systems which provide estimates and averages of energy use,
the system provides actual power consumption by zone. It
compares actual usage vs. different energy baselines and
identifies the zones that are consuming more than expected
power. This data allows facility managers to aggressively
manage energy and constantly identify trouble spots as well
as easily set and meet energy reduction targets.

INTELLIGENT CONTROLS MEETS SMART DESIGN.

The system begins with Convia, a technology platform that
allows for the integrated control and monitoring of plug load,
lighting, and thermostat set points. Co-developed by one of
the most respected technology think tanks in the world
(Applied Minds), and refined by usability and ergonomics
experts at Herman Miller, Convia represents a solution so
simple, flexible and elegant that it can be controlled using a
two-button remote wand or a PC.

The user-interface allows building managers to monitor and
control energy usage in real time.

7 • NEW PRODUCTS

NEW PRODUCTS

WIREMOLD PRODUCT GUIDE
– Page 2 –

A/V COMPATIBILITY

For years, A/V installation has been an afterthought in the remodeling and construction of buildings, leaving integrators
with the challenge of creating work-around solutions. But today, through Wiremold® Pathways we are changing the way
integrators work, by integrating A/V into our broad product line from the start.
Wiremold Poke-Thru Devices are the ideal solution for bringing power,
A/V, and communication connections to open space, above-grade floor
environments while maintaining the Fire Classification of concrete floors.
Wiremold Poke-Thru Devices are the most complete offering in the industry
including EvolutionTM and AV3 SeriesTM Poke-Thru Devices, which are
compatible with A/V connectivity devices from most major manufacturers.

Wiremold Floor Boxes are ideally suited to provide power, A/V, and
communication services to open spaces in new construction. For use in
concrete and wood floor applications and available in a wide range of
sizes and finishes, Wiremold Floor Boxes are the broadest line of floor
boxes in the industry, and the first, and only family of Fire Classified Floor
Boxes available today.

Wiremold FloorSource™ Raised Floor Boxes offer power, communication,
and A/V solutions for raised floor applications. A variety of floor boxes
designed especially for raised floors provide all the functionality,
flexibility, accessibility, and capacity your application requires. Ideal
for IT server rooms, computer labs, and financial, commercial, and
educational institutions.

Wiremold Vista® Architectural Columns offer an array of customizable
solutions for the A/V professional. These aesthetic columns can be used to
feed and support digital signage, supply connections to a large area, or as a
table leg to provide power, A/V, and communications to work surfaces. No
matter what the capability, finish, fit or style you need, Vista Architectural
Columns are your vertical solutions answer.

Wiremold Work Surface Solutions bring power, communication, and A/V
connections right where they’re needed – on the work surface, with ideal
solutions for everything from workstations to conference room tables.

Wiremold Surface Raceway Systems provide efficient, cost-effective,
and attractive ways to bring connections wherever they're needed in
virtually any type of room. Available in a variety of sizes, capacities and
materials, including aluminum, steel and nonmetallic – Wiremold raceway
systems are designed to install easily, perform flawlessly, and blend
beautifully with any décor. And now, they have designed-in compatibility
for A/V applications.
Just a few of the devices available from leading A/V manufacturers
that are compatible with Wiremold pathways. (Sold separately)

Wiremold products accept Ortronics® Series II® and TechChoice® communication and A/V devices.
Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices including Extron®
Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.
8 • NEW PRODUCTS

For years, A/V installation has been an afterthought in the
remodeling and construction of buildings, leaving integrators with
the challenge of creating work-around solutions. But today, through
Wiremold® Pathways, we are changing the way integrators work, by
incorporating A/V compatibility into our broad product line from
the start. Wiremold gives you
• Over 100 years of experience in pathway solutions
• The market leader in cable management
• The broadest product line in the industry
• Cross-trade experience assures proper integration of power,
communication, and A/V into our products
Wiremold® Pathways with A/V Compatibility ....................
Wiremold® A/V Quick Selection Guide ..............................

2
9

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

A U D I O / V I D E O C O M PAT I B I L I T Y

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

A/V COMPATIBILITY
By designing A/V compatibility into our broad range of products, Wiremold
makes the A/V integrator’s job easier. Wiremold Pathways are one of
Legrand A/V Solutions. For information about Legrand A/V Products –
Call 1.877.By.Legrand or visit www.legrand.us/av.
A/V Compatible Poke-thru Devices ...................................................... 2
A/V Compatible Floor Boxes ................................................................ 3
A/V Compatible Fire Classified Floor Boxes ........................................ 4
A/V Compatible FloorSource Raised Floor Boxes ................................ 4
A/V Compatible Work Surface Solutions .............................................. 5
A/V Compatible Vertical Solutions ........................................................ 6
A/V Compatible Raceway Systems........................................................ 7
A/V Compatible In-Wall Systems .......................................................... 8
A/V Compatible Power & Data Quality Solutions ................................ 8
A/V Quick Selection Guide .................................................................... 9

The large capapcity of the Wiremold Resource
RFB9/RFB11 Series Floor Boxes meets the
special space requirements of A/V type
connectors to above-grade floors.

CODE REFERENCE
Please visit the individual product sections located
thoughout this Product Guide for specific product
Code Reference information.

Wiremold Poke-Thru Devices are the ideal solution for bringing power, A/V, and communication connections to open space,
above-grade floor environments while maintaining the Fire Classification of concrete floors. Wiremold Poke-Thru Devices are the
most complete offering in the industry including EvolutionTM and AV3 SeriesTM Poke-Thru Devices, which are compatible with A/V
connectivity devices from most major manufacturers.

Evolution™ Series Poke-Thru Devices
Evolution Series Poke-Thru Devices
allow installed devices to be recessed
below floor level, and provide the
largest capacity available – up to
4-gangs of capacity for power, A/V,
or communication devices.
™

FEATURES

• Largest Capacity Poke-Thru Device in the industry.
• Fully recessed devices.
• Open power, communication, and A/V configurability.
• Die-cast cover assemblies.
• Accepts wide range of power, communication, and A/V
configurations including Extron® Electronics AAP and MAAP,
and Crestron® device plates.
• Two (2) Hour UL Fire Classified.
• Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines – Tile cover is flush with
the finished floor covering.
• Available pre-assembled or fully configurable.
• TopGuard Protection – meets or exceeds UL scrub water
requirements.

Just a few of the devices available from leading A/V manufacturers
that are compatible with Wiremold pathways. (Sold separately)

Wiremold products accept Ortronics® Series II® and TechChoice® communication and A/V devices.
Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices
including Extron® Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.
2 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AV3 Series™ Poke-Thru Devices

FEATURES

AV3 Series™ Surface Style Poke-Thru
Devices have the capacity to accept
one (1) 20 Amp duplex power device
and up to three (3) Extron® Electronics
MAAP Series device plates.

• Designed to meet the needs of the growing A/V Industry.
• Accepts wide range of power, communication, and
A/V configurations.
• Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines – Tile cover is flush with
the finished floor covering.
• TopGuard Protection – meets or exceeds UL scrub water
requirements.
• Two (2) Hour UL Fire Classified.

4FFATC Series™ Poke-Thru Devices

FEATURES

4FFATC Series™ Furniture Feed Style
Poke-Thru Devices provide one (1)
3/4" trade size opening for power and
one (1) 1 1/4" trade size opening for
AV or communication.

• Large dual capacity furniture feed poke-thru device.
• UL listed for both power and communications applications.
• Suitable for use in air handling spaces.
• “Step-on-it” quick and easy installation.
• Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines – Tile cover is flush with the
finished floor covering.
• TopGuard Protection – meets or exceeds UL scrub water
requirements.
• Two (2) Hour UL Fire Classified.

Wiremold Floor Boxes are ideally suited to provide power, A/V, and communication services to open spaces in new construction.
For use in concrete and wood floor applications and available in a wide range of sizes and finishes, Wiremold Floor Boxes are
the broadest line of floor boxes in the industry, and the first, and only family of Fire Classified Floor Boxes available today.

Resource RFB Series Floor Boxes

FEATURES

Resource RFB® Series Floor Boxes
offer configuration flexibility using
independent wiring compartments and
feed-through wiring capability for
power, communication, and A/V
services to open spaces or directly
to work stations.

• Ul Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards for tile,
terrazzo, carpet, and wood covered floors. Meets and exceeds
UL requirements under UL514A for scrub water exclusion.
• Available in 5 configurations; 2-gang, 4-gang, 6-gang, 9-gang,
and 11-gang.
• Available in various depths to accommodate both shallow and
deep concrete pours.
• Fully adjustable before and after the concrete pour.
• RFB9 and RFB11 Floor Boxes are provided with heavy duty
cover assembly to accept loads up to 3,000 pounds.
• Open system allows for compatibility with most power,
communication, and A/V manufacturers‘ devices.

RFB2 Series
Two compartment, steel combination floor
box. Available in both shallow and on-grade
versions. Fully adjustable.

RFB6 Series
Six compartment, steel, on-grade
combination floor box. Fully adjustable.

RFB4 Series
Four compartment, shallow depth,
combination floor box. Available in steel
or cast iron. Fully adjustable.

RFB9 & RFB11 Series
Large capacity, steel floor box. Meets
special space requirements of A/V type
connectors to above-grade floors.

Wiremold products accept Ortronics® Series II® and TechChoice® communication and A/V devices.
Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices
including Extron® Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

•3

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Fire Classified Floor Boxes

FEATURES

Fire Classified Floor Boxes meet or exceed
UL Fire Classification requirements for floor
boxes eliminating the need for additional
spraying or fireproofing in order to preserve
the two hour fire rating for concrete floors.

• Ul Listed and UL Fire Classified to U.S. and Canadian safety
standards for tile and terrazzo. Preserves up to a two-hour fire
rating for floors. Eliminates the need to install additional
fireproofing to maintain the floor’s fire rating. Provides peace
of mind for building owners, general contractors, installers and
inspectors that floors meet safety guidelines.
• Available in one-, two-, three-, and four-gang configurations in
both flush and recessed designs.
• Accepts existing floor box covers. Allows for a consistent
aesthetic finish.
• Fire rated floor boxes provide multiple service and capacity
options and can be installed 2 feet on center for increased
accessibility to services for occupants.

OmniBox Series
Available in 1-, 2-, or 3-gangs, provides
greater flexibility in capacity. Fully
adjustable box before and after concrete
pour for lower installed cost. Concretetight, stamped steel construction for lower
cost option for above grade applications.

Ratchet-Pro Series
Dual service, round, nonmetallic floor
box. Patented ratchet adjusting ring
allows connection of cover flange without
glue or mechanical fasteners.

Resource RFB Series
4-compartment recessed floor box in
both deep and shallow versions. Fully
adjustable before and after pour. Accepts
most manufacturers’ power,
communication, and A/V devices.

880MP Series
Rectangular nonmetallic floor box
provides modular design and gangability.
Patented ratchet adjusting ring allows
connection of cover flange without glue
or mechanical fasteners.

Wiremold FloorSource™ Raised Floor Boxes offer power, communication, and A/V solutions for raised floor applications. A
variety of floor boxes designed especially for raised floors provide all the functionality, flexibility, accessibility, and capacity
your application requires. Ideal for IT server rooms, computer labs, and financial, commercial, and educational institutions.

FloorSource AF Series™ Raised Floor Boxes
FloorSource AF Series Raised Floor
Boxes provide point-of-use activations
for multiple power and communications
devices while offering greater flexibility
relating to adds, moves and changes
within a standard and shallow raised
floor application. FloorSource AF Series
Raised Floor Boxes can also be
equipped with Walkerflex Modular
wiring components.
™

FloorSource AC Series™ Raised Floor Boxes
FloorSource AC Series™ Raised Floor
Boxes provide point-of-use activations
for multiple power and communications
devices while offering greater flexibility
relating to adds,moves and changes
within the raised floor. FloorSource AC
Series Raised Floor Boxes can also be
equipped with Walkerflex Modular
wiring components.

FEATURES

• Locking tabs secure floor box to floor allowing quick and
easy installation.
• Units can be prewired for power.
• Large multi-compartment boxes provide adequate wiring
capacity and separation of A/V, power, and communication
services.
• Multiple profiles and capacities available in different depths to
meet different raised floor system requirements.
• Configurable – can be field-configured or reconfigured to
accommodate power only, communication only, A/V only, or
combinations of all three in one unit.

FEATURES

• Locking tabs secure floor box to floor allowing quick and
easy installation.
• Units can be prewired for power.
• Large multi-compartment boxes provide adequate wiring
capacity and separation of A/V, power, and communication
services.
• Multiple profiles and capacities available in different depths to
meet different raised floor system requirements.
• Configurable – can be field-configured or reconfigured to
accommodate power only, communication only, A/V only, or
combinations of all three in one unit.

Wiremold products accept Ortronics® Series II® and TechChoice® communication and A/V devices.
Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices
including Extron® Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.
4 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

FloorSource CRFB Series™ Round
Raised Floor Boxes provide accessibility
and capacity for both power and
communications in a recessed round
floor box that meets the functionality
and flexibility needs of Access
Floor customers.

FEATURES

• Locking tabs help secure box to floor panel for quick and
easy installation.
• Prewired and custom plate options. Prewired units reduce
labor costs for field installation.
• Large multi-compartment boxes provide increased wiring
capacity and isolates A/V, power, and communication services.
• CRFB Raised Floor Boxes are designed to be installed after
floor coverings have been installed.
• Configurable – can be field-configured or reconfigured to
accommodate power only, communication only, A/V only, or
combinations of all three in one unit.
• Compatible with raised stages. CRFB Series Floor Boxes are
designed to be used in raised stage applications such as: altars
and balconies.

Wiremold Work Surface Solutions bring power, communication, and A/V connections right where they’re needed – on the
work surface, with ideal solutions for everything from workstations to conference room tables.

deQuorum™ Work Surface Portals

FEATURES

Portal
deQuorum™ Work Surface Portals
provide flexibility in décor, power,
communication, and A/V connectivity
options, and installation to meet specific
functional and aesthetic needs. Portals
are recessed and covers can be closed
during use to make them unobtrusive.
Flip-Up
deQuorum™ Work Surface Portals
bring technology to the user in
conference tables and workstations.
Flip-Up Portals bring the modules
above the work surface when needed
for easy access.

• deQuorum Work Surface Portals can be configured to meet
most A/V, power, and/or communications requirements
including UTP, video, and fiber optics.
• Cable management – A separate compartment provides
cable management below the mounting surface.
• Gasketed Receptacle –Two 15A or 20A spec grade receptacles
are dust and moisture resistant.
• Hinged or spring-activated flip-up lid options provide access for
making connections. Hinged option can be closed during use
making the portal unobtrusive.
• Configurable – can be field-configured or reconfigured to
accommodate power only, communication only, A/V only, or
combinations of all three in one unit.
• Cover & Finish options – choose from a variety of finishes
and several cover options including a recessed cover that
can accept a wide range of laminates and veneers.

Evolution ™ Series
Evolution Series WorkSurface Portals
provide the space to mount devices below
the table top and the aesthitecs to match
room decor, with seamless integration of
electrical, voice, data, video and audio.

TableSource™ Work Surface Modules

FEATURES

TableSource Work Surface Portals
provide flexibility in décor, power,
communication, and A/V connectivity
options, and installation to meet
specific functional and aesthetic
needs. Work Surface Modules are
stand-alone units that can easily be
added to any work area and require
minimal and adaptable installation.
™

• Durable aluminum construction. Sturdy enough for long-term
use in high activity applications such as public schools,
libraries and universities.
• Backsplash bracket designed to provide quick and secure
installation without marring the work surface.
• Gasketed 15A specgrade receptacle is dust and moisture
resistant. Meets latest UL spill test requirements against
accidental spills.
• Cord-ended model provides easy installation and mobility.
• Field wired option – Add a whip to field wire your solution.
• Finish options – Modules are available in a clear anodized
aluminum finish or can be painted to complement any décor.
• Configurable – Design your own custom TableSource Module.
• Datacom connectivity options. Accepts industry standard and
proprietary devices from a wide range of manufacturers to
provide a seamless and aesthetically pleasing communications
interface at the point-of-use.

Wiremold products accept Ortronics® Series II® and TechChoice® communication and A/V devices.
Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices
including Extron® Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

•5

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

FloorSource CRFB Series™ Raised Floor Boxes

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
Wiremold Vista® Architectural Columns offer an array of customizable solutions for the A/V professional. These aesthetic
columns can be used to feed numerous workstations, supply connections to a large area, or as a table leg to provide power,
A/V, and communications to work surfaces. No matter what the capability, finish, fit or style you need, Vista Architectural Columns
are your vertical solutions answer.

Vista™ Architectural Column
Vista™ Architectural Columns provide
configurable solutions for power, A/V,
wireless, and communication services
in open spaces.

FEATURES

• Flexibility –Select from a range of panels, frame shapes,
extensions, and frames to accommodate aesthetic and
capacity requirements.
• Center panels are available in stylish finishes and color options
including wood, glass and fabrics to enhance any decor.
• Add virtually any commercially available lighting fixture.
• Furniture feed options – Modular furniture feeds are
available at the beltline and ground level.
• Extension kit accommodates many ceiling heights and now
comes with a center panel.
• Device compatibility. Compatible with a wide range
of standard A/V, power, and communications devices.
• On-line design tool. Visit www.wiremold.com / vista
to design your own Vista Architectural Column.

Vista™ CP Consolidation Point
Vista Architectural Columns are an
aesthetically pleasing way to provide
A/V, power and communications in
open space areas. The Vista
Consolidation Point (CP) provides
channels that conceal
wires and cables
behind a decorative
center panel, and
incorporates a userinstalled patch panel
with easy, secured
access through a
lockable door.

Vista™ Point5 Architectural Column
The Vista Point5 provides power,
communication, and A/V connections
without disrupting conference spaces.
Mounted on the floor, the Vista Point5
can nestle into the center of a
contemporary conference table or
double as one of the support legs. Clear
access to outlets and jacks keeps the
floor free from running cords and
cables. And, the Vista Point5 offers easy
communications connections for up to
eight users. Make the most of any
meeting space with the Vista Point5.

FEATURES

• Flexibility –Select from a range of panels, frame shapes,
extensions, and frames to accommodate aesthetic and
capacity requirements.
• Center panels are available in stylish finishes and color options
including wood, glass and fabrics to enhance any decor.
• Add virtually any commercially available lighting fixture.
• Furniture feed options – Modular furniture feeds are
available at the beltline and ground level.
• Extension kit accommodates many ceiling heights and now
comes with a center panel.
• Device compatibility. Compatible with a wide range
of standard A/V, power, and communications devices.
• On-line design tool. Visit www.wiremold.com / vista
to design your own Vista Architectural Column.

FEATURES

• Flexibility –Select from a range of panels, frame shapes,
extensions, and frames to accommodate aesthetic and
capacity requirements.
• Choice of heights to accommodate different work surfaces.
• Internal barrier permits A/V, electrical, and communications
devices to be installed next to each other without interference.
• The Point 5 exceeds UL’s Office Furnishings 1286 Stability test
for force and impact.
• Device compatibility. Compatible with a wide range
of standard A/V, power, and communications devices.
• On-line design tool. Visit www.wiremold.com / vista
to design your own Vista Architectural Column.

Wiremold products accept Ortronics® Series II® and TechChoice® communication and A/V devices.
Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices
including Extron® Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.
6 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

DS4000® Series Raceway

FEATURES

Dual-channel raceway with increased
capacity due to its unique profile,
integral divider and downward facing
activations. Ideal for any application
that requires a high capacity
metal raceway.

• Aesthetic, curved profile offers increased wiring capacity over
conventional raceway profiles.
• Innovative Adjust-to-Fit™ Couplings.
• Pre-scored integral divider with predrilled knockouts.
• Downward facing activations provide protection for
service connections.
• Bend radius control and obstacle avoidance fittings.
• Faster, easier installation than conventional raceway systems.
• Ideal for applications that requires a high capacity
metal raceway.
• Available prewired for fast track construction.
• Expanded color palette.

2400 Series™ & 2400D Series™ Raceway

FEATURES

Single- or dual-channel raceway. Easyto-install and ideal for basic power or
communication/low voltage installations
in classrooms, hotels, and anywhere a
low profile raceway solution is needed.

• Low profile raceway available in both single- and
dual-channel versions.
• Ideal for classrooms, hotel and office applications.
• Open power, A/V, and communication configurability.
• Downward facing activations.
• One-gang, two-gang, and over-the-raceway device boxes.
• In-line field-configurable receptacles.
• Full 2" [51mm] bend radius control fittings.
• Bridge fittings for crossing existing 500®, 700®, and
2400 Series™ Raceway installations.

5400 Series™ Raceway

FEATURES

5400 Series Raceway provides wire
and cable management for power,
communication, and A/V applications.
For school and office installations,
this is an ideal solution for providing
access to services while maintaining
wire and cabling flexibility.

• Large cable capacity in a low profile design – Accommodates
needs now and in the future.
• Twin Snap cover – Complete segregation of access to
power and low voltage services for installation flexibility.
• FiberReady Series Fittings snap on to overlap raceway for
an aesthetic installation. Fittings are UL verified for a 2" [51mm]
bend radius and exceed the recommendations of TIA/EIA 569-A.
• Corner drop feed – aesthetically pleasing solution for
feeding horizontal runs of raceway.

Overfloor Raceway

FEATURES

Wiremold OFR Series Overfloor
Raceway System provides four-channels
of capacity and access to a wide range of
data and A/V connectivity options in the
smallest, lowest, narrowest, ADA
compliant profile available in overfloor
raceway systems.
™

• Lowest profile overfloor raceway available.
• Four-channel raceway provides space for power, data, and A/V.
• Transition options for popular Wiremold surface raceway
systems and Vista Architectural Columns.
• Tamper-resistant design discourages unwanted access.
• Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines.
• Attaches directly to floor coverings for faster easier installation.

Wiremold products accept Ortronics® Series II® and TechChoice® communication and A/V devices.
Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices
including Extron® Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.
AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

•7

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold Surface Raceway Systems provide efficient, cost-effective, and attractive ways to bring connections wherever they're
needed in virtually any type of room. Available in a variety of sizes, capacities and materials, including aluminum, steel and
nonmetallic – Wiremold raceway systems are designed to install easily, perform flawlessly, and blend beautifully with
any décor. And now, they have designed-in compatibility for A/V applications.

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY
Why settle for the clutter of multiple wall boxes? Wiremold In-Wall Systems bring multiple services – power, A/V, and
communication – together to a single wall location, for a cleaner look and greater flexibility.

WallSource Service Boxes
WallSource™ Multiple Service Boxes are
six-gang boxes that can accommodate
multiple services including power,
communication, and A/V eliminating
multiple drops and uneven wall
faceplates.

FEATURES

• Designed to accommodate multiple services in a single device
box. Accepts power, communication, and A/V services in a
single location.
• Up to six-gangs of service capacity. Provides depth and capacity
for multiple types of devices.
• Improves room aesthetics by eliminating the need for multiple
wall plates and device boxes for multiple services.

From a simple power outlet strip, to a surge protected, network controlled power distribution unit (PDU), Wiremold power
products offer the A/V professional a complete line of power distribution systems. Whether you need to provide power protection
to a workstation, a rack, or an entire building, Wiremold power products deliver the quality power you need.

Power Commander® Plus
Power Commander® Plus High Current
Power Distribution Units offer the
capacity to meet the
ever-increasing power
demands of data centers.

FEATURES

• 50Amp & 60Amp power distribution.
• Three-circuit design.
• UL489 breakers.
• 50A single phase design.
• IEC receptacles.
• Easy swivel mounting.

Power Commander® IQ

FEATURES

Power Commander® IQ Power
Distribution Units offer remote current
and temperature monitoring of
connected equipment and individual
outlet control for power recycling.

• Remote current & temperature monitoring.
• Individual outlet control for power recycling.
• Early warning of potential power or environmental problems.
• Remote power management for UP/Down sequencing
of equipment.
• Network security.
• Multiple alarm notification options.

Wiremold products accept Ortronics® Series II® and TechChoice® communication and A/V devices.
Wiremold Open A/V system accepts most manufacturers’ A/V devices
including Extron® Electronics, Crestron®, and Altinex, Inc.
8 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

This Quick Selection Guide is designed to get you started. Use it to identify the series
of products best suited for your needs. Then refer to the product’s section of this
Product Guide for the information needed to complete your system solution.
RAISED
FLOOR BOXES

A/V
COMPATIBILITY

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

POWER
COMPATIBILITY

COMMUNICATION
COMPATIBILITY

FloorSource AF Series™
AF-1, AF-3

SAF21/2

Altinex® Intera
Crestron® QuickMedia
Wall Plate Device
Extron® AAP, MAAP &
Decorator
Ortronics® Series II

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size
Floor Type: Raised
Min. Floor Depth: 5"
Depth Behind Plates: 2 3/4" with Back Plate installed

Extron® MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size
Floor Type: Raised
Min. Floor Depth: 2 1/2"
Depth Behind Plates: 1 3/4" with Back Plate installed

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

15A & 20A Duplex

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI,

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, 30A Receptacles

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Note: Communication back plate can be removed
for more depth if needed.

Note: Communication back plate can be removed
for more depth if needed.

FloorSource AC Series™
AC8850, AC8105

Altinex® Intera
Extron® AAP, MAAP &
Decorator
Ortronics® Series II

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2" & 3/4" Trade Size
Floor Type: Raised
Min. Floor Depth: 5"
Depth Behind Plates: 2" with Back Plate installed
Note: Communication back plate can be removed
for more depth if needed.

AC10105-2

Altinex® Intera
Extron® AAP, MAAP &
Decorator
Ortronics® Series II

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size
Floor Type: Raised
Min. Floor Depth: 5"
Depth Behind Plates: 2" with Back Plate installed
Note: Communication back plate can be removed
for more depth if needed.

FloorSource CRFB Series™
CRFB

CONVENTION CENTER
FLOOR BOXES

Altinex® Intera
Extron® AAP, MAAP &
Decorator
Ortronics® Series II

A/V
COMPATIBILITY

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2"-2" Trade Size
Floor Type: Raised
Min. Floor Depth: 7"
Depth Behind Plates: 2 1/4" with Back Plate installed

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

POWER
COMPATIBILITY

COMMUNICATION
COMPATIBILITY

CCBB Series
Altinex® Intera
Crestron® QuickMedia &
Digital Media Wall
Plate Devices
Extron® AAP, MAAP, &
Decorator
Ortronics® Series II

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4", 1 1/2", 2" Trade Size
Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade
Floor Depth: 6 1/4"
Capacity: 12 Gangs
Depth Behind Plates: 3 3/4"
Fire Classified Version: Available

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator, 30A

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

•9

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

A/V COMPATIBILITY – Wiremold Pathways Quick Selection Guide

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE
FLOOR BOXES

A/V
COMPATIBILITY

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

POWER
COMPATIBILITY

COMMUNICATION
COMPATIBILITY

Resource RFB® Series
RFB2 Series

Altinex® Intera
Extron® AAP, MAAP, &
Decorator
Ortronics® Series II

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-1 1/4" Trade Size
Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade
Floor Depth: 2 1/2"-3 1/2"
Capacity: 2 Gangs
Depth Behind Plates: 3"
Fire Classified Version: Available

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

RFB4 Series

Altinex® Intera
Extron® AAP, MAAP, &
Decorator
Ortronics® Series II

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-1 1/4" Trade Size
Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade
Floor Depth: 2 1/2"-3 1/2"
Capacity: 4 Gangs
Depth Behind Plates: 2"
Fire Classified Version: Available

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

RFB6 Series

Altinex® Intera
Extron® AAP & MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-1 1/4" Trade Size
Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade
Floor Depth: 3 1/2"
Capacity: 6 Gangs
Depth Behind Plates: 3 1/4"
Fire Classified Version: Not Available

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

RFB9 & RFB11 Series

Altinex® Intera
Crestron® QuickMedia &
Digital Media Wall
Plate Devices
Extron® AAP, MAAP, &
Decorator
Ortronics® Series II

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-2" Trade Size
Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade
Floor Depth: 4"-6"
Capacity: 9-11 Gangs
Depth Behind Plates: 2 1/2"
Fire Classified Version: Not Available

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator, 30A

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Altinex® Intera
Extron® MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

Infeed Conduit Size: 1" Trade Size
Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade
Floor Depth: Up to 6"
Capacity: Single Gang
Depth Behind Plates: 1 3/4"
Fire Classified Version: Available

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Altinex® Intera
Ortronics® Series II

Infeed Conduit Size: 1 1/4" Trade Size
Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade
Floor Depth: Up to 6"
Capacity: Single, Dual & Triple Gang
Depth Behind Plates: 1 3/4"
Fire Classified Version: Available

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator,
30A Locking

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Altinex® Intera
Crestron® QuickMedia
Wall Plate Device
Extron® MAAP &
Decorator
Ortronics® Series II

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size
Floor Type: Wood
Capacity: One- to Three-Gangs
Depth Behind Plates: 2 3/4"
Fire Classified Version: Not Available

15A & 20A Duplex,
20A & 30 A Locking,
GFCI,

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Altinex® Intera
Extron® MAAP &
Decorator
Ortronics® Series II

Infeed Conduit Size: 1/2"-3/4" Trade Size
Installation: On-Grade & Above-Grade
Floor Depth: 3 1/4"-4 1/2"
Box Type: Stamped Steel & Cast Iron
Depth Behind Plates: 2 3/4"
Fire Classified Version: Available

15A & 20A Duplex,
20A & 30 A Locking,
GFCI,

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Pass & Seymour®
Activate,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Ratchet-Pro™ Series

Modulink™ 880MP Series

880W Series™

OmniBox™ Series

10 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE
A/V
COMPATIBILITY

POWER
COMPATIBILITY

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

COMMUNICATION
COMPATIBILITY

Evolution™ Series Poke-Thru Devices
6AT Series

Altinex® Intera
Crestron® QuickMedia
Wall Plate Device
Extron® AAP & MAAP
Ortronics® Series II
Kramer®

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-2"
Depth Behind Plates: 3 1/2"

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator, 20A
Single Receptacle

Ortronics® Series II,
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

8AT Series

Altinex® Intera
Crestron® QuickMedia
Wall Plate Device
Extron® AAP & MAAP
Ortronics® Series II
Kramer®

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-2"
Depth Behind Plates: 3 1/2"

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator, 20A
Single Receptacle

Ortronics® Series II,
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Infeed Conduit Size: 3/4"-1 1/4"
KO Size(s): 3/4"-1 1/4"
Depth Behind Plates: 1 1/4"

20A Duplex Proprietary

Ortronics® Series II,
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

AV3 Series™ Poke-Thru Devices
Extron® MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

A/V
COMPATIBILITY

SERVICE FITTINGS

POWER
COMPATIBILITY

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

COMMUNICATION
COMPATIBILITY

525 Series™ Service Fittings
Altinex® Intera
Extron® MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

Service Capacity: Single Service
System Compatibility: Underfloor Duct, Walkercell,
Flushduct
Depth Behind Plates: 3 1/8"
Dimensions: 4 7/16"L x 3"H x 3 1/8"D
System Feed: 1" or 1 1/4" Trade Size

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Pass & Seymour®
Activate,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Service Capacity: Dual Service, 1- & 2-Gang
System Compatibility: Underfloor Duct, Walkercell,
Flushduct
Depth Behind Plates: 1 3/4"
Dimensions: 4 3/4"L x 3"H x 6 3/4"D
System Feed: 1" or 1 1/4" Trade Size

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Multiplex™ Series Service Fittings
Altinex® Intera,
Extron® MAAP,
Ortronics® Series II

1-GANG

2-GANG

3"
[76mm]

6 3/4"
[171mm]

3"
[76mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

6 3/4"
[171mm]

8 3/4"
[222mm]

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

• 11

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

POKE-THRU
DEVICES

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE
RACEWAY SYSTEMS

A/V
COMPATIBILITY

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

POWER
COMPATIBILITY

COMMUNICATION
COMPATIBILITY

2400 Series™ & 2400D Series™ Raceway
Altinex® Intera
Extron® MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

KO sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1" Trade Size
Depth Behind Plates: 2"

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Altinex® Intera
Extron® AAP & MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

KO sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1" Trade Size
Depth Behind Plates: 2 3/4"

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Altinex® Intera
Extron® MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

KO sizes: 3/4", 1 1/4", 2 1/8" Trade Size
Depth Behind Plates: 2 7/8" in single channel,
5 3/4" crossover, both channels

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Altinex® Intera
Crestron® QuickMedia
Wall Plate Device
Extron® AAP & MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

15A & 20A Duplex,
KO sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4" Trade Size
GFCI, Decorator
Depth Behind Plates: 2 3/4", Also available with
angled plate for increased depth

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Altinex® Intera
Extron® MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

KO sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2" Trade Size
Depth Behind Plates: 1 3/4", Also available with
angled plate for increased depth

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

KO sizes: 1/2", 1 1/4" Trade Size
Depth Behind Plates: 4 3/4"

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI,

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

3000 Series™ Raceway

DS4000® Series Raceway

4000 Series™ Raceway

5400 Series™ Raceway

OFR Series™ Overfloor Raceway
Altinex® Intera
Extron® AAP & MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

12 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE
INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

POWER
COMPATIBILITY

COMMUNICATION
COMPATIBILITY

Vista™ Architectural Columns
Altinex® Intera
Crestron® QuickMedia
Wall Plate Device
Extron® AAP & MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

End Channel Profile: Round or Square
Dimensions: 4" x 9" or 4" x 13 1/2"
Height: 10' (up to 15' with Extension Kit)
Service Capability: Dual
KO Feed Sizes: 3/4", 1" Trade Size
Depth Behind Plate: 3 3/4"
Configurable Solutions Available

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

End Channel Profile: Round or Square
Dimensions: 4" x 13 1/2"
Height: 10' (up to 15' with Extension Kit)
Service Capability: Dual
KO Feed Sizes: 3/4", 1" Trade Size
Depth Behind Plate: 3 3/4"
Configurable Solutions Available

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Altinex® Intera
Crestron® QuickMedia
Wall Plate Device
Extron® AAP & MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

End Channel Profile: Round or Square
Dimensions: 4" x 9" or 4" x 13 1/2"
Height: 3'
Service Capability: Dual
KO Feed Sizes: 3/4", 1" Trade Size
Depth Behind Plate: 3 3/4"
Configurable Solutions Available

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Extron® AAP & MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

Dimensions: 3" x 2 3/4"
Height: 10', 12' standard lengths
Service Capability: Dual
KO Feed Sizes: 3/4", 1" Trade Size
Depth Behind Plate: 2 7/8"
Configurable Solutions Available

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Vista™ CP Consolidation Point
Altinex® Intera
Crestron® QuickMedia
Wall Plate Device
Extron® AAP & MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

Vista™ Point5 Architectural Column

Tele-Power® Poles
V30TP-4V

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

• 13

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

A/V
COMPATIBILITY

VERTICAL SOLUTIONS

AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE
WORK SURFACE
SOLUTIONS

A/V
COMPATIBILITY

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

POWER
COMPATIBILITY

COMMUNICATION
COMPATIBILITY

dequorum™ Work Surface Portals
Flip-Up Portals

Extron® AAP & MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

Power Feeds: Cord Ended or Hard Wired
Dimensions: 3 3/8"D x 7 7/8"L x 5 1/8"W
Depth Behind Plates: 1 1/4" With Back Plate Installed

15A or 20A Receptacles Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Pre-loaded
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Pop-Up Portals

Ortronics® Series II

Power Feeds: Cord Ended or Hard Wired
Dimensions: 4 7/8"L x 4 3/4"W or 9 1/4"L x 4 3/4"W
Depth Behind Plates: 1 1/2"

15A or 20A Duplex

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

Evolution™ Series

Extron® MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

Power Feeds: Cord Ended
Dimensions: 6" or 8" Diameter
Depth Behind Plates: 3 1/2"

Four Single 20A
Proprietary

Ortronics® Cat 6 RJ45
Keystone

Power Feeds: Cord Ended or Hard Wired
Dimensions: 6 5/7"L x 2"W x 2"H or
9 1/10"L x 2"W x 2"H
Depth Behind Plates: 1 3/8"

15A Duplex, GFCI,

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

TableSource™ Work Surface Modules
Crestron® QuickMedia
Wall Plate Device
Ortronics® Series II

A/V
COMPATIBILITY

IN-WALL SYSTEMS

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

POWER
COMPATIBILITY

COMMUNICATION
COMPATIBILITY

WallSource™ Service Boxes
Altinex® Intera
Crestron® QuickMedia
Wall Plate Device
Extron® AAP & MAAP
Ortronics® Series II

FIRE STOP FITTINGS

Configuration(s): 2-, 4- or 6-Gang
Dimensions: 2-Gang – 4 3/4"L x 5"W x 3 1/4"D
4-Gang – 9 3/16"L x 5"W x 3 1/4"D
6-Gang – 13 3/16"L x 5"W x 3 1/4"D
KO Sizes: 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/2" Trade Size
Depth Behind Plates: 3 1/4"

A/V
COMPATIBILITY

INSTALLATION CONSIDERATIONS

FlameStopper™ Series Thru-Wall & Thru-Floor Fittings
Configuration(s): 2" & 4" Trade Size Conduit Sleeves
Dimensions: 6 1/4" x 6" x 1 3/4"
3 3/4" x 3 5/8" x 1 3/4"
Applications: New & Retrofit Construction

14 • AUDIO/VIDEO COMPATIBILITY

15A & 20A Duplex,
GFCI, Decorator

POWER
COMPATIBILITY

Ortronics® Series II &
TracJack,
Wiremold Open System
CM2 Series accepts
Avaya/Systimax,
Keystone & Nordx

COMMUNICATION
COMPATIBILITY

Wiremold ® pathways and cable management systems offer a wide
range of options for providing datacom connectivity including:
Ortronics® Connectivity ....................................................
Wiremold® Open System Connectivity ..............................
Wiremold® CM Series Communication Modules ..............

16
16
17

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

C O M M U N I C AT I O N S C O N N E C T I V I T Y

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

ORTRONICS CONNECTIVITY
TracJack Individual Jack System
•
•
•
•
•
•

Front-loading, snap-in design supports future moves adds and changes
Inserts for voice, data, audio, and video
Available Category 3, 5e, 6, USOC 6-position, and other media
Flat or angled 45° exit configurations
Choice of 13 colors and color matched to Wiremold systems
Universal T568A/B wiring format

Series II Front-Loading, Module System
•
•
•
•
•
•

Module design features easy snap-in front-loading design
Linear 110 punch down format for easy termination
Inserts for voice, data, audio, and video
Available Category 3, 5e, 6, USOC 6-position, and other media
Available in flat or angled 45° exit configurations
Color matched to Wiremold Systems

For detailed product selection refer to the Ortronics Catalog or visit www.ortronics.com.

WIREMOLD OPEN CONNECTIVITY SOLUTIONS
Wiremold Open System Communications Modules
• Accommodate a wide range of manufacturers’ communications outlets including keystone
jacks, as well as proprietary solutions from Systimax (Avaya) and NORDX
• Modules fit into a wide range of Wiremold Systems
• Pre-punched faceplates accept common communication devices

For more information on integrating connectivity into Wiremold Cable Management Systems,
contact the Wiremold Applications Engineering Team or your local Wiremold Sales Representative.

TYPICAL INSTALLATION FOR CABLE MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS
1. Bring all station cables through the opening in the device mounting bracket.
2. Mount communication devices in unloaded inserts and terminate or attach cable per
manufacturers instructions.
3. Reverse the module and snap into the device bracket. Entire faceplate must be filled
with inserts or blanks.

Typical Mounting Brackets
(4050, 5450, 5550, 40N2, 2344SD-2A, 2444D-2A and
WSA07A Device Mounting Plates)
1. Insert CM-EPLA end plate into the bracket opening.
2. Slide end plate to engage hooks into locking slots. (Be sure end plate edge is
seated against edge of trim plate opening.) Two end plates are required as shown.
3. After end plates are in place, install modules by aligning over space between end
plates and pushing inward until snaps engage. 6A configuring options apply to
opening as shown below.

16 • COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

CM-EPLA

Typical raceway device
bracket holecut

WIREMOLD OPEN SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY

CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES

™ COMMUNICATION

CM SERIES

MODULES

CM Series™ Communication Modules provide a variety of unloaded
modules to accept devices from other manufacturers. These open system
modules provide a flexible and aesthetically pleasing way to connect
communication cabling at the point-of-use.
CM Series™ Communication Modules UL Code Reference ................ 17
CM Series™ Communication Modules Color Options ........................ 17
CM Series™ Communication Modules Ordering Information ............ 17
CM Series™ Communication Modules
Specialty Mounting Bezels & Adapters Ordering Information .......... 18
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Communication Circuit Accessories:
File E145222 Guide DUXR.

CM Series Communication Modules.

Meets Article 800 of NEC. Meets Article 60-308 of CEC.

CM SERIES COMMUNICATION MODULES COLOR OPTIONS
CM Series™ Communication Modules standard
color is ivory. For other colors, add one of the
following suffixes: “-WH” for white, “-GY” for
light gray (matches aluminum and nonmetallic
products), “-BK” for black, or “-G” for gray
(matches Wiremold gray steel products).

Ivory

Gray (-GY)

Black

White

Gray (-G)

Fog White

CM SERIES COMMUNICATION MODULES ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

CM2-U1KEYA
CM2-U1KEYA-WH
CM2-U1KEYA-GY
CM2-U1KEYA-BK
CM2-U1KEYA-G

2A SINGLE FLUSHMOUNT UNLOADED
KEYSTONE MODULE –
Accepts keystone jacks with a latching
area of 0.58" x 0.76"
[14.7mm x 19.3 mm].

CM2-U2ATT
CM2-U2ATT-WH
CM2-U2ATT-GY
CM2-U2ATT-BK
CM2-U2ATT-G

2A SINGLE SYSTIMAX (AVAYA)
UNLOADED MODULE –
Accepts both M-series jacks and
LC fiber adapters.

CM2-U2KEYA
CM2-U2KEYA-WH
CM2-U2KEYA-GY
CM2-U2KEYA-BK
CM2-U2KEYA-G

2A DUAL FLUSHMOUNT UNLOADED
KEYSTONE MODULE –
Accepts keystone jacks with a latching
area of 0.58" x 0.76"
[14.7mm x 19.3 mm].

CM2-U1NOR
CM2-U1NOR-WH
CM2-U1NOR-GY
CM2-U1NOR-BK
CM2-U1NOR-G

2A SINGLE FLUSHMOUNT NORDX/CDT
UNLOADED MODULE –
Accepts MDVOFlex jacks and
fiber modules.

CM2-U1ATT
CM2-U1ATT-WH
CM2-U1ATT-GY
CM2-U1ATT-BK
CM2-U1ATT-G

2A SINGLE SYSTIMAX (AVAYA)
UNLOADED MODULE –
Accepts both M-series jacks and
LC fiber adapters.

CM2-U2NOR
CM2-U2NOR-WH
CM2-U2NOR-GY
CM2-U2NOR-BK
CM2-U2NOR-G

2A DUAL FLUSHMOUNT NORDX/CDT
UNLOADED MODULE –
Accepts MDVOFlex jacks and
fiber modules.

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

• 17

CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES

WIREMOLD OPEN SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY
CM SERIES COMMUNICATION MODULES ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

CM2-U2ST
CM2-U2ST-WH
CM2-U2ST-GY
CM2-U2ST-BK
CM2-U2ST-G

2A DUAL UNLOADED
ST ADAPTER MODULE –
Accepts 2 ST adapters.

CM2-U2AMP
CM2-U2AMP-WH
CM2-U2AMP-GY
CM2-U2AMP-BK
CM2-U2AMP-G

2A UNLOADED SINGLE
AMP NETCONNECT MODULE –
For mounting two AMP NETCONNECT
SL Series devices.

CM2-U2SC
CM2-U2SC-WH
CM2-U2SC-GY
CM2-U2SC-BK
CM2-U2SC-G

2A UNLOADED DUPLEX
SC ADAPTER MODULE –
Accepts one SC adapter.

CM2-BL
CM2-BL-WH
CM2-BL-GY
CM2-BL-BK
CM2-BL-G

2A BLANK MODULE –
Required to fill unused openings.

CM2-U2TJ
CM2-U2TJ-WH
CM2-U2TJ-GY
CM2-U2TJ-BK
CM2-U2TJ-G

2A DUAL FLUSHMOUNT UNLOADED
ORTRONICS® TRACJACK MODULE –
For mounting two TracJack devices.

CM2-U2SVGA
CM2-U2SVGA-WH
CM2-U2SVGA-GY
CM2-U2SVGA-BK
CM2-U2SVGA-G

2A SVGA MODULE –
Accepts one SVGA connector.

CM SERIES COMMUNICATION MODULES SPECIALTY MOUNTING BEZELS & ADAPTERS ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

CM-EPLA
CM-EPLA-WH
CM-EPLA-FW
CM-EPLA-G

END PLATE –
End plates with two outlet ID labels with
clear covers and two matching screw
covers. Required when mounting
modules into 4050, 5450, 5550, and
WSA07-4A device mounting brackets,
and the V2444D-2A and 2344SD-2A
2-gang divided raceway box.

CM-2AB
CM-2AB-WH
CM-2AB-GY
CM-2AB-BK
CM-2AB-G

CM2/ACTIVATE 2A MINI ADAPTER
MOUNTING BEZEL –
Accepts one CM2 Series communication
module or one Pass & Seymour 2A
Activate Series insert.

AB2TJ
AB2TJ-WH
AB2TJ-GY
AB2TJ-BK
AB2TJ-G

ORTRONICS® TRACJACK 2A MINI
ADAPTER MOUNTING BEZEL –
Accepts two Ortronics Tracjack Inserts.

18 • COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

ABS2
ABS2-WH
ABS2-GY
ABS2-BK
ABS2-G

ORTRONICS® SERIES II 2A MINI
ADAPTER MOUNTING BEZEL –
Accepts one Ortronics Series II
1-unit insert.

CM-MAB
CM-MAB-GY
CM-MAB-BK
CM-MAB-FW

6A MINI ADAPTER MOUNTING BEZEL –
6A opening. Must be purchased
separately for mounting communication
modules in Walker service fittings where
it is indicated they are not included.

MAB6TJ
MAB6TJ-WH
MAB6TJ-GY
MAB6TJ-BK
MAB6TJ-G

ORTRONICS® TRACJACK 6A
ADAPTER MOUNTING BEZEL –
Accepts six Ortronics TracJack inserts.

WIREMOLD OPEN SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

MAB3S2
MAB3S2-GY
MAB3S2-BK
MAB3S2-G

ORTRONICS® SERIES II 6A
ADAPTER MOUNTING BEZEL –
Accepts three Ortronics Series II
1-unit inserts.

CM-ARA
CM-ARA-WH
CM-ARA-GY
CM-ARA-BK
CM-ARA-G

ANGLED RACEWAY ADAPTER –
For use with multi-channel raceway
device brackets and WallSource device
mounting brackets. Angled exit provides
additional mounting depth required for
audio/visual connections as well as
ensuring the required bend radius for
UTP and fiber optic cabling. Holds two
CM2 Series modules or two 2A inserts.
Fits 5507 Series Faceplate opening.

CM-SAP
CM-SAP-WH
CM-SAP-GY
CM-SAP-BK
CM-SAP-G

SINGLE-GANG ANGLED FACEPLATE –
For mounting two CM2 Series modules
or Pass & Seymour Activate Series
device modules.

ARA-S2-IV
ARA-S2-FW
ARA-S2-BK
ARA-S2-G
ARA-S2-WH

ANGLED RACEWAY ADAPTER –
For use with multi-channel raceway
device brackets and WallSource
device mounting brackets. Angled
exit provides additional mounting
depth required for A/V connections
as well as ensuring the required
bend radius for UTP and fiber optic
cabling. Holds two Ortronics®
Series II modules.Fits 5507 Series
Faceplate opening.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

CM-DAP
CM-DAP-WH
CM-DAP-GY
CM-DAP-BK
CM-DAP-G

DOUBLE-GANG ANGLED FACEPLATE –
For mounting four CM2 Series modules
or Pass & Seymour Activate Series
device modules.

CM-DFP
CM-DFP-WH
CM-DFP-GY
CM-DFP-BK
CM-DFP-G

DOUBLE-GANG FACEPLATE –
For mounting six CM2 Series modules
or Pass & Seymour Activate Series
device modules.

CM-SFP
CM-SFP-WH
CM-SFP-GY
CM-SFP-BK
CM-SFP-G

SINGLE-GANG FACEPLATE –
For mounting three CM2 Series modules
or Pass & Seymour Activate Series
device modules.

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

• 19

CM SERIES™ COMMUNICATION MODULES

CM SERIES COMMUNICATION MODULES SPECIALTY MOUNTING BEZELS & ADAPTERS ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

WIREMOLD OPEN SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY

____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

20 • COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIVITY

Wiremold® Steel Surface Raceway Systems are the industry leaders
in quality, ease of installation, and for providing pathway solutions
for all types of installations. For over 50 years, Wiremold Steel
Surface Raceway Systems have provided the highest quality, most
dependable solutions for installers, building owners, and designers.
With the introduction of our new 4000® Designer Series Raceway
System, we’re again pushing the envelope by expanding the
capacity, capabilities, and aesthetics of surface raceway systems.
QUICK SELECTION GUIDE ................................................ 22
One-Piece Steel Raceway Systems
500 ® & 700® Series Raceway ........................................ 23
Two-Piece Steel Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceway Systems
2000® Series Raceway .................................................. 31
2400 Series ™ Raceway .................................................. 34
2400D Series ™ Raceway ................................................ 39
3000® Series Raceway .................................................. 43
4000 Designer Series Raceway
DS4000® Series Raceway .............................................. 48
Two-Piece Steel Large Multiple-Channel Raceway Systems
4000® Series Raceway .................................................. 53
4047 Series ™ Device Plates .......................................... 58
S4000® Series Stainless Steel Raceway ...................... 61
6000® Series Raceway .................................................. 67
Multi-Compartment Surface Metal Raceway Systems
AnySize™ Series Raceway .............................................. 71

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

S T E E L S U R FA C E R A C E W AY SY S T E M S

STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

700® SERIES RACEWAY

500® SERIES RACEWAY
17/32"
[13.5mm]

21/32"
[16.7mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]
TYPE:
CAPACITY:
COLORS:

3/4"
[19.1mm]
TYPE:
CAPACITY:
COLORS:

One-Piece, Single-Channel
0.19in2 [123mm2]
Ivory

2000® SERIES RACEWAY

Two-Piece, Single-Channel
0.26in2 [168mm2]
Ivory, White

2400™ SERIES RACEWAY
3/4"
[19.1mm]

7/8"
[22.2mm]

1 9/32"
[32mm]
TYPE:
CAPACITY:
COLORS:

1 7/8"
[48mm]

Two-Piece, Single-Channel
0.80in2 [516mm2]
Ivory, Gray

TYPE:
CAPACITY:
COLORS:

Two-Piece, Single-Channel
1.39in2 [897mm2]
Ivory, Fog White

3000® SERIES RACEWAY

2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY
1/3

2/3

7/8"
[22.2mm]

1 17/32"
[39mm]

1 7/8"
[48mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

TYPE:
CAPACITY:

Two-Piece, Dual-Channel
1/3 Comp.: 0.374in2 [241mm2],
2/3 Comp.: 0.865in2 [558mm2],
COLORS: Ivory, Fog White

TYPE:
CAPACITY:
COLORS:

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY

Two-Piece, Single-Channel
3.70in2 [2340mm2]
Ivory, Gray

4000® SERIES RACEWAY
2 1/8"
[54mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]
TYPE:
CAPACITY:
COLORS:

4 3/4"
[121mm]

Three-Piece, Dual-Channel
Each Compartment: 5.01in2 [3235mm2]
Designer Ivory, Designer Gray,
Matte Black, Metallic Bronze

TYPE:
CAPACITY:

Two-Piece, Single- or Dual-Channel
Divided: 3.10in2 [2000mm2],
Undivided: 7.20in2 [4645mm2]
COLORS: Ivory, Gray, Stainless

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

6000® SERIES RACEWAY

3 9/16"
[90mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]
TYPE:
CAPACITY:

Two-Piece, Single- or Dual-Channel
Divided: 7.20in2 [4645mm2],
Undivided: 16.00in2 [10320mm2]
COLORS: Ivory, Gray

22 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS – STEEL SURFACE RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

500 ® & 700® SERIES RACEWAYS

500®& 700®

SERIES
RACEWAYS

One-piece, single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic
power or communication/low voltage installations. Provides low profile
appearance that blends with any decor.
500® & 700® Series Raceways UL Code Reference ................ 23
500® & 700® Series Raceways Color Options............................23
500® & 700® Series Raceways System Layout ........................ 23
500® Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................... 24
500® Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 24
700® Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................... 25
700® Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 25
500® & 700® Series Fittings Ordering Information ................ 26
500® & 700® Series Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ...............27
500® & 700® Series Device Boxes Ordering Information ........ 28
500® & 700® Series Tools Ordering Information .................... 30
500® & 700® Series Installation Details .................................. 30

CODE REFERENCE

500 Series Raceway components
used in a ceiling fan installation.

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS COLOR OPTIONS

cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.

500® and 700® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix
have an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “WH” suffix have a
white finish. Some Device Boxes used in safety applications
are also available with a red painted finish.

Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.

Ivory

KEY

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS SYSTEM LAYOUT
5719

4 11/16" [119mm] Utility Box

5738
V5703

5785

517
Firehorn Box

5753

5715

511

V5739
5734A

57243G
506

504

5747-2

5752

5748S

5748-2

Plugmold
2089E
V5786

57240

518

5744

57242

5748-3

504
518

5781

White

Panel Box

5782

2089E
504
506
511
517
518
5703
5715
5719
5734A
5738
5739
5744
5747-2
5748S
5748-2
5748-3
5752
5753
5781
5782
5785
5786
5724O
57242
57243G

Reducing Fitting
Mounting Strap
Cover Clip
Flat Elbow
Internal Elbow
External Elbow
Supporting Clip
Tee
Corner Box
Utility Box
Fixture Box Solid Base
Fixture Box Solid Base
Extra Deep Device Box
Two-Gang Shallow Device Box
Shallow Device Box
Two-Gang Device Box
Three-Gang Device Box
Alarm Device Box
Extra Deep Alarm Device Box
Box Connector
1/2" [12.7mm] Conduit Connector
Combination Connector
Adjustable Offset Connector
Single Pole Switch and Box
Utility Box
Duplex Receptacle and Box

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 23

500 ® & 700® SERIES RACEWAYS

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
500 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

500 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

2
2
1
0
0

[6.9]

1

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

2
2
1

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

Inches

O.D.
[mm]

NO. OF CONDUCTORS
40% FILL

0.111
0.130
0.164

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

7
5
3

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

500 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V500

ONE-PIECE RACEWAY –
040" [1.0mm] steel. Ivory finish.
Available in 10' [3m] lengths, 100'
[31m] per carton. One (1) 5701 Coupling
furnished with each length.

17/32"
[13.5mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

V500-5

ONE-PIECE RACEWAY –
Same as V500 Raceway except in 5'
[1.5m] lengths, 50' [15m] per carton.
One (1) 5701 Coupling furnished with
each 5' [1.5m] length.

17/32"
[13.5mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

605

500 SERIES RACEWAY CUTTER –
Single action portable cutter. Fast and
easy square cuts.

605K

PART NO.

V512

DESCRIPTION

1 1/4"
[32mm]

45° FLAT ELBOW –
Diagonal 45° turns on same surface.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

V517 2 3/4"

INTERNAL ELBOW –
Inside right angle turns.

[70mm]

V518

2 1/2"
[64mm]

OUTSIDE ELBOW –
Outside right angle turns.

REPLACEMENT BLADES –
Case hard steel replacement blades
for 605 Raceway Cutter.

502

BUSHING –

1/2"
Protects wires from abrasion. Slips
[12.7mm] into open end of 500 Series Raceway.

V504

5700LL

LASER LEVEL FOR 500/700 SERIES
RACEWAY –
Attaches to outlet box base and raceway
fittings for perfect alignment of runs
of raceway.

5700CG

CUTTING GUIDE FOR 500/700 SERIES
RACEWAY –
Attaches to step ladder and holds
raceway channel securely for
accurate cuts.

IWE-S

SPRAY PAINT –
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint.

MOUNTING STRAP (One- or Two-Hole) –
Converts to one-hole by breaking off at
score. Lanced tab holds strap in place
while fastening to surface.

1 13/16"
[46mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

V506

CONNECTION COVER –
Covers seam where two lengths of
500 Series Raceway come together.
3/4"
[19.1mm]

V511

FLAT ELBOW –
Right angle turns on the same surface.

NOTE: Can only be shipped via
ground transportation.
2"
[51mm]

NOTE: Use #8 flathead screws with all fittings requiring screws
except V504. With V504, use #8 panhead screws.

24 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

IWE-P

TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

700 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

3
3
2
1
0

[6.9]

1

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

3
3
2

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

O.D.
Inches

[mm]

0.111
0.130
0.164

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

NO. OF CONDUCTORS
40% FILL

10
7
4

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

700 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V700
700WH

ONE-PIECE RACEWAY –
040" [1.0mm] steel. Ivory finish.
Available in 10' [3m] lengths, 100'
[31m] per carton. One (1) 5701
Coupling furnished with each length.

21/32"
[16.7mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V711
711WH

FLAT ELBOW –
Right angle turns on the same surface.

2"
[51mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

607

700 SERIES RACEWAY CUTTER –
Single action portable cutter. Fast and
easy square cuts.

607K

REPLACEMENT BLADES –
Replacement case hard steel blades
for 607 Raceway Cutter.

702

BUSHING –
Protects wires from abrasion. Slips into
open end of 700 Series Raceway.
1/2"
[12.7mm]

V704
704WH

MOUNTING STRAP (One -or Two-Hole) –
Converts to one-hole by breaking off at
score. Lanced tab holds strap in place
while fastening to surface.
1 13/16"
[46mm]

V712
712WH

CONNECTION COVER –
Covers seam where two lengths of
700 Series Raceway come together.

45° FLAT ELBOW –
Diagonal 45° turns on same surface.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

V717
717WH

INTERNAL ELBOW –
Inside right angle turns.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

V718
718WH

IWE-S
WHWE-S

2 1/2"
[64mm]

OUTSIDE ELBOW –
Outside right angle turns.

SPRAY PAINT –
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint.
NOTE: Can only be shipped via
ground transportation.

5/8"
[15.9mm]

V706
706WH

1 1/4"
[32mm]

IWE-P
WWE-P

TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

NOTE: Use #8 flathead screws with all fittings requiring screws
except V704. With V704, use #8 panhead screws.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 25

500 ® & 700® SERIES RACEWAYS

700 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

500 ® & 700® SERIES RACEWAYS

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V5700F

FLEXIBLE SECTION –
For installing raceway around offsets,
side bends, twisted turns, and curved
surfaces. Wire fill capacity is the
same as 500 & 700 Series Raceways.
Consult factory for custom lengths.
Maximum painted length 3' [915mm].

18" [457mm]
Overall

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V5719
5719WH

CORNER BOX –
For feeding raceway from ceiling or
1 3/16" floor Allows for ample splice room.
[30mm] Base has 1/2" trade size KO.

1 3/16"
[30mm]

1 5/16"
[33mm]
2 1/2"
[64mm]

5701

2"
[51mm]

V5703
5703WH

COUPLING –
Joins and supports lengths of 500 or
700 Series Raceway. One coupling
included with each length of raceway.

2 1/2"
[64mm]

V5760
SUPPORTING CLIP –
Supports lengths of 500 and 700
Series Raceway.

BLANK EXTENSION BOX –
Extension for existing flush switch and
receptacle boxes to blank original
outlet. Closed base version available
as a special order.

15/16"
[23.8mm]
4 5/8"
[118mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

5709
2"
[51mm]

5709GC

GROUND CLAMP –
Provides additional grounding for 500
or 700 Series Raceway or to ground
remotely located devices. Insert clamp
into raceway before installing. Attach
ground wire to screw as required by
National Electrical Code.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

5780

SPECIAL NIPPLE (Galvanized) –
For hanging either 3/8" [9.5mm] or 1/2"
[12.7mm] fixtures to Wiremold fittings
with 1/2" trade size KOs. Has female
3/8" [9.5mm] pipe thread inside and
male 1/2" [12.7mm] pipe thread outside.

GROUNDING CONNECTOR –
Provides grounding means for 1/2"
trade size conduit using lock nut.
1"
[25mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

5781
5781A 3/4"
[19.1mm]

V5711LHA
V5711RHA
5711LHAWH
5711RHAWH
2 1/2"
[64mm]

INTERNAL TWIST ELBOWS –
90° twist with a 90° turn. For double
turn at right angles from one surface to
another. For transitions from a sidewall
2 1/2" to ceiling or edge of door or window
[64mm] trim. Twistout in cover adapts for use
with 700 Series Raceway.

5782
5782A

3/4"
[19.1mm]

5711RHA

V5715
5715WH
7/8"
[22.2mm]

TEE –
Connects branches of 700 Series
Raceway at right angles. When used
2 1/2"
[64mm] with 700 Series Raceway, break out
crescent twistout in cover.

CONDUIT CONNECTOR (Galvanized) –
Interior threaded female connector for
connecting raceway to conduit. When
used with 700 Series Raceway, break
out crescent twistout in connector.
5782 has 1/2" trade size conduit
opening and 5782A has 3/4" trade size
1 3/4" conduit opening.
[44mm]

V5783 2 1/8"
[54mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]

26 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

BOX CONNECTOR (Galvanized) –
Male connector for connecting raceway
to conduit boxes or panel boxes that
have KOs for conduit. Can also be used
with conduit type fittings. When used
with 700 Series Raceway, break out
crescent twistout in connector. 5781
has 1/2" trade size conduit opening
and 5781A has 3/4" trade size
1/2"
[12.7mm] conduit opening

ELBOW BOX CONNECTOR –
Connects raceway at right angles
to conduit boxes or panel boxes that
have 1/2" trade size conduit KOs. When
used with 700 Series Raceway, break
out crescent twistout in cover.

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V5784

1 1/4"
[32mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]

1 1/4"
[32mm]

PART NO.

ELBOW BOX CONNECTOR –
Connects raceway at right angles
to 1/2" trade size conduit or armored
cable connectors. When used with 700
Series Raceway, break out crescent
twistout in cover.

DESCRIPTION

5790B

1"
[25mm]
2"
[51mm]

V5785
5785WH

COMBINATION CONNECTOR –
Connects raceway, without
1 5/8"
offsetting, to any surface-mounted
[41mm]
3 1/4" or 4" [83mm or 102mm] outlet
1 5/16" box with 1/2" trade size conduit KOs.
[33mm]
Base has two 1/2" trade size KOs, one
on end and one on bottom. Included
spring steel bushing eliminates need
for conduit nipple and locknut for end
connection to box. When used with
3"
[76mm]
700 Series Raceway, break off
cover extension.

2 7/16"
[62mm]

V5786
5786WH

5791

ARMORED CABLE CONNECTOR
(Galvanized) – Connects 14/2, 14/3,
12/2, and 12/3 “MC” and armored cable
to Wiremold fittings. A short piece of
500 or 700 Series Raceway (1 5/8"
[41mm] min.) must be used between
connector and Wiremold fittings.
Not for use with 1/2" [12.7mm]
flex conduit.

EMT CONNECTOR –
Connects 1/2" trade size EMT to
5700 Series rectangular and round
device boxes (except 5733). Derates
1 3/4"
[44mm] the fill capacity of the EMT.

ADJUSTABLE OFFSET CONNECTOR –
Eliminates need to offset raceway when
connecting to surface type panel boxes.
Adjustment from surface to center of
1 1/2"
[38mm]
bushings is 5/8" [15.9mm] minimum to
1 3/8" [35mm] maximum. When used as
2 3/8" adjustable offset connector, break out
[61mm] metal between the two holes. When
used with 700 Series Raceway, break
7/8"
out crescent twistout in cover. 1/2"
[22.2mm]
trade size chase nipple and
2 1/4"
locknut furnished.
[57mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]

3 7/16"
[87mm]

3 7/8"
[98mm]

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS
CONNECTION REQUIRED
FROM

TO

USE CATALOG
NUMBER

500 Series, 700 Series Raceway

1500 Series Raceway

500 Series Raceway

Side of 2000 Series Raceway

1517B
V2089

500 Series Raceway

End of 2000 Series Raceway

V2089E

Existing Outlet

500 or 700 Series Raceway

V5751

Panel Box

500 or 700 Series Raceway

V5786

1/2" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable

500 or 700 Series Raceway

5782, V5784

3/4" trade size Conduit or Armored Cable

500 or 700 Series Raceway

5782A

Boxes with 1/2" trade size KOs

500 or 700 Series Raceway

5781, V5785

Boxes with 3/4" trade size KOs

500 or 700 Series Raceway

5781A

3" [76mm] or 4" [102mm] Ceiling Boxes

500 or 700 Series Raceway

V5737, V5737A, V5739

Single-Gang
Outlet Box

Two-Gang
Surface Box

14/2, 14/3, 12/2, 12/3 Armored Cable

500 or 700 Series Raceway

1/2" trade size EMT

5700 Series Boxes

V5735, V5744-2, V5744S-2,
V5747-2, V5748-2
5790B
5791

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 27

500 ® & 700® SERIES RACEWAYS

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

500 ® & 700® SERIES RACEWAYS

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
m

NOTE: 500 & 700 Series Raceway Systems Device Boxes that are identified with this symbol are Certified
to Canadian Safety Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products (this page and the
next page), change the “V” color prefix to “VC” or the “WH” color suffix to “WHC” to denote the
Canadian versions.

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS DEVICE BOXES ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V5731

BLANK COVER –
Use with 5733 Outlet Box to convert box
into pull or junction box. Has 1/2" trade
size KO in center.

1/4"
[6.4mm]
2 3/8" [61mm] Dia.

V5733
m

3" Dia.
[76mm]

V5735

DISTRIBUTION BOX –
Twistouts permit use of three parallel
raceway runs on each side. Base has
1/2" and 1" concentric trade size KOs
and a 1 13/16" [46mm] x 2 7/8" [73mm]
rectangular KO to mount on a one-gang
in-wall outlet box. Cover accepts devices
with mounting screw centers of 2 3/4",
3 1/2" or 4 1/16" [70mm, 89mm or
103mm], and canopy fixtures no larger
than 4 5/8" [117mm] in diameter.
With 5736 Blank Cover, this fitting can
be used as junction box, pull box, etc.

m

4 3/4" sq.
[121mm]

1 3/8"
[35mm]

V5736
5736WH

BLANK COVER –
1/2" trade size KO in center. For use
with 5735, 5737, 5737A, 5738, 5738AF,
5739, 5739A or 2135 Device Boxes.
Converts these boxes into pull or
junction boxes or for hanging
lightweight pendant fixtures with 1/2"
trade size pipe stems.

4 3/16"
[106mm]

7/16"
[11.1mm]

V5737
5737WH
V5737A
5737AWH
V5739A

1"
[25mm]

OPEN BASE EXTENSION BOX –
Mounts on 3 1/4" or 4" [83mm
or 102mm] conduit boxes or other
recessed outlets. Cover accepts devices
with mounting screw centers of 2 3/4",
3 1/2" or 4 1/16" [70mm, 89mm, or
103mm]. Can be used with 5736 Blank
Cover as a pull or junction box
.
A
CAT. NO.

5737
5737A
5739A

DIA. A.

CAT. NO.
A
1"
[25mm]

V5738AF
5738AFWH
m

5 1/2"
[140mm]

V57240
m

4 1/8"
[105mm]

2"
[51mm]

V57242
4 1/8"
[105mm]

5738
5738A
5739

DIA. A.

4 3/4" [121mm]
5 1/2" [140mm]
6 3/8" [162mm]

SOLID BASE FAN BOX –
Cover accepts fan bracket with
mounting centers of 3 3/16" [81mm].
1" Base has six mounting holes and 4 1/2"
[25mm] trade size KOs. #10 mounting studs
provided. Rated for fans and fixtures up
to 50 lbs.

15A, 125V SINGLE POLE
SWITCH & BOX –
1 3/8" Single pole switch included. Accepts
[35mm] standard single-gang switches
including three-way. Cover has
twistouts for 500 or 700 Series Raceway
on each end and sides. Twistouts on
ends of box permit running raceway
close to interior trim. Base has 1/2"
trade size KOs.

UTILITY BOX –
Can be used as tee, cross, pull box,

1 3/8"
[35mm] junction box, or blank box. Cover has

1/2" trade size KO and twistouts for 500,
and 700 Series Raceway on each end
and sides. Twistouts on ends of box
permit running raceway close to interior
trim. Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.

2"
[51mm]

V57243G
m

4 1/8"
[105mm]

4 3/4" [121mm]
5 1/2" [140mm]
6 3/8" [162mm]

2"
[51mm]

28 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTION

SOLID BASE FIXTURE BOX –
Used to hang fixtures. Cover accepts
devices with mounting screw centers of
2 3/4", 3 1/2", and 4 1/16" [70mm,
89mm, and103mm]. Base has four holes
for fixture studs, four 1/2" trade size
KOs, and raised section for no-bolt
fixture-stud. Use as a junction or
pull box with 5736 Blank Cover.

m

OUTLET BOX –
For devices with mounting screw
centers of 1 15/32", 1 5/8", 1 11/16", or
1 27/32" [37mm, 41mm, 44mm, or
46mm]. Will accept any device that
mounts on “G” or “H” type
conduit fittings.

15/16"
[23.8mm]

PART NO.

V5738
5738WH
V5738A
5738AWH
V5739
5739WH

15A, 125V DUPLEX GROUNDING
RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-15R) & BOX –
1 3/8" Accommodates 15A (NEMA 5-15R) or
[35mm] 20A (NEMA 5-20R) duplex devices in
place of duplex grounding receptacle
included. Cover has twistouts for 500
and 700 Series Raceway on each end
and sides. Twistouts on ends of box
permit running raceway close to interior
trim. Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V5741
5741WH

SWITCH & RECEPTACLE BOX –
For shallow type switches (three-way,
single, and double pole) and receptacles,
including three-wire locking receptacles
and single-gang combination devices.
Base has 1/2" trade size KO. Position
of twistouts on ends permits running
raceways close to interior trim.

m

2 13/16"
[72mm]

4 5/8"
[117mm]

PART NO.

EXTRA DEEP SWITCH &
RECEPTACLE BOX –
For deep devices such as momentary
contact, remote control switches,
and hospital signaling system devices.
Base has 1/2" trade size KOs. Larger
gang boxes available by special order.

m

2 3/4"
[70mm]
L

CAT. NO.

5744
5744-2
5744-3

L

W

4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm]
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm]
4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm]

W
CAT. NO.

5748
5748-2
5748-3
5748-4
5748-5
5748-6

1
2
3

V5748S
5748SWH

DEEP SWITCH & RECEPTACLE BOX –
Designed especially for use in the
installation of signal system and alarm
wiring. Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.
Larger gang boxes are available by
special order.

m

CAT. NO.

5744S
5744S-2
5744S-3

2 1/4"
[57mm]
L

L

W

4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm]
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm]
4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm]

m

GANGS

1
2
3

COMBINATION SWITCH &
RECEPTACLE BOX –
Connects to surface runs of
1/2" trade size conduit. Cover has
1/2" trade size KO and two raceway
twistouts on one end and three raceway
twistouts on opposite end, two 1/2"
KOs and a raceway twistout on each
side. Base has two 1/2" trade size KOs.
Larger gang boxes are available by
special order.

1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 5/8"
[117mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

V5747
V5747-2
V5747-3
5747WH
5747-2WH

SHALLOW SWITCH &
RECEPTACLE BOX –
For standard shallow switches and
receptacles including single-gang
combination devices. Base has two 1/2"
trade size KOs. Larger gang boxes
available by special order.

m

CAT. NO.

5747
5747-2
5747-3

L

L

W

4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm]
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm]
4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm]

1
2
3
4
5
6

2 7/8"
[73mm]

V5751
V5751-2
V5751-3
5751WH
5751-2WH

FLUSH TYPE EXTENSION ADAPTER –
For extensions from existing flush
switch and receptacle boxes. Larger
gang boxes available by special order.
CAT. NO.

5751
5751-2
5751-3

W

m

GANGS

4 5/8"
[117mm]

15/16"
[23.8mm]

V5745
5745WH

W

SHALLOW SWITCH &
RECEPTACLE BOX –
For shallow type duplex receptacles .
Base has 1/2" trade size KOs.

15/16"
[23.8mm]

V5744S
V5744S-2
V5744S-3
5744SWH
5744S-2WH

L

4 5/8" [117mm]
2 7/8" [73mm]
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm]
4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm]
4 5/8" [117mm] 8 11/32" [212mm]
4 5/8" [117mm] 10 5/32" [258mm]
4 5/8" [117mm] 11 31/32" [304mm]

GANGS

W

1 3/8"
[35mm]

SWITCH & RECEPTACLE BOX –
For deep switches and receptacles.
Base has two 1/2" trade size KOs.
Larger gang boxes available by
special order.

m

1 3/8"
[35mm]

V5744
V5744-2
V5744-3
5744WH
5744-2WH

DESCRIPTION

V5748
V5748-2
V5748-3
V5748-4
1 3/4"
V5748-5 [44mm]
V5748-6
5748WH
5748-2WH
L
5748-3WH

GANGS

1
2
3

L

W

GANGS

4 5/8" [117mm] 2 7/8" [73mm]
4 3/4" [121mm] 4 3/4" [121mm]
4 5/8" [117mm] 6 1/2" [165mm]

1
2
3

L

W

V5751A
5751AWH

DEEP FLUSH TYPE
EXTENSION ADAPTER –
For deep extensions from existing
wall boxes.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

4 5/8"
[117mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

CM-MMB-571
3 1/4"
[83mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]

ONE INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –
Accepts one CM2 Wiremold Open
3 1/4" System Communications Module or one
[83mm]
Pass & Seymour® Activate Series Insert.
Compatible with 500 and 700 Series
Raceway. Ivory finish.

W

NOTE: One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard
faceplates. Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA doublegang standard faceplates.
PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 29

500 ® & 700® SERIES RACEWAYS

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS DEVICE BOXES ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

500 ® & 700® SERIES RACEWAYS

STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS DEVICE BOXES ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

V5752
R5752
4 11/16"
[120mm]

4 11/16"
[120mm]

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

TWO-GANG ALARM DEVICE BOX –
For surface mounting of alarm devices
and safety signals designed to fit into
4" [102mm] square back boxes. Cover
has three raceway twistouts on each
side. Base has 1/2" and 1" concentric
and single-gang box KOs.
1 3/8"
[35mm] R5752 has red finish.

V5753
R5753
4 11/16"
[120mm]

4 11/16"
[120mm]

DESCRIPTION

TWO-GANG EXTRA DEEP
ALARM DEVICE BOX –
For surface mounting of alarm devices
and safety signals designed to fit into 4"
[102mm] square back boxes. R5753
has red finish. Cover is 2 3/4" [70mm]
deep and has three twistouts for
2 3/4"
[70mm] raceways on each side. Base has 1/2"and
1" concentric and single-gang box KOs.

NOTE: One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard
faceplates. Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA doublegang standard faceplates.

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS TOOLS ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

600B

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

WIREMOLD BENDER – For making
smooth, accurate bends, saddles and
offsets in Wiremold 500 and 700 Series
Raceways. Two-piece handle fits in
tool box.

DESCRIPTION

615

WIRE PULLEY – For fishing wires
around inside corners of 500 or 700
Series Raceway. When conductors are
through the run, detach pulley and snap
on appropriate internal elbow cover.
One 616 Fish Tape Leader included.

616

FISH TAPE LEADER – For pulling
conductors through 500 or 700 Series
Raceways. Holes provided for up
to eight conductors.

500 & 700 SERIES RACEWAYS INSTALLATION DETAILS
1. Each length of Wiremold raceway is
furnished with a coupling. Push coupling
out to expose clearance hole (5701).
2. Fasten support clips (V5703) to surface at Support Clip
approximately 32" [816mm] intervals. See
the Technical Information Section for
surface mounting methods. After support
Raceway
clips are installed, snap raceway into clips.
3. As an alternate method of mounting
(especially if the surface is uneven), 504
or 704 straps can be used. Hold raceway
in position and fasten strap to surface.
Straps should be spaced no greater than
32" [816mm] O.C.

Strap

Raceway

8. Fasten base of fitting to surface using proper
flat head fastener: #8 with V500 and V700
Series. See Technical Information Section
for surface mounting methods.
9. Determine desired location of
next fitting. Measure and cut
raceway as shown. Install fitting
base and raceway as in steps 1
and 2.

Raceway
Length

5/8"
[15.9mm]

10.Pull wiring in. (Use 502 or 702 Bushing
to protect wires from abrasion.)

5. Slide adjoining section of raceway onto
coupling (5701).

11.Remove proper twistouts in fitting cover(s)
with pliers. Twist inward as shown.

NOTE: If raceway has been field cut, it must be
deburred prior to coupling.

Fitting Cover

Abutting Raceways

Snap Over Cover

30 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

Fitting Base

Strap

4. For added support or to secure raceway
prior to installing straps, fasten coupling
to surface through clearance holes (5701).

6. If ends of adjoining raceways are not
square, use 506 or 706 Cover Connection
to fill gap.

7. Couple raceway to fitting base by slipping
tongue of fitting under the base of raceway.
(Use 502 or 702 Bushing to protect wires from
abrasion.) Do not mount more than one
fitting base at a time. Sequence should be
base, raceway, base, raceway, etc.

12.Install fitting cover(s) over raceway(s) and
fasten to fitting base with screws provided.

Distance
Between
Bases

5/8"
[15.9mm]

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2000® SERIES RACEWAY

2000

® SERIES

RACEWAY

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic
power or communication/low voltage installations.
2000® Series Raceways UL Code Reference............................ 31
2000® Series Raceways Color Options ......................................31
2000® Series Raceways System Layout .................................. 31
2000® Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................. 32
2000® Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 32
2000® Series Interconnectivity Fittings Chart .........................33
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.

2000 Series Raceway used to feed power to
an alarm device.

Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Base & Blank Cover:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

2000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
2000® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have
an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray
finish. Part Numbers without a prefix or suffix have a
protective zinc finish.
Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.

Gray

Ivory

2000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT
NOTE: Illustration is for
showing product
applications only.

5748
2048

2089A

2011

2017TC

500

2006

2010A2

2015
2051H

2048

5748

2018C
2048-2
518
500

KEY
500
518
2006
2010A3
2010A2
2010B

500 Series Raceway
External Elbow Fitting
Cover Clip
Entrance End Fitting
Entrance End Fitting
Blank End Fitting

2010A3

20GB506

2010B
2089E

2051H
2011
2015
2017TC
2018C
2048
2048-2

Flush Plate Adapter
90° Flat Elbow Fitting
Tee Fitting
Internal Corner Coupling
External Elbow Cover
Single-Gang Device Box
Two-Gang Device Box

20GB506
2051H
2089A
2089E
5748
20GB506

Plugmold Strip
Side-Reducing Fitting
Flush Plate Adapter
End-Reducing Connector
Single-Gang Device Box
Plugmold Strip

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 31

2000® SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
2000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

2000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

11
9
6
3
2

[6.9]

5

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

11
11
6

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

O.D.
Inches
[mm]

14 AWG
12 AWG

0.111
0.130

[2.8]
[3.3]

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS
WITHOUT
WITH PLUGMOLD
DEVICES
RECEPTACLE

7
7

5
5

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

2000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V2000BC
G2000BC

3/4"
[19.1mm]

PART NO.

RACEWAY BASE & COVER –
Packed ten (10) 5' [1.5m] lengths
per carton.

V2003
2003

RACEWAY BASE –
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty (20)
5' [1.5m] lengths per carton. 10' [3m]
lengths (V2000B-10, G2000B-10) are
also available. Packed 100' [30.5m]
per carton.

V2006
G2006

DESCRIPTION

2"
[51mm]

SUPPORTING CLIP –
Supports lengths of 2000 Series
Raceway at any point desired. Mounts
to surface with No. 6 flathead screw.
2003 support clip has plated finish.
V2003 has ivory finish.

1 9/32"
[33mm]

V2000B-5
G2000B-5
V2000B-10
G2000B-10
1 9/32"
[33mm]

V2000C
G2000C

COVER CLIP –
Covers seam where two lengths of
3/4" 2000 Series Raceway come together.
[19.1mm]

2009

GROUND CLAMP –
Connects equipment grounding
conductor. Provides an additional
ground for raceway.

1 13/64"
[30mm]

RACEWAY COVER –
.025" [.8mm] steel. Packed twenty 5'
[1.5m] lengths per carton. Shipped
without receptacle hole cuts.

How 2009 is used.

1 9/32"
[33mm]

620

2000 SERIES RACEWAY BASE &
COVER CUTTER –
Portable cutter for both 2000 Series
Raceway Base and Cover. Provides
clean and easy square cuts every time.

620BCK

1 5/16"
[33mm]

NOTE: Not for use with
aluminum conductors.

PRESSURE-TYPE WIRE CONNECTORS –
W30 – Common connection of two,
three, or four No. 12 or No.14 solid
copper conductors.
W30G – Connection of equipment
grounding of 2, 3, or 4 solid conductors
No. 14 or No. 12 AWG. 300V maximum;
20A 105° C maximum.

2 1/8"
[54mm]
3"
[76mm]

V2010A3
G2010A3

2"
[51mm]

32 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Offers larger capacity than 2010A2.
1/2" trade size KOs located on end,
1 29/32" sides, and bottom of fitting. 3/4" KOs
[47mm] on bottom and rear. Includes
ground screw.

2 7/64"
[53mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]

WIRE CLIP (Galvanized) –

COUPLING (Galvanized) –
Connects lengths of 2000B
Raceway Base.

to 1/2" trade size conduit or armored
located on end, sides, and bottom of
fitting. Includes ground screw.

1/2"
Additional support for conductors.
[12.7mm]

2001

ENTRANCE END FITTING –

1 9/32"
[33mm] Connects 2000 Series Raceway

1 1/2" cable connectors. 1/2" trade size KOs
[38mm]

REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –
Case hard steel replacement blades
and die set for 620 Cutter.

W30/W30G

2000WC

V2010A2
G2010A2

3"
[76mm]

V2010B
G2010B

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off the open end of
2000 Series Raceway.
3/4"
[19.1mm]

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V2011
G2011

PART NO.

FLAT ELBOW FITTING –
For right angle turns on same surface.
Cover stop permits neat butting of
2000C Cover. Two couplings included.

DESCRIPTION

V2048
G2048

SINGLE-GANG DEVICE BOX –
Cover has twistouts for 2000, 500, and
700 Series Raceways. Base has 1/2"
2 7/8" trade size KO and rectangular KO for
[73mm] extension to wall box. Base has #10
threaded hole for ground connection.

m 4 5/8"

[117mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]
Each Leg

V2015
G2015

6"
[152mm]
4"
[102mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

TEE FITTING –
For branching raceway at right angles.
Three couplings included.

V2048-2
G2048-2

TWO-GANG DEVICE BOX –
Cover has twistouts for 2000, 500, and
700 Series Raceways. Base has 1/2"
4 3/4" trade size KO and rectangular KO for
[121mm] extension to wall box. Base has #10
threaded hole for ground connection.

m 4 3/4"

[121mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

2017TC
1 1/2"
[38mm]

INTERNAL CORNER COUPLING –
Can be used as inside corner coupling
or as coupling and straight thru fitting.
Furnished with one fiber bushing.
2017TC

1 1/2"
[38mm]

V2018C
G2018C

2000B
2017TC used as a
corner coupling.

V2051H
G2051H

2017TC

2051H fastened to
horizontally mounted
wall box.

4 1/2"
[114mm]

2000B
2017TC used as a corner
coupling and a straightthrough fitting.

2051H fastened to
vertically mounted
wall box.

2000 Raceway extended
from wall outlet using 2051H.

EXTERNAL ELBOW COVER –
Covers gap when external corner is
made by notching and bending 2000B
Base. Continues raceway runs around
outside corners.
1 7/8"
[48mm]

FLUSH PLATE ADAPTER –
Feeds 2000 Series Raceway from
an existing wall outlet. Equipped with
1/2" trade size threaded stud, toothed
lock washer for grounding, and
conduit bushing.

V2089

SIDE REDUCING CONNECTOR –
Connects 2000 Series Raceway
with 500 Series Raceway through the
side of 2000 Series Raceway.

3 1/4"
[83mm]

Corner gap filler
snapped into
place in 2018C.
6"
[152mm]

IWE-S
GWE-S

SPRAY PAINT –
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint.

V2089E

END REDUCING CONNECTOR –
Connects 2000 Series Raceway
with 500 Series Raceway through the
end of 2000 Series Raceway.

NOTE: Can only be shipped via
ground transportation.

IWE-P
GWE-S

3/4"
[19.1mm]

TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

m Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote
the Canadian versions.

2000 SERIES RACEWAY INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS
CONNECTION REQUIRED
FROM

TO

USE CATALOG
NUMBER

500 Series Raceway

Side of 2000 Series Raceway

V2089, V2048, V2048-2

500 Series Raceway

End of 2000 Series Raceway

V2089E, V2048, V2048-2

Existing Outlet

2000 Series Raceway

V2051H

1/2" trade size Conduit
or Armored Cable

2000 Series Raceway

V2010A2, V2010A3

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 33

2000® SERIES RACEWAY

2000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

SERIES™
RACEWAY

2400

Single channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic power or
communication/low voltage installations in classrooms, hotels, and
anywhere a low profile raceway solution is needed.
2400 Series™ Raceways System Layouts ................................ 34
2400 Series™ Raceways UL Code Reference............................ 34
2400 Series™ Raceways Color Options ......................................34
2400 Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................. 35
2400 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 35
2400 Series™ Raceway Fittings Ordering Information ............ 35

2400 Series Raceway
now compatible
with A/V devices.

2400 Series Raceway in a classroom installation.

CODE REFERENCE

2400 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.

2400 Series™ Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have
an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a fog
white finish.
Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.

Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Base & Blank Cover:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

2426

2417M
2489

2448-2

2410C

4089
V2448

2451H

24DWND
24DWNR

2415M
500

2400
2406

5747
2418M

1500/
2600

2411M
24S7218GBX99IV

2686FO

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product
applications only.

2417FO

4000
2448

2410C

4089
2418FO

2489
2448-2

2400BC
2406
2686FO

34 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

2415FO
2451H

2407 Series
24DWND 106 Frame
24DWNR

500
500 Series Raceway
1500/2600 Raceway Feed
2400
2400 Series Raceway
2406
Cover Clip
2410C
Entrance End Fitting
2411M
Flat Elbow Fitting
2415M
Tee Fitting
2417M
Internal Elbow Fitting
2426
Lamp Holder
2686FO
Transition Fitting
Reducing Connector
4089
2448
One-Gang Device Box
2418M
External Elbow Fitting
2451H
Back Feed Fitting
2448-2
Two-Gang Device Box
2475D
Bridge Fitting
2489
Reducing Adapter
24DWND
Downward Duplex Device Bracket
24DWNR
Downward Decorator Device Bracket
24S7218GBX99IV 2400 Series Plugmold Strip
4000
4000 Series Raceway
5747
Shallow Switch Box

KEY

2400 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT FOR COMMUNICATIONS
2411FO

Fog White

KEY

2400 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT FOR POWER
4000

Ivory

500
5744

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product
applications only.

500
2400BC
2406
2410C
2411FO
2415H
2415FO
2417FO
2418FO
2448
2448-2
2489
24DWND
24DWNR
2686FO
4000
4089
5744

500 Series Raceway
2400 Series Raceway
Cover Clip
Entrance End Fitting
Radiused Flat Elbow
Back Feed Fitting
Radiused Tee Fitting
Radiused Internal Elbow
Radiused External Elbow
Device Box
Two-Gang Device Box
Side Reducing Connector
Downward Duplex Device Bracket
Downward Decorator Device Bracket
Transition Feed Fitting
4000 Series Raceway
Reducing Connector
Extra Deep Device Box

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

2400 RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

19
16
11
5
4

[6.9]

9

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

20
20
10

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

O.D.
Inches
[mm]

0.111
0.130
0.164

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40%)
WITHOUT
WITH 2427
DEVICES
RECEPTACLE

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

57
41
26

12
9
0

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

2400 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V2400B
V2400B-10
2400B-FW
2400B-10FW

RACEWAY BASE –
.040" [1.0mm] steel, 5' [1.5m] lengths.
Packed twenty 5' [1.5m] lengths per
carton (V2400B, 2400B-FW) or ten 10'
[3m] lengths per carton (V2400B-10,
2400B-10FW).

1 29/32"
[48mm]

V2400BC
2400BC-FW

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V2400C
2400C-FW

RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] steel; packed twenty
5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.

1 29/32"
[48mm]

624

2400 SERIES RACEWAY BASE &
COVER CUTTER –
Portable cutter for 2400 & 2400D Series
Raceway Base and Cover. Provides a
clean and easy square cut every time.

624BCK

REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –
Case hard steel replacement blades
and die set for 624 Cutter.

RACEWAY BASE & COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed ten 5'
[1.5m] lengths of base and cover
per carton.

7/8"
[22.2mm]

1 29/32"
[48mm]

2400 SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2400WC

WIRE CLIP –
Additional support for conductors.
(Nonmetallic)

1"
[25mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V2410A
2410A-FW

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Connects 2400 Series Raceway
with 1/2" trade size conduit or
armored cable.
2"
[51mm]

2401

2"
[51mm]

COUPLING –
Joins lengths of 2400B Base together.

1 5/8"
[41mm]
1 3/16"
[30mm]

V2410B
2410B-FW
V2406
2406-FW

COVER CLIP –
Covers seams where two lengths of
2400 Series Raceway come
together (nonmetallic).

1 1/2"
[38mm]

1 3/16"
[30mm]

V2410C
2410C-FW

2409
1/2"
[12.7mm]

GROUND CLAMP –
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to provide ground to 2400
Series Raceway. No. 10 ground
screw provided.

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off open end of 2400
Series Raceway.

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Feeds 2400 Series Raceway. Includes
2 11/16" 1 7/8" 1/2" and 3/4" trade size KOs
[48mm]
[68mm]
on end and bottom. Additional 1/2"
trade size KOs on each side.
2 1/8"
[54mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 35

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

2400 RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
2400 SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V2410DFO
2410DFO-FW

DIVIDED ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Feeds 2400 & 2400D Series Raceway.
Has 1/2", 3/4", and 1" trade size KOs on
back and end. Removable divider and
radiused insert included.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

7 1/8"
[181mm]

V2410FC
2410FC-FW

FULL CAPACITY ENTRANCE
END FITTING –
Feeds 2400 Series Raceway.
Has 3/4" and 1" concentric trade size
KOs located on each side.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V2418FO
2418FO-FW 5"

RADIUSED EXTERNAL ELBOW –
90° external elbow provides 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius control for fiber optic
and UTP/STP cable installations.
Two couplings included.

[127mm]

V2418M
2418M-FW

1 1/4" EXTERNAL ELBOW –
[32mm]

90° external corners.

2 1/4"
[57mm]
3"
[76mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]

V2411FO
2411FO-FW

3"
[76mm]

RADIUSED FLAT ELBOW –
90° flat corner elbow provides 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius control for
fiber optic and UTP/STP cable
installations. Ideal for lay-in or pullthrough installations.
5 1/2"
[140mm] Couplings included.

FLAT ELBOW –
Right angle turns on same surface.

1 29/32"
[49mm]

3 15/16"
[100mm]

V2415FO
2415FO-FW
10"
[254mm]

1 29/32" LAMP HOLDER –
[49mm] Medium base lamp holder 660W, 250V.

Black general purpose phenolic.

6 1/2"
[165mm]

3/8"
[9.5mm]

V2411M
2411M-FW

V2426
2426-FW

8"
[203mm]

5 7/8"
[149mm]

RADIUSED TEE FITTING –
For branches at right angles. Provides
2" [51mm] cable bend radius control
for fiber optic and UTP/STP cable
installations. Couplings included.

5"
[127mm]
1 9/16"
[40mm]

V24DWND
24DWND-FW

DOWNWARD DUPLEX

4 3/4"
[120mm] DEVICE BRACKET –

Labor saving, over-the-raceway device
bracket. Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles or 106 style data frame.

2 1/8"
[54mm]

V24DWNR
24DWNR-FW

DOWNWARD DECORATOR

4 3/4"
[121mm] DEVICE BRACKET –

Labor saving, over-the-raceway device
bracket. Accepts 15A or 20A decorator
receptacles, GFCI receptacle, or 106
style data frame.

2 1/8"
[54mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

V2415M
2415M-FW

TEE FITTING –
For branching raceway at right angles.
Two couplings included.

24DWNU
24DWNU-FW

4 3/4"
[121mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]

DOWNWARD EXTRON® MAAP
DEVICE PLATE –
Labor saving, over-the-raceway metal
device plate. Accepts two Extron®
Electronics MAAP single space modules.

4"
[102mm]

V2417FO
2417FO-FW

4"
RADIUSED INTERNAL ELBOW –
[102mm]

90° internal corner elbow provides 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius control
for fiber optic and UTP/STP cable
installations. Two couplings included.

24DWNS
24DWNS-FW
2 1/8"
[54mm]

V2417M
2417M-FW

1 3/4"
[45mm]

INTERNAL ELBOW –
Inside 90° angle turns.

1 29/32"
[49mm]

36 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

4 3/4"
[121mm]

DOWNWARD ORTRONICS® SERIES II
DEVICE PLATE –
Labor saving, over-the-raceway metal
device plate. Accepts one Ortronics®
Series II module.

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

V2444
2444-FW
m

4 5/8"
[117mm]

DESCRIPTION

EXTRA DEEP DEVICE BOX –
One-gang device box with extra depth
to allow installation of cabling that
requires greater bend radius and
storage. Cover has one twistout for
2 7/8"
2400 Series Raceway on each side and
[73mm]
one twistout for 500 and 700 Series
Raceway on the top and bottom.
2 3/4"
[70mm] Accepts industry standard faceplates
for electrical and
communication devices.

V2444D
2444D-FW

PART NO.

4 5/8"
[117mm]

DEVICE BOX –
Two-gang device box. Cover has
twistouts on all four sides for 2400
Series Raceway. Base has knockout to
4 3/4"
enable extension from existing single[121mm] gang, flush wall box and 1/2" trade size
KOs. Accepts industry standard
faceplates for electrical and
1 3/4" communication devices.

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

[44mm]

V2451H
2451H-FW

DEVICE BOX –
One-gang labor saving, over-theraceway device box. Cover has
twistout on each side for 2400 Series
Raceway. Accepts industry standard
faceplates for electrical and
communication devices.

m

DESCRIPTION

V2448-2
2448-2FW

BACK FEED FITTING –
Feeds 2400 Series Raceway from an
existing outlet box. Includes 1/2"
trade size male bushing and lock nut
4 1/2" washer for grounding.
[114mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

V2475D
2475D-FW

5 9/16"
[140mm]

1 7/8"
[48mm]
2 3/4"
[70mm]

V2444-2
2444-2FW
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V2444-2LS
2444-2LSFW
m

BRIDGE FITTING –
Allows 2400 Series Raceway runs
to bridge over existing installations
of 2400, 500, and 700 Series Raceways.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

EXTRA DEEP DEVICE BOX –
Two-gang device box with extra depth
to allow installation of cabling that
requires greater bend radius and
storage. Cover has twistout on all four
4 3/4"
sides for 2400 Series Raceway. Base
[121mm]
has knockout to enable extension from
existing single-gang flush wall box and
2 3/4"
[70mm] 1/2" and 1" concentric trade size KOs.
Accepts industry standard faceplates for
electrical and communication devices.
DEVICE BOX –
Two-gang labor saving, over-theraceway device box. Cover has
twistout on all four side for 2400 Series
Raceway. Accepts industry standard
faceplates for electrical and
communication devices.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

V2489

2489TB
4 5/8"
[117mm]

2"
[51mm]

2 7/8"
[173mm]

SIDE REDUCING CONNECTOR –
Connects 2400 Series Raceway
with 500 Series Raceway.

TRANSITION BOX –
Connects existing installations of
2100 Series Raceway to 2400D
Series Raceway.
1 3/4"
[44mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]
2100
4 3/4"
[121mm]
2400

V2448
2448-FW
m

4 5/8"
[117mm]

DEVICE BOX –
One-gang device box. Cover has
twistout for 2400 Series Raceway on
each side and one twistout for 500 and
700 Series Raceway on the top and
2 7/8"
bottom. Base has knockout to
[73mm]
enable extension from existing singlegang, flush wall box and 1/2" trade size
KOs. Accepts industry standard
1 3/4" faceplates for electrical and
[44mm] communication devices.

m Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add
“C” to the color prefix to denote the Canadian versions, i.e “CV2444”.

2686FO

3 5/8"
[92mm]

2 1/2"
[63mm]

TRANSITION FEED FITTING –
Eliminates need to offset 2400 Series
Raceway when connecting with surface
panel boxes. Has 3/4" and 1" concentric
trade size KOs with 1" trade size KO
elongated so adjustment from surface
to center of bushing is 1" [25mm]
minimum to 1 5/8" [41mm] maximum.
Has twistouts for transition to 1500 and
2600 Series Pancake Raceways.

NOTE: One-gang device boxes accept NEMA single-gang standard
faceplates. Two-gang device boxes accept NEMA doublegang standard faceplates.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 37

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

2400 SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
2400 SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

V4089
2"
[51mm]

DESCRIPTION

1 5/8"
[41mm]

REDUCING CONNECTOR –
Connects 4000 Series Raceway
to 2400 Series Raceway.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V2427GA

2 1/16"
[52mm]

15A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE –
3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-15R receptacle.
Includes 10-1/2" [267mm] pigtails
and inline splice connectors.

4 1/2"
[114mm]

IG2427GT

V2407-2CM
2407-2CMFW

106 DEVICE BRACKET & FRAME –
For installing two network wiring
keystone device modules in 2400
Series Raceway. Does not accept
Quad 106 Frame.

2 1/16"
[52mm]

20A ISOLATED GROUND
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE –
3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-20R orange
receptacle. Includes 10-1/2"
[267mm] pigtails and inline
splice connectors.
4 1/2"
[114mm]

IG2427GA
2 1/16"
[52mm]

V2407-2TJ
2407-2TJFW

6"
[152mm]

106 DEVICE BRACKET & FRAME –
For installing two Ortronics® TracJack
device modules in 2400 Series Raceway.
Does not accept Quad 106 Frame.

2 1/16"
[52mm]

IWE-S
DVWE-S
(Fog White)
2 1/16"
[52mm]

V2407-3TJ
2407-3TJFW

106 DEVICE BRACKET & FRAME –
For installing three Ortronics® Tracjack
device modules in 2400 Series Raceway.
Does not accept Quad 106 Frame.

2 1/16"
[52mm]

38 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

6"
[152mm]

20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE –
3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-20R receptacle.
Includes 10-1/2" [267mm] pigtails
and inline splice connectors.

4 1/2"
[114mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

SPRAY PAINT –
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint.
NOTE: Can only be shipped via
ground transportation.

6"
[152mm]

2 1/16"
[52mm]

V2427GT

15A ISOLATED GROUND
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE –
3-Wire 125V NEMA 5-15R orange
receptacle. Includes 10-1/2"
[267mm] pigtails and inline
splice connectors.

IWE-P
DVWE-S
(Fog White)

TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

2400D®

SERIES
RACEWAY

Dual channel version of 2400 Series Raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for
basic power and communication/low voltage installations in classrooms,
hotels, and anywhere a low profile raceway solution is needed.
2400D Series Raceways UL Code Reference .......................... 39
2400D Series Raceways Color Options .................................... 39
2400D Series Raceways System Layout ................................ 39
2400D Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Chart .................... 39
2400D Series Raceway Ordering Information ........................ 40
5507 Series Faceplates Ordering Information ........................ 42
2400D Series Raceway has two channels of
wiring capacity.

2400D Series Raceway
now compatible
with A/V devices.
2400D SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.

2400D Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have
an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a fog
white finish.

Base & Blank Cover:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.

Ivory

Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

KEY

2400D SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT FOR POWER & DATA
2417DFO

2444D

4000

2410DFO

24DWND
24DWNR

4089

2415DFO

2418DFO

2400D

Fog White

2444D-2A

2400D
2411DFO
2410DFO
2415DFO
2417DFO
2418DFO
2444
2444D
2444D-2A
24DWND
24DWNR

2400 Series Divided Raceway
Radiused Divided Flat Elbow
Divided Entrance End Fitting
Radiused Divided Tee
Radiused Divided Internal Elbow
Divided External Elbow
One-Gang Extra Deep Device Box
One-Gang Device Box
Two-Gang Divided Device Box
Downward Duplex Device Bracket
Downward Decorator Device Bracket

2411DFO

2400D

2444

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

2400D RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

1/3 COMP
40% FILL

2400D RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
2/3 COMP
40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

5
4
3
1
1

12
9
7
3
2

[6.9]

2

6

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

5
5
2

12
12
6

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

NUMBER OF
CONDUCTORS (40%)
O.D.
1/3
2/3
Inches
[mm]
COMP
COMP

0.111
0.130
0.164

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

11
9
6

26
19
11

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 39

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
2400D SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V2400BD
2400BD-FW

DIVIDED RACEWAY BASE –
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Divided into two
compartments (1/3 and 2/3 capacity).
Packed ten 10' [3.0m] lengths
per carton.

1 29/32"
[48mm]

V2400C
2400C-FW

RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed twenty
5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

624

2400 SERIES RACEWAY BASE &
COVER CUTTER –
Portable cutter for 2400 & 2400D Series
Raceway Base and Cover. Provides a
clean and easy, square cut every time.

624BCK

REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –
Case hard steel replacement blades
and die set for 624 Cutter.

1 29 / 32"
[48mm]

2400D SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2400WC

WIRE CLIP –
Additional support for conductors.
(Nonmetallic)

1"
[25mm]

2401D

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V2411DFO
2411DFO-FW

RADIUSED DIVIDED FLAT ELBOW –
90° flat elbow with integral dividers.
6 1/2" Provide 2" [51mm] full capacity cable
[165mm] bend radius control for fiber optic and
UTP/STPcable installations. Ideal for
lay-in or pull-through installations.
Two couplings included.

3/8"
[9.5mm]

DIVIDED COUPLING –
Joins lengths of 2400BD Divided Base.

2"
[51mm]

V2406
2406-FW

COVER CLIP –
Covers seam where two lengths of
2400D Series Raceway come
together (nonmetallic).

1 1/2"
[38mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

V2415DFO
2415DFO-FW
8"
[203mm]
10"
[254mm]

V2410BD
2410BD-FW

DIVIDED BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off open end of 2400D
Series Raceway.

4 7/8"
[124mm]

5 7/8"
[149mm]

1 3/16"
[30mm]

V2410D
2410D-FW

DIVIDED ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Feeds 2400D Series Raceway. Back has
two 1/2" trade size KOs and two
rectangular KOs for communication
cabling. Additional 1" and 3/4"
concentric trade size KO on each side.

V2417D
2417D-FW

RADIUSED DIVIDED TEE –
For branching raceway at right angles.
Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend radius
control for fiber optic and UTP/STP
cable installations. Couplings included.

1 3/4"
[45mm]

DIVIDED INTERNAL ELBOW –
Internal 90° corners.

1 29/32"
[49mm]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

2 5/8"
[67mm]

V2410DFO
2410DFO-FW

4 3/4"
[121mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

V2417DFO
2417DFO-FW

3"
[76mm]

DIVIDED ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Feeds 2400 & 2400D Series Raceway.
Includes 1/2”, 3/4", and 1" trade size
KOs on back and end. Removable/
adjustable divider and radiused
insert included.

7 1/8"
[181mm]

V2411D
2411D-FW

V2418DFO
2418DFO-FW
5"
[127mm]

1 29/32"
[49mm]

3 15/16"
[100mm]

40 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

DIVIDED FLAT ELBOW –
Right angle turns on the
same surface.

RADIUSED DIVIDED INTERNAL ELBOW –

4"
[102mm] 90° internal corner provides 2" [51mm]

cable bend radius control for fiber optic
and UTP/STP cable installations.
Two couplings included.

RADIUSED DIVIDED
EXTERNAL ELBOW –
90° external elbow provides 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius control for fiber optic
and UTP/STP cable installations.
Two couplings included.

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V24DWND
24DWND-FW

DOWNWARD DUPLEX
DEVICE BRACKET –
Labor saving, over-the-raceway device
bracket. Accepts 15A or 20A duplex
receptacles or 106 style data frame.

4 3/4"
[120mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]

PART NO.

4 3/4"
[120mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]

DOWNWARD DECORATOR
DEVICE BRACKET –
Labor saving, over-the-raceway device
bracket. Accepts 15A or 20A decorator
receptacles, GFCI receptacle, or 106
style data frame.

DIVIDED DEVICE BOX –
Labor saving, over-the-raceway device
box. Divided, two-gang box allows both
power and low voltage at a single
point-of-use. For use with commercially
available faceplates.

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V24DWNR
24DWNR-FW

DESCRIPTION

V2444D-2N
2444D-2NFW

2 3/4"
[70mm]

V2450
2450-FW
4 5/8"
[118mm]

4 5/8"
[118mm]

V24DWNU
24DWNU-FW

4 3/4"
[121mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]

DOWNWARD DEVICE PLATE –
Labor saving, over-the-raceway metal
device plate. Accepts two Extron®
Electronics MAAP single space modules.

DEVICE BRACKET –
For use with 2444D-2N. Allows both
power and low voltage at a single pointof-use. Accepts 5507 Series Faceplates,
Ortronics® TracJack & Series II Modules
(requires S2-EPL Plate), Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series Inserts
(requires CM-EPLA Plate), and
Wiremold Open System Communication
Modules (requires CM-EPLA Plate).

V2475D
2475D-FW

3/8"
[9.5mm]

5 9/16"
[140mm]

1 7/8"
[48mm]

V24DWNS
24DWNS-FW

4 3/4"
[121mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]

DOWNWARD ORTRONICS® SERIES II
DEVICE PLATE –
Labor saving, over-the-raceway metal
device plate. Accepts one Ortronics®
Series II module.

BRIDGE FITTING –
Allows 2400D Series Raceway runs
to bridge over existing installations
of 2400, 2400D, 500, and 700
Series Raceways

2 7/8"
[74mm]

V4089 2"
[51mm]

REDUCING CONNECTOR –

1 5/8" Connects 4000 Series Raceway
[41mm] to 2400D Series Raceway.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V2444D
2444D-FW

DEVICE BOX –
One-gang labor saving, over-theraceway box. Cover has two twistouts
for 2400 Series Raceway. Accepts
industry standard faceplates for
electrical and communication devices.

m

2489TB
4 5/8"
[117mm]

2 7/8"
[173mm]

TRANSITION BOX –
Connects existing installations of
2100 Series Raceway to 2400D
Series Raceway.
1 3/4"
[44mm]

4 5/8"
[117mm]

2100
2 3/4"
[70mm]

V2444D-2A
2444D-2AFW
m

2 3/4"
[70mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

2400

DIVIDED DEVICE BOX –
Divided, two-gang, labor saving overthe-raceway device box. Allows both
power and low voltage at a single pointof-use. Accepts 5507 Series Faceplates,
Ortronics® TracJack & Series II Modules
(requires S2-EPL Plate), Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series Inserts
(requires CM-EPLA Plate), and
Wiremold Open System Communication
Modules (requires CM-EPLA Plate).

IWE-S
DVWE-S
(Fog White)

SPRAY PAINT –
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint.
NOTE: Can only be shipped via
ground transportation.

IWE-P
DVWE-S
(Fog White)

TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

m Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards

for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C” to the color
prefix to denote the Canadian versions, i.e “CV2444” or “C2444-FW”.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 41

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

2400D SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

2400 SERIES™ & 2400D SERIES™ RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
5507 SERIES FACEPLATES ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5507AD
5507AD-FW
2 11/16"
[68mm]
1 11/32"
[34mm]

MODULAR FURNITURE ADAPTER –
Covers Activate modular furniture
adapter and other modular furniture
adapters. Not for use with decorator
(rectangular) style devices.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5507FRJ
5507FRJ-FW

FLUSH DUAL RJ11/RJ45
CONNECTOR FACEPLATE –
Accepts one or two keystone device
modules, recessed to provide a
flush installation. Has one keystone
opening and a KO for the other.

5507B
5507B-FW

BLANK FACEPLATE –
Covers unused compartments in
the device bracket.

5507-4TJ
5507-4TJFW

ORTRONICS® FACEPLATE –
Accepts four Ortronics® TracJack
Devices.

5507D
5507D-FW

DUPLEX FACEPLATE –
Covers duplex style devices
including 106 Frame. ????

5507-6TJ
5507-6TJFW

ORTRONICS® FACEPLATE –
Accepts six Ortronics® TracJack
Devices.

5507R
5507R-FW

RECTANGULAR FACEPLATE –
Covers rectangular decorator
style devices.

5507AAP
5507AAP-WH
5507AAP-G
5507AAP-BK
5507AAP-FW

EXTRON® AAP FACEPLATE –
Metal faceplate for use with two Extron®
Electronics AAP single space modules.

5507SW
5507SW-FW

SWITCH FACEPLATE –
Covers standard toggle switches.

5507MAAP
5507MAAP-WH
5507MAAP-G
5507MAAP-BK
5507MAAP-FW

EXTRON® MAAP FACEPLATE –
Metal faceplate for use with four Extron®
Electronics MAAP single space modules.

5507T1
5507T1-FW

SINGLE RECEPTACLE FACEPLATE –
Covers single receptacles –
1.59" [40.4mm] diameter.

CM-EPLA
CM-EPLA-FW

5507T2
5507T2-FW

SINGLE RECEPTACLE FACEPLATE –
Covers single receptacles –
1.41" [35.8mm] diameter.

END PLATES –
Mounts Pass & Seymour® Activate
and Wiremold Open System
communication modules into 5507
opening. Includes two outlet
identification labels with clear covers
and two matching screw covers.

S2-EPL
S2-EPL-FW

END PLATES –
Mounts Ortronics® Series II modules
into 5507 opening. Includes two
outlet identification labels with
clear covers and two matching
screw covers.

5507RJ
5507RJ-FW

DUAL RJ11/RJ45
CONNECTOR FACEPLATE –
Accepts one or two keystone device
modules. Has one keystone opening
and a KO for the other.

NOTE: All 5507 Series Faceplates have standard dimensions of
4 1/4" x 1 7/8" [108mm x 34mm].

Why Wiremold…
Developed by Bramic Creative
Business Products, this automated
conference table converts in less
than a minute into a fully functional
emergency command center.
Integral raceway puts multiple
systems at the fingertips of
emergency personnel, and keeps
everything organized and secure.

42 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

3000® SERIES RACEWAY

3000®

SERIES
RACEWAY

Single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic power or
communication/low voltage installations. Well-suited for labs, hospitals,
or anywhere that requires the capacity of a medium size raceway.
3000® Series Raceways UL Code Reference............................ 43
3000® Series Raceways Color Options ......................................43
3000® Series Raceways System Layout .................................. 43
3000® Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................. 44
3000® Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 44
3000® Series Raceway Installation Details ............................ 47

3000 Series Raceway
now compatible
with A/V devices.

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Base & Blank Cover:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.

3000 Series raceway used in a lab installation.

3000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
3000® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix have an
ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have a gray finish.
Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.
Ivory

Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

3000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

KEY
3010B
3011E
3015E
3017TCE
3018AE
3027AE
3033JE
3036HE
3043GE

3082
4074A

4000
3017TCE
CONDUIT

3046KD

3036HE
3044-2

3044-2
3046KD
3082
4074A

3033JE

4000
CONDUIT

3010B
3011E

Gray

Blank End Fitting
90° Flat Elbow
Tee Fitting
Internal Corner Coupling
External Corner Coupling
Single Receptacle Cover
Single Receptacle Cover
Blank Cover
Duplex Grounding
Receptacle & Cover
Extra Deep Switch &
Receptacle Box
Circuit Breaker Housing
Conduit Connector
Take Off Connector –
4000 to 3000 Series Raceway
4000 Series Raceway
1/2" [12.7mm] Flexible
Metal Conduit

CONDUIT

3018AE

3027AE
3043GE
3015E
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 43

3000® SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
3000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

52
42
30
15
11

[6.9]

25

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

53
53
28

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

3000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

O.D.
Inches
[mm]

WITHOUT
DEVICES

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40% FILL)
WITH SURGE/
LARGE SINGLE
WITH DUPLEX
RECT. DEVICES GFCI DEVICES
RECEPTACLES
2
2
2
2
1.59in. [1025mm ] 2.30in. [1485mm ] 3.00in.2 [1935mm2]

14 AWG

0.111

[2.8]

152

70

40

28

12 AWG

0.130

[3.3]

111

51

29

21

10 AWG

0.164

[4.2]

70

32

18

13

8 AWG

0.216

[5.5]

40

18

10

7

6 AWG

0.254

[6.5]

29

13

7

5

3000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V3000B
G3000B
1 15/32"
[37mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

RACEWAY BASE –
.040" [1.0mm] steel, Packed in ten 10'
[3m] lengths, 100' [31m] per carton.
Base sections have predrilled 1/2" and
3/4" trade size entrance KOs
(spacing??) and 9/32" [7.1mm] dia.
mounting screw KOs on approx. 9 3/8"
[238mm] centers.

V3000CE
G3000CE

RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] steel. Packed in twenty
5' [1.5m] lengths, 100' [31m] per carton.

V3000C075
G3000C075

7.5" [191mm] PRECUT
RACEWAY COVER –
For mounting devices 12" [305mm]
on center using 3027AE,3033JE,
3036HE, 3040CE, 3043, 3046, 3048R,
and 3051LE Series Device Plates.

V3000C195
G3000C195

19.5" [495mm] PRECUT
RACEWAY COVER –
For mounting devices 24" [610mm]
on center using 3027AE,3033JE,
3036HE, 3040CE, 3043, 3046, 3048R,
and 3051LE Series Device Plates.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

630B

RACEWAY BASE CUTTER –
Portable cutter for 3000 Series
Raceway Base. Provides clean and
easy square cuts.

630BDK

REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –
Case hard steel replacement blades
and die set for 630B Cutter.

630C

RACEWAY COVER CUTTER –
Portable cutter for 3000 Series
Raceway Cover. Provides clean and
easy square cuts.

630CDK

REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –
Case hard steel replacement blades
and die set for 630C Cutter.

G3000WC

WIRE CLIP (Galvanized) –
Holds conductors in place.
1"
[25mm]

G3001

COUPLING (Galvanized) –
Joins lengths of 3000 Series Raceway.

2 1/4"
[57mm]

44 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

G3001A

RIGID INSIDE COUPLING (Galvanized) –
Joins lengths of 3000 Series Raceway in
installations where added rigidity is
required, such as when raceway is
suspended overhead.

6"
[152mm]

V3003
G3003

SUPPORTING CLIP –
Supports lengths of 3000 Series
Raceway at any point along length.
Mounts with #8 flat head fasteners.
Includes set screw for locking
to raceway.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

2 13/16"
[72mm]

V3006E
G3006E

COVER CLIP –
Covers seam where two pieces of
3000 Series Raceway Cover
come together.

2 13/16"
[72mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

G3007C

DEVICE BRACKET –
Mounts standard after-market devices
into 3000 Series Raceway. Accepts
single-gang devices with 3.281" [95mm]
mounting centers. Use with
commercially available flush plates
(not included).

3 9/32"
[83mm]

4 1/2"
[115mm]

G3008C

C-HANGER –
Suspends 3000 Series Raceway from
structural ceilings. Designed for
use with 3/8" [9.5mm] threaded rod.
Hangers should be installed no more
than 5' [1.5m] apart along raceway run.

5 5/16"
[135mm]
4 1/8"
[105mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V3010C
G3010C 2 1/8"
[54mm]
2"
[51mm]
1"
[25mm]

4 1/4"
[108mm]
1 1/16"
[27mm]

1 3/8"
[35mm]

V3011E
G3011E

FLAT ELBOW FITTING –
Right angle turns on the same surface.
6" [152mm]
Each Leg

4" [102mm]
Each Leg

V3014C
G3014C

WALL BOX CONNECTOR –
Connects 3000 Series Raceway
from flushed-in wall box.

8"
[203mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

V3015E
G3015E

TEE FITTING –
For branching raceway at right angles.
Three couplings included.

8"
[203mm]

V3017TCE
G3017TCE

INTERNAL CORNER COUPLING –
For surfaces at right angles, or for
use as a straight-through fitting. Solid
leg of base has concentric 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs.

G3008C

V3010AE
G3010AE

1 3/8"
[35mm]

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Connects 3000 Series Raceway to
1/2" trade size conduit and armored
cable connectors. 1/2" trade size KOs
on end and each side of fitting. Can be
connected to conduit boxes by using
2 3/4" 1/2" chase nipple.

G3017TCE used as a
straight-through fitting.
#6 AWG #8 AWG #10 AWG #12 AWG #14 AWG

THHN, THWN

1 7/16"
[37mm]

1 3/8"
[35mm]

V3010B
G3010B

1 3/8"
[35mm]

18

24

55

75

SPRAY PAINT –
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint.
NOTE: Can only be shipped via
ground transportation.

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off open end of 3000 Series
Raceway. Has concentric 1/2" and
3/4"trade size KOs.
1 7/16"
[37mm]

1 7/8"
[48mm]

13

Wire capacity when used as a straight-through fitting.

IWE-S
GWE-S

3 7/16"
[87mm]
5/8"
[15.9mm]

G3017TCE

2 3/4"
[70mm]

[70mm]

5/8"
[15.9mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

10 1/4"
[260mm]

G3008C C-Hanger can be mounted back-toback for double run of 3000 Series Raceway.
G3008C
3000 Series
Raceway

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Connects 3000 Series Raceway to
rigid or flexible conduit. Concentric
1/2", 3/4" and 1" trade size KOs on end
and each side.

IWE-P
GWE-P

TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 45

3000® SERIES RACEWAY

3000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

3000® SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
3000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V3018AE 1 1/4"
G3018AE [32mm]

EXTERNAL CORNER COUPLING –
Right angle turns around
external corners.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V3044-2
G3044-2

EXTRA DEEP SWITCH &
RECEPTACLE BOX –
Two-gang. For standard 30A, 50A, and
60A receptacles. Four sides of cover
have one set of combination twistouts
for 3000 Series Raceway. Hole cut
in cover: 3 3/4" x 2 7/8" [95mm x
73mm]. Base has five 1/2" trade
size KOs.

m

3 3/4"
[121mm]

4"
[102mm]

V3027AE
G3027AE 4 1/2"
m

[114mm]

1.41"
[36mm]
Dia.

V3028
G3028

Use with G3017TCE to offset
around columns etc. (minimum
4" [102mm] offset).

SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER –
Installs commercially available
straight blade and locking single
receptacles with face diameters of
1.38"-1.40" [35mm-36mm] into 3000
Series Raceway. G3007C Device
Bracket included.
UTILITY BOX –
Used as a tee, cross, junction box, or
for branch circuit extensions in
3000 Series Raceway. Cover has
1 7/8"
[47mm] raceway twistouts on all sides. Base
has five 1/2" trade size KOs and four
fixture mounting holes.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

V3046BE
G3046BE

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER –
Installs commercially available
15A and 20A duplex receptacles or
106 style data frame into 3000
Series Raceway.
5 3/8"
[137mm]

V3046H-2
G3046H-2

TAP-OFF FITTING –
For feeding out of the bottom of raceway.
Has concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade size
KOs and twistout for communication
cables. Grommet furnished for
4 3/4" telephone KO.

6 3/8" [162mm] Sq.

V3033JE
G3033JE
m

4 1/2"
[114mm]

1.58"
[40mm]
Dia.

V3036HE
4 1/2"
G3036HE [114mm]

[121mm]

SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER –
Installs commercially available straight
blade and locking single receptacles
with face diameters of 1.56"-1.57"
(approximately [40mm]) into 3000
Series Raceway. G3007C Device
Bracket included.

V3046KD
G3046KD 6"

BLANK COVER –
Use as a blank cover or tap off KO in
center of plate for 1/2" trade size
conduit. G3007C Device
Bracket included.

For use with the following
breakers rated 50A maximum.
General Electric: THQC, THHQC
Westinghouse: Quicklag C, QCH.

V3040CE 4 1/2"
G3040CE [114mm]

SWITCH COVER –
Installs commercially available
single-pole, two-pole, three-way or
four-way switches into 3000 Series
Raceway. G3007C Device
Bracket included.

V3043BE 4 1/2"
G3043BE [114mm]

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER –
Installs commercially available 15A and
20A duplex receptacles or 106 style data
frame into 3000 Series Raceway.
G3007C Device Bracket included.

m

V3043GE
G3043GE
m

m

4 1/2"
[114mm]

DUPLEX GROUNDING
RECEPTACLE COVER –
Installs commercially available
15A-125V (NEMA-15R) grounding
receptacles into 3000 Series Raceway.
Grounding receptacle included.

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote
the Canadian versions.

46 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

2 3/4"
[70mm]

6 3/8"
[162mm]

[152mm]

CIRCUIT BREAKER HOUSING –
Cover used as is with single-pole
1 15/16" breaker. KO is removed for two-pole.
[49mm]
For two-pole circuit breakers where
the toggle is center located, web is
snipped or cut out.

V3046KTSQ
G3046KTSQ
7 3/8"
[188mm]

Single-pole circuit
breaker being
mounted on base
of G3046KD.

CIRCUIT BREAKER HOUSING –
Mounts Square D™ Quik-Gard QOB bolton circuit breakers into 3000 Series
Raceway. Rated up to 50A maximum
capacity. Includes Square D QON3B
Compact Base for single- to three-pole
circuit breakers. For GFI breakers, use
Square D QOB-GFI Series.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

V3046QOU
G3046QOU
7 3/8"
[187mm]

Two-pole circuit
breaker being
mounted on base
of G3046KD.

CIRCUIT BREAKER HOUSING –
Mounts Square D Type QOU one-,
two-, or three-pole breakers, rated up
to 50A maximum capacity, into
3000 Series Raceway.

1 13/16"
46mm]

Wire capacity of 3000 Series Raceway with
G3046KD, KTSQO, QOU circuit breaker housings.

#6 AWG #8 AWG #10 AWG #12 AWG #14 AWG
THHN, THWN

6

8

10

18

26

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

3000® SERIES RACEWAY

3000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

V3048R
G3048R

4 1/2"

m [114mm]

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

RECTANGULAR DECORATOR
RECEPTACLE COVER –
1 5/16" Installs commercially available 15A and
[33mm]
20A rectangular receptacles into 3000
Series Raceway. G3007C Device
Bracket included.

2 5/8"
[67mm]

V3051LE
G3051LE
4 1/2"
[115mm]

2 7/8"
[67mm]

V3046U
G3046U
1 13/32"
[36mm]

2 13/16"
[72mm]

V3046V
G3046V

BUMP-UP ORTRONICS®
SERIES II PLATE –
Device plate for use with three
Ortronics® Series II modules.

1 13/32"
[36mm]

7 15/16"
[185mm]

2 13/16"
[72mm]

EXTENSION COVER –
Accepts shallow-type 30A and 50A
devices and flush plates. Also Fustat
2"
[51mm] devices SRU, SSU, SRW, SOU and SOW,
or equivalent. Deeper devices can be
accommodated with a combination of
G3051LE and any of the V5700 Series
single-gang, open base boxes. G3007C
Device Bracket included.
BUMP-UP EXTRON® MAAP PLATE –
Device plate for use with four Extron®
Electronics MAAP single space modules.

G3082

BUMP-UP EXTRON® AAP PLATE –
Device plate for use with two Extron®
Electronics AAP single space modules.

7 15/16"
[185mm]

2 11/16"
[68mm]

CONDUIT CONNECTOR –
Connects end of 3000 Series Raceway
to 1 1/2" trade size conduit or
armored cable.

2 13/16"
[71mm]

DRP20A-V

COLORMATCH IVORY DUPLEX
RECEPTACLE & PLATE –
Specification grade rated 20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R receptacle with color
matched nylon faceplate. Receptacle
has nylon face and thermoplastic base.
One-piece brass triple-wipe line
contacts and double-wipe ground
contacts. Locked in wrap-around steel
yoke. Break off tab for two circuit wiring.
2.7" W x 4.5" H [69mm x 114mm].
Verified under Fed. Spec. #WC596F.

DR20A-V
DR20A-G

COLORMATCH GRAY OR
IVORY RECEPTACLE –
Specification grade rated 20A 125V
NEMA 5-20R receptacle. Receptacle has
nylon face and thermoplastic base.
One-piece brass triple-wipe line
contacts and double-wipe ground
contacts. Locked in wrap-around steel
yoke. Break off tab for two circuit wiring.
2.7" W x 4.5" H [69mm x 114mm].
Verified under Fed. Spec. #WC596F.

7 15/16"
[185mm]

1 13/32"
[36mm]

2 13/16"
[72mm]

DESCRIPTION

V3046S
G3046S

3000 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS
3000 Series Raceway Base

1. Determine the method of feeding
raceway using an entrance end fitting
or through 1/2" or 3/4" trade size KO
in raceway base (shown).

4. To install devices: Install device bracket in 3000 Base Break Off
3000 Base. Wire device and assemble on
bracket. Install cover over 3000 Base and
device (if device has plaster ears, break
off before mounting on device bracket).

Conduit Connector

2. To mount 3000 Base on surface: Remove
mounting screw KOs (approx. 9 3/8"
[238mm] O.C. along base) as required.
Mount base with No. 8 flathead fasteners.

Device
Bracket

Feed KOs

9 3/8" [238mm]
Approx.
3000 Series Raceway Base

3. For coupling lengths of 3000B, insert
either the G3001 or G3001A (shown) into
one base section centered on joint. Slide
other length of base onto coupling. Tighten
locking screws.

Cover

Mounting Screw KOs

Base Sections

5. Cut sections of 3000 Cover to fit between
device plates. Snap cover sections in place
along entire run as shown.

Device
Snap Cover
Onto Base

Engage One Side
Of Cover On Base

3001A

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 47

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

DS4000®

SERIES
RACEWAY

Dual-channel raceway with increased capacity due to its unique profile,
integral divider and downward facing activations. Ideal for any application
that requires a high capacity metal raceway.
DS4000® Series Raceways UL Code Reference ...................... 48
DS4000® Series Raceways System Layout .............................. 48
DS4000® Series Raceways Color Options ................................ 49
DS4000® Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .......................... 49
DS4000® Series Raceway Ordering Information .................... 50

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.

DS4000 Series Raceway
now compatible
with A/V devices.

Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.

DS4000 Series Raceway used in a typical
office application.

Base & Blank Cover:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

4000 DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

DS4010A

DS4047MAB

DS4011

DS4018

DS4047R

DS4010B

DS4017
DS4047C

DSDWND
DSDWNR

DS4075

DS4015

DS4075A

DS4047D

> 4" [102mm]
Bend Radius
Universal Downward
Facing Device Bracket
accommodates industry
standard power and data
devices while allowing
the industry’s largest
termination radius.

2 1/4"
[57mm]

Adjust-to-Fit™ Couplings – Allows up to
4" [102mm] of lateral adjustment of
Raceway Base to minimize cutting.

Obstacle Avoidance Fitting
bypasses existing conduits and
small raceways mounted on
supporting wall.

KEY
DS4010A
DS4010B
DS4011
DS4015
DS4017
DS4018

Entrance End Fitting
Blank End Fitting
90° Flat Elbow Fitting
Divided Tee Fitting
Internal Elbow Fitting
External Elbow Fitting

48 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

DS4047C
DS4047D
DS4047MAB
DS4047R

Single-Channel NEMA
Device Plate
Single-Channel Duplex
Device Plate
Single-Channel MAB
Device Plate
Single-Channel Decorator
Device Plate

DS4075
DS4075A
DSDWND
DSDWNR

Small Obstacle Transition
Fitting
Offset Fitting
Downward Duplex
Device Plate
Downward Decorator
Device Plate

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY

4000 DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
DS4000® Raceway Part Numbers with a “DV” suffix have a fog white
finish. Part Numbers with a “DG” suffix have a gray finish. Part
Numbers with a “BK” suffix have an black finish. Part Numbers with
a “BZ” suffix have an bronze finish.
Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.

Designer Gray

Fog White

Metallic Bronze

Matte Black

DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40%) PER COMPARTMENT
w/DUPLEX

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

O.D.
Inches
[mm]

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

WITHOUT
DEVICES

w/SURGE/GFCI

w/LARGE SINGLE

40% FILL

RECT. DEVICES
DEVICES
DEVICES
w/DOWNWARD
1.59in.2 [1025mm2] 2.30in.2 [1485mm2] 3.00in.2 [1935mm2] ACTIVATION/CROSSOVER

206
150
95
54
39

141
103
64
37
27

111
81
51
29
21

83
60
38
22
15

46
33
21
12
8

DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

40% FILL EACH
COMPARTMENT

40% FILL w/DOWNWARD
ACTIVATION/CROSSOVER

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

70
57
40
20
15

28
23
16
8
6

[6.9]

35

14

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

72
73
38

29
29
15

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS WIRE FILL CAPACITIES
WIRE SIZE/THHN

THHN

14
12
10
8
6

UTP

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG
24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

DS4010A*
40% 60%

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

125
91
57
33
24

0.150
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

DS4011
40% 60%

DS4015
40%
60%

DS4017**
40%
60%

DS4018**
40% 60%

DS4075
40% 60%

DS4075A**
40% 60%

187 171
137 125
86 78
50 45
36 33

256
187
118
68
49

62
45
28
16
12

93
68
43
25
18

160
116
73
42
31

238
175
110
63
46

142
104
65
38
27

213
156
98
57
41

106
78
49
28
20

160
116
73
42
31

142 213
104 156
65 98
38 57
27 41

68
43
35
25
12
12

103
64
52
37
18
18

94
58
48
34
17
16

140
87
72
51
25
24

49
31
25
18
9
9

74
46
38
27
13
13

87
55
45
32
16
15

131
82
67
47
24
23

78
49
40
28
14
14

117
73
60
42
21
20

58
36
30
21
10
10

87
55
45
32
16
15

78 117
49 73
40 60
28 42
14 21
14 20

0.270

[6.9]

21

32

29

43

15

23

27

41

24

36

18

27

24

36

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

44
44
24

65
66
35

59
60
32

89
90
48

31
32
17

47
48
26

56
56
30

83
85
45

50
50
27

74
75
40

37
38
20

56
56
30

50
50
27

74
75
40

* Entrance end fitting fill rate is calculated using backfeed capability and radius inserts. Inserts are removable and fitting can obtain maximum raceway fill from
utilizing end fitting knockouts and removing radius control inserts.
** Calculated using radius control inserts. Inserts are factory installed and may be removed in order to obtain full raceway capacity if radius control is not required.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 49

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
PREWIRED DS4000 RACEWAY COVER WIRE FILL CAPACITIES
WITH DOWNWARD FACING POWER & COMMUNICATION DEVICES
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

40% FILL

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

31
23
14
8
6

NOTE: Prewired downward facing covers are punched in line for a sleek flush look.
Power conductors are provided in the lower channel. Additional wires can be
added and should not exceed totals above. Communications are to be installed
in the top channel – refer to standard cable fill chart for capacities.

DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

DS4000B
2"
[51mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

DS4000C-DV
DS4000C-BK
DS4000C-DG
DS4000C-BZ

2 7/8"
[73mm]

PART NO.

RACEWAY BASE –
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Each
base section has mounting holes, two
9/32" [7.1mm] diameter, located every
4" [102mm] and pass through KOs
located every 8" [203mm] along the
entire length. Packed four 10' [3.05m]
sections of base per carton. Two
DS4001 Couplings included with each
10' section.

DS4010A-DV
DS4010A-BK
DS4010A-DG
DS4010A-BZ

RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm galvanized steel. Packed
eight 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.
Four 5' [1.5m] cover sections required
for each 10' [3.05m] section of base.

DS4010B-DV
DS4010B-BK
DS4010B-DG
DS4010B-BZ

DESCRIPTION

5 3/4"
[146mm]

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Full-capacity end fitting. Includes four
3/4" and 1 1/4" concentric trade size
KOs and four 2 1/8" large capacity KOs.

5 5/8"
[143mm]
3"
[76mm]

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off open end of DS4000B
Raceway Base Has two 3/4" and 1"
trade size KOs.

2 3/16"
[56mm]

DS4000WC

WIRE CLIP –
Holds conductors in place.
1 5/8"
[41mm]

DS4001

ADJUST-TO-FIT™ COUPLING –
Joins lengths of DS4000B
together. Sold in pairs.

1 1/16"
[27mm]

DS4011-DV
DS4011-BK
DS4011-DG
DS4011-BZ

FLAT ELBOW –
90° flat corner for new lay-in or
pull-through installations. One pair of
DS4001 Couplings included.

7"
[178mm]

7"
[178mm]

6"
[152mm]

DS4006-DV
DS4006-BK
DS4006-DG
DS4006-BZ

SEAM CLIP –
Covers seam where two sections
of DS4000C come together.

DS4014A

5 3/4"
[146mm]

10"
[254mm]

1"
[25mm]

DS4006B-DV
DS4006B-BK
DS4006B-DG
DS4006B-BZ

HALF SEAM CLIP/BLANK FACEPLATE –
Covers seams where two sections
of DS4000C Cover come together. Can
also be used as a blank faceplate.

DS4015-DV
DS4015-BK
DS4015-DG
DS4015-BZ

8 1/2"
[216mm]
6"
[152mm]

50 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

BACKFEED COUPLING –
Extra long coupling allows attachment
to a wall box or to back feed DS4000
Series Raceway from 1" or 1 1/4"
trade size conduit.

DIVIDED TEE –
For new lay-in or pull-through
installations. Two pair of
DS4001 Couplings included.

8 15/16"
[227mm]

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

DS4017-DV
DS4017-BK
DS4017-DG
DS4017-BZ
5 3/4"
[146mm]

INTERNAL ELBOW –
90° Full capacity divided internal elbow
that provides a 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius for fiber optic/UTP/STP
installations. One pair of DS4001
Couplings included.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

DSDWND-DV
DSDWND-BK
DSDWND-DG
DSDWND-BZ

DOWNWARD DUPLEX
DEVICE PLATE –
Installs 15A and 20A duplex receptacles
or 106 style data frames into DS4000
Series Raceway in a downward facing,
protected position.
6"
[152mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

DS4018-DV
DS4018-BK
DS4018-DG
DS4018-BZ

3 1/2"
[89mm]

DS4047D-DV
DS4047D-BK
DS4047D-DG
DS4047D-BZ

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
90° full capacity divided external elbow
provides a 2" [51mm] cable bend radius
for fiber optic/UTP/STP installations.
One pair of DS4001 Couplings included.

3 1/2"
[89mm]

SINGLE-CHANNEL DUPLEX
DEVICE PLATE – Installs 15A or 20A
duplex receptacles or 106 style data
frames into DS4000 Series Raceway.

DSDWNDQ-DV
DSDWNDQ-BK
DSDWNDQ-DG
DSDWNDQ-BZ

6"
[152mm]

DSDWNR-DV
DSDWNR-BK
DSDWNR-DG
DSDWNR-BZ

6"
[152mm]

DS4047DQ-DV
DS4047DQ-BK
DS4047DQ-DG
DS4047DQ-BZ

SINGLE-CHANNEL DUPLEX DEVICE
PLATE w/ONE DUPLEX INSTALLED –
Installs the included, pre-installed on
bracket Pass & Seymour® 20A duplex
receptacle with 6" [152mm] lead wires
into DS4000 Series Raceway.

SINGLE-CHANNEL DECORATOR
DEVICE PLATE –
Installs 15A or 20A decorator style
receptacles, GFCI and surge devices
into DS4000 Series Raceway.

DSDWNX

CROSSOVER KIT –
Provides shielding when using
downward-facing activations. Includes
enclosures for power or
data crossover.

DS4075-DV
DS4075-BK
DS4075-DG
DS4075-BZ

SMALL OBSTACLE/
TRANSITION FITTING–
Passes DS4000 Series Raceway over
previously installed conduit or raceways
as large as 2400 Series Raceway. Also
creates transition to 500, 700 or 2400D
Series Raceway from DS4000
Series Raceway.
13 7/8"
[352mm]

6"
[152mm]

DS4047MAB-DV
DS4047MAB-BK
DS4047MAB-DG
DS4047MAB-BZ

6"
[152mm]

DS4047C-DV
DS4047C-BK
DS4047C-DG
DS4047C-BZ

DOWNWARD DECORATOR
DEVICE PLATE–
Installs 15A and 20A decorator style
receptacles, GFCI and Surge devices
into DS4000 Series Raceway in a
downward facing, protected position.

6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

DS4047R-DV
DS4047R-BK
DS4047R-DG
DS4047R-BZ

DOWNWARD DUPLEX DEVICE PLATE
w/One DUPLEX INSTALLED–
Installs the included, pre-installed on
bracket Pass & Seymour® 20A duplex
receptacle with 6" [152mm] wire
leads into DS4000 Series Raceway in a
downward facing, protected position.

SINGLE-CHANNEL MAB
DEVICE PLATE –
Installs communication devices into
DS4000 Series Raceway. Includes CMMAB Adapter for Wiremold Open System
connectivity modules and Pass &
Seymour® Activate inserts. Also includes
MAB2S2 Adapter for Ortronics® Series
II inserts and MAB6TJ Adapter for
Ortronics® TracJack connectors.
SINGLE-CHANNEL NEMA
DEVICE PLATE –
For Turnlok® and most straight blade
devices up to 50 Amps. Use with
commercially available flush plates.

DSDWNS-DV
DSDWNS-BK
DSDWNS-DG
DSDWNS-BZ

DOWNWARD ORTRONICS® SERIES II
DEVICE PLATE–
Accepts one Ortronics® Series II
module.

DSDWNU-DV
DSDWNU-BK
DSDWNU-DG
DSDWNU-BZ

DOWNWARD DEVICE PLATE–
Accepts two Extron® Electronics
MAAP single space modules.

6"
[152mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 51

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY

DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

DS4000® SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DS4075A-DV
DS4075A-BK
DS4075A-DG
DS4075A-BZ

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

OFFSET FITTING –
Mounts DS4000 Series Raceway around
wall offsets and columns with maximum
offset depth of 9" [229mm]. Minimum
Offset: 3" [76mm]. Maximum Offset:
9 3/4" [235mm].

650RT

FITTING COVER REMOVAL TOOL –
Easy removal of installed DS4000
Series raceway and fittings’ covers
without scratching or damaging
their finish.

DESCRIPTION

DVWE-S
DGWE-S
BKWE-S
BZWE-S

SPRAY PAINT –
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint.

DVWE-P
BKWE-P
BZWE-P

TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

11 1/2"
[292mm]

DS4089-DV
DS4089-BK
DS4089-DG
DS4089-BZ

ADAPTER TO 4000 SERIES RACEWAY –
In-line transition from DS4000 Series
Raceway to 4000 Series Raceway.

5 3/4"
[146mm]

DSTRK

TAMPER-RESISTANT KIT –
Kit includes 25 screws and special
bit to secure covers for fittings and
raceway to DS4000B Raceway Base.

640DS

DS4000 SERIES RACEWAY CUTTER –
Portable cutter provides clean square
cuts for DS4000C Raceway Cover.

One of the innovations of
DS4000 Series Raceway is
Adjust-to-Fit™ Couplings
that simplify installations
and reduce installer time
by eliminating the need
for precision raceway cuts.

52 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

NOTE: Can only be shipped via
ground transportation.

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

4000

® SERIES

RACEWAY

Single- and dual-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for basic
power or communication/low voltage installations.
4000® Series Raceways UL Code Reference............................ 53
4000® Series Raceways Color Options ......................................53
4000® Series Raceways System Layout .................................. 53
4000® Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................. 54
4000® Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 55
4047 Series™ Faceplate Ordering Information ........................ 58
4000® Series Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ......................... 60

4000 Series Raceway in a dormitory application.

4000 Series Raceway
now compatible
with A/V devices.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Base & Blank Cover:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

4000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
4000® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix
have an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix
have a gray finish.
Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.

KEY

4000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT
4010DFO
500
4017

5507D

4075DA

5785

4047BX
4011

4015D
4047JX

4010B
4010DFO
4011
4015D
4017
4017FO
4018
4018FO

4047RH
4047RF

Gray

Ivory

4017FO

5507RJ
4047BX

4050
4018

4010B

4047JX
4047RF

4018FO
NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

4047RH

4050
4075DA
500
5507D
5785
5507RJ

Blank End Fitting
Entrance End Fitting
Flat Elbow
Divided Tee
Internal Elbow
Radiused Full Capacity
Internal Elbow
External Elbow
Radiused Full Capacity
External Elbow
Duplex Receptacle
Device Plate
Single Receptacle &
Device Plate
Rectangular Receptacles
and Modular Furniture
Device Plate
Device Plate for
Rectangular Receptacle
and Mousehole
Device Mounting Plate
w/5507 Series Faceplates
Bridge Fitting
500 Series Raceway
Duplex Faceplate
Combination Connector
Device Plate with two
RJ ports

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 53

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
4000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

DIVIDED
40% FILL

UNDIVIDED
40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

49
40
28
14
10

101
83
58
29
21

[6.9]

24

50

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

50
51
27

103
104
55

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

4000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
O.D.
Inches
[mm]

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40% FILL)
WITH SURGE/
LARGE SINGLE
WITH DUPLEX
RECT. DEVICES GFCI DEVICES
RECEPTACLES
2
2
2
2
1.59in. [1025mm ] 2.30in. [1485mm ] 3.00in.2 [1935mm2]
Undiv. Divided Undiv.
Divided Undiv.
Divided Undiv. Divided

14 AWG

0.111

[2.8]

296

127

165

78

107

49

49

20

12 AWG

0.130

[3.3]

216

93

120

57

78

36

36

15

10 AWG

0.164

[4.2]

136

58

76

36

49

22

22

9

8 AWG

0.216

[5.5]

78

33

43

20

28

13

13

5

6 AWG

0.254

[6.5]

56

24

31

15

20

9

9

3

4 AWG

0.324

[8.2]

34

15

0

0

0

0

0

0

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

WITHOUT
DEVICES

3 AWG

0.352

[8.9]

29

12

0

0

0

0

0

0

2 AWG

0.384

[9.8]

24

10

0

0

0

0

0

0

4000 SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS WIRE FILL CAPACITIES WHEN USING 4000 RADIUS INSERTS
O.D.
Inches

[mm]

2
4
6
8
10
12
14

0.384
0.324
0.254
0.216
0.164
0.130
0.111

[9.8]
[8.2]
[6.5]
[5.5]
[4.2]
[3.3]
[2.8]

11
15
24
34
68
107
145

21
30
48
67
136
214
288

6
8
13
18
36
56
75

11
15
25
35
71
112
151

6
9
14
20
40
63
85

16
23
37
51
104
163
220

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

44
36
23
16
9

88
72
47
31
19

23
19
12
9
5

46
38
24
15
10

26
21
13
10
6

67
55
36
24
14

POWER
WIRING
THHN/
THWN

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4011 Flat Elbow 40% Fill
4017 & 4018 Elbows 40% Fill 4015D & 4015 Tee Fitting 40% Fill
4011DRI DIV. 4011/15RI UNDIV. 4017/18RI DIV. 4017/18RI UNDIV.
4015DRI DIV.
4011/15RI UNDIV.

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

Cat. 3 UTP
Cat 5e UTP
Cat 6 UTP
Cat 6a UTP
25-pair

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

Why Wiremold…
Installed above the lab benches,
and with a finish that matches
other furnishings, perimeter
raceway provides multiple
receptacles and access to data
networks. The contractor
appreciated built-in productivity
benefits that helped meet a
tight schedule.

54 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

0.270

[6.9]

22

44

22

23

13

33

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

132
44
36

263
88
72

69
23
19

137
46
38

78
26
21

201
67
55

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V4000B-10
G4000B-10

1 3/4"
[44mm]

RACEWAY BASE –
.054" [13.7mm] galvanized steel. Packed
five 10' [3m] lengths per carton. Base
has two 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter KOs
every 18" [457mm] throughout length.
No KOs 1 1/4" [32mm] from each end.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

640C

COVER CUTTER –
Portable cutter for 4000 and 6000
Series Raceway Cover. Provides clean
and square end cuts.
NOTE: Not for use with stainless steel
S4000 Series Raceway.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V4000C
G4000C

V4000C075
G4000C075

RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel.
Packed ten 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.
4000C Cover is also compatible with
6000B, 6000 Series Raceway Base.

640CDK

REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –
Case hard steel replacement blade and
die set for 640C Cutter.

G4000WC

WIRE CLIP (Galvanized) –
Holds conductors in place.
1"
[25mm]

7.5" [191mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –
Mounts devices spaced 12" [305mm] on
center using 4047 Series device plates.
4001A

V4000C135
G4000C135

V4000C195
G4000C195

V4000C315
G4000C315

G4000D

1 17/32"
[39mm]

640B

13.5" [343 mm] PRECUT
RACEWAY COVER –
Mounts devices spaced 18" [457mm] on
center using 4047 Series device plates.

19.5" [495 mm] PRECUT
RACEWAY COVER –
Mounts devices spaced 24" [610mm] on
center using 4047 Series device plates.

31.5" [800 mm] PRECUT
RACEWAY COVER –
Mounts devices spaced 36" [915mm] on
center using 4047 Series device plates.

DIVIDER –
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Painted
on one side only to provide compartment
identification. Packed ten 5' [1.5m]
lengths (50' [15.2m]) per carton.

BASE CUTTER –
Portable cutter for 4000 Series
Raceway Base. Provides clean and
square end cuts.
NOTE: Not for use with stainless steel
S4000 Series Raceway.

640BDK

1 1/2"
[38mm]

4001DA

COUPLING (Galvanized) –
Joins lengths of 4000B Raceway
Base. Sold in pairs.
2 1/2"
[64mm]

1"
[25mm]

DIVIDER CLIP (Galvanized) –
Required for holding G4000D Divider in
place. Use one every 2 1/2' [.762m].

4 1/2"
[114mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]

V4006
G4006

SEAM CLIP –
Covers seams where two sections of
4000 Series Raceway covers
come together.

V4010B
G4010B

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off open end of 4000 Series
Raceway. Has two 1/2" trade size
KOs to facilitate end feeding.

1 1/4"
[32mm]

V4010DFO
G4010DFO
4 3/4"
[121mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]
5 1/4"
[133mm]

6 1/2"
[165mm]

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Full capacity entrance end fitting.
Has concentric 3/4", 1", and 1 1/4"
trade size KOs on end and bottom for
feeding 4000 Series Raceway. Includes
removable divider and 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius control insert for UTP/STP
and fiber optic cable installations.

REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –
Case hard steel replacement blade and
die set for 640B Cutter.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 55

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V4011
G4011

FLAT ELBOW –
4 3/4"
Right angle turns on the
[121mm]
same surface.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V4015FO
G4015FO

1 3/4"
[44mm]

V4011FO
G4011FO

1 3/4"
[44mm]

RADIUSED FULL
CAPACITY FLAT ELBOW –
Full capacity 90° flat corner used in
divided or undivided applications.
2" [51mm] bend radius control for UTP,
STP and fiber optic installations. Ideal
for new installations when the cable is
lay-in or pull-through.

12 3/4"
[324mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

V4015DFO
G4015DFO

RADIUSED DIVIDED TEE –
Full capacity, divided tee fitting.
Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius control for UTP, STP and fiber
optic installations. Ideal for new
installations whether the cable is
lay-in or pull-through.

8 3/4"
[222mm]

V4012TX
G4012TX

INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL 45° ELBOW –
Internal or external 45° turns in a run
of 4000 Series Raceway. Can also be
assembled as an inverted 45° elbow.

1 1/8"
[29mm]

12 3/4"
[324mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

V4017
G4017

INTERNAL ELBOW –
90° internal corners. Fiber
bushing included.

3 1/8"
[79mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

V4014A
G4014A

WALL BOX CONNECTOR –
Base has two concentric 1", 3/4", and
1/2" trade size KOs, two concentric
1 1/4", and 1" KOs (undivided only), and
two rectangular 2 9/16" x 1 11/16" KOs.

12"
[305mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

Assembled as an
external elbow.

Assembled as an
internal elbow.

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY TEE –
Full capacity, undivided tee fitting.
Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend radius
control for UTP, STP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for new installations
whether the cable is lay-in
or pull-through.

V4017FO
G4017FO

3 3/4"
[95mm]

INTERNAL ELBOW –
Full capacity, divided internal elbow.
Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius control for UTP, STP and fiber
optic installations. Ideal for new
installations whether the cable is
lay-in or pull-through.

1 3/4"
[44mm]
Direct feeding.

V4015
G4015

Direct feeding
with divider.

Feeding from
wall box.

TEE –
For branching raceway at right angles.
Use with undivided raceway only. Join to
raceway run with two pair of 4001A
Couplings (not included).

10"
[254mm]

V4017N
G4017N
1 1/4"
[32mm]

4017N

12"
[305mm]

V4015D
G4015D

4 21/32"
[118mm]

DIVIDED TEE –
For branching raceway at right angles.
Use with divided raceway only. Join to
raceway run with two pair of 4001A
Couplings (not included).

10"
[254mm]

INVERTED INTERNAL ELBOW –
Connects a vertical run of 4000
Series Raceway with a horizontal
overhead run with its cover facing up.

G4017TCA

4 1/2"
[114mm]
12"
[305mm]

56 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

2 3/4"
[70mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

4000 Base

INTERNAL CORNER COUPLING
(Plated) –
Makes an internal corner while
continuing original run in a straight
line. May be used with or without
divider. Fiber bushing included.

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V4018
G4018

4 11/16"
[119mm]

EXTERNAL ELBOW FITTING –
90° external corners.

PART NO.

V4075D
G4075D
4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 1/8"
[105mm]

V4018FO
G4018FO

RADIUSED EXTERNAL ELBOW –

4 13/16"
[122mm]

V4075DA
G4075DA

3 3/4" Full capacity 90° external corner.
[95mm]

Used in both divided and undivided
applications. Provides 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius control for UTP, STP
and fiber optic installations. Ideal for
new installations whether the cable is
lay-in or pull-through.

Two required for
use with 4015.
4017/18RI
4 3/4"
[121mm]

6"
[152mm]

4011DRI

4015DRI

RADIUSED INSERT FOR
INTERNAL/EXTERNAL ELBOW–
Radiused insert for 4017 Internal Elbow
and 4018 External Elbow in divided or
undivided applications. Provides 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius control for
UTP, STP and fiber optic cable
installations. Ideal for new and retrofit
applications whether the cable
6"
[152mm] installation is lay-in or pull-through.
RADIUSED INSERT FOR DIVIDED
FLAT ELBOW –
Bend radius control insert for 4011
Divided Flat Elbow. Bend radius of 2"
[51mm] for UTP/STP or fiber optical
cable installations. Ideal for new or
retrofit applications where cable
installation is lay-in or pull-through.
RADIUSED INSERT FOR DIVIDED
TEE FITTING –
Radiused insert for 4015D Divided Tee.
Provides 2" [51mm] bend radius control
for UTP/STP or fiber optic installations.
Ideal for new and retrofit applications
whether the cable installation is lay-in
or pull-through.

BRIDGE FITTING –
Allows 4000 Series Raceway to cross

3 9/16"
[90mm] over existing installations of 2400, 700,

8 1/8"
[206mm]

9 1/2"
[242mm]

RADIUSED CORNER INSERT –
Radiused insert for 4011 Flat Elbow
Fitting and for 4015 Undivided Tee
Fitting. Provides 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius control for UTP, STP and fiber
optic cable installations. Ideal for new
and retrofit applications whether the
cable installation is lay-in
or pull-through.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

or 500 Series Raceway.

6 1/2"
[165mm]

4011/15RI

8 1/8"
[206mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V4074A
G4074A
6 1/2"
[165mm]

DESCRIPTION

BRIDGE FITTING –
3 9/16" Allows 4000 Series Raceway to cross
[90mm] over existing installations of 4000
Series Raceway.

TAKE-OFF CONNECTOR (4000 TO 3000
SERIES RACEWAY) –
90° tee connection at any point
1 5/8" along a run of 4000 Series Raceway.
[41mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

V4086A
G4086A

3"
[76mm]

5"
[127mm]

7/32"
[5.6mm]

PANEL CONNECTOR –
Connects 4000 Series Raceway to
surface type panel boxes. Maintains
maximum wire capacity of 4000 Series
Raceway. Separate C-shaped flange fits
around raceway to hide irregularities
made during cutting into box.

1 1/2"
[38mm]
5 5/32"
[131mm]

V4089
4 1/2"
[114mm]

1 5/8"
[41mm]

REDUCING CONNECTOR –
Reduces 4000 Series Raceway
to either 2400 or 2400BD
Series Raceway.

2"
[51mm]

V4050
G4050
m

4 11/16"
[116mm]

DEVICE MOUNTING BRACKET –
High impact plastic mounting bracket
and trim plate. Overlaps raceway cover
6"
for a seamless transition with cover
[152mm]
fittings. Accepts 5507 Faceplates, as
well as, Wiremold Open System
®
4 3/4" communication modules, Ortronics
[121mm]TracJack and Series II inserts, and Pass
& Seymour® Activate Series inserts.
For faceplate options,
7/16"
see 5507 Series™ Faceplates.

[11.1mm]
NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold CM2
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II inserts.
To mount TracJack modules, use 55074TJ or 55076TJ Faceplates.
m Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change
the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote the
Canadian versions.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 57

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

IWE-S
GWE-S

SPRAY PAINT –
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint.

PART NO.

IWE-P
GWE-P

DESCRIPTION

TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

NOTE: Can only be shipped via
ground transportation.

4047 SERIES FACEPLATES ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

V4046H-2
G4046H-2

DESCRIPTION

4 3/4"
[121mm]

TAP-OFF FITTING –
Four concentric 1/2" and 3/4"
trade size KOs.

PART NO.

V4047BS
G4047BS
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 17/32"
[115mm]

V4047AX
G4047AX
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

TWO-GANG COVER SINGLE
ROUND OPENING –
Accepts straight blade and locking
single receptacles with face diameters
of 1.38" to 1.39" [35mm to 36mm].

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

TWO-GANG COVER ONE
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE –
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles
and 106 style frames when used for
communications outlets.

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V4047C-1
G4047C-1
m

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

TWO-GANG COVER
TWO DUPLEX RECEPTACLES –
Accepts15A or 20A duplex
receptacles and106 style frames.

V4047C-2
G4047C-2
m

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

TWO-GANG COVER DUPLEX &
MODULAR FURNITURE –
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles.
Includes combination Has combination
twistout that can accept either one
Modular Furniture adapter, 106 style
frame, or two Keystone RJ45s.

TWO-GANG COVER & PASS & SEYMOUR®
ACTIVATE 2A MINI ADAPTER ADAPTER –
Accepts15A or 20A duplex receptacles
and 106 style frames. Includes Mini
adapter that will accept Activate
Series inserts and Wiremold Open
System communication modules.

5 1/8"
[130mm]
NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of
overlap on each side of plate.

58 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

TWO-GANG DEVICE PLATE –
Accepts commercially available
flush plates (not included).

4 3/4"
[121mm]

V4047JX
G4047JX
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047BM
G4047BM

ONE-GANG DEVICE PLATE –
Accepts commercially available
flush plates (not included).

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047BF
G4047BF

TWO-GANG COVER & ORTRONICS®
SERIES II MINI ADAPTER ADAPTER –
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles
and 106 style frames. Includes Mini
adapter that will accept two
Ortronics® TracJack inserts.

5 1/8"
[130mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047BB
G4047BB

V4047BT
G4047BT

5 1/8"
[130mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047BX
G4047BX

DESCRIPTION

TWO-GANG COVER & ORTRONICS®
SERIES II MINI ADAPTER ADAPTER –
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles
and 106 style frames. Includes Mini
adapter that will accept one
Ortronics®Series II insert.

TWO-GANG COVER
SINGLE ROUND OPENING –
Accepts straight blade and single
locking receptacles with face diameters
of 1.56" - 1.58" [39mm - 40mm].

5 1/8"
[130mm]

m

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change the
“V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote the
Canadian versions.

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

V4047RX
G4047RX
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

DESCRIPTION

TWO-GANG COVER WITH ONE
RECTANGULAR OPENING –
Accepts rectangular GFCI, Surge and
Decorator Style devices. Does not
accept 5507 Series Faceplates.

PART NO.

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047RF
G4047RF
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

TWO-GANG COVER RECTANGULAR
OPENING & MODULAR FURNITURE –
Accepts rectangular GFCI, Surge and
Decorator Style devices, modular
furniture adapters and RJ45s. Does not
accept 5507 Series Faceplates.

V4047-2BBFF
G4047-2BBFF
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047WM
G4047WM
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047WS
G4047WS
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047WT
G4047WT
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

FOUR-GANG COVER TWO DUPLEX & TWO
MODULAR FURNITURE OPENINGS –
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles
and 106 style frame. Includes
combination twistouts for either
modular furniture adapter or two
keystone RJ45s.

9 1/2"
[241mm]

TWO-GANG COVER ONE DUPLEX
RECEPTACLE INSTALLED –
Includes one Pass & Seymour® Duplex
Receptacle with 12" wire leads
installed on bracket.

V4047-2BBMM
G4047-2BBMM
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047WF
G4047WF

FOUR-GANG COVER
FOUR DUPLEX OPENINGS –
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles
and 106 style frames.

9 1/2"
[241mm]

5 1/8"
[130mm]

V4047WX
G4047WX

DESCRIPTION

V4047-2BBBB
G4047-2BBBB

FOUR-GANG COVER TWO DUPLEX &
TWO MINI ADAPTERS –
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles
and 106 style frame. Includes Mini
adapter that accepts Pass & Seymour®
Activate inserts, or Wiremold Open
System communication modules.

9 1/2"
[241mm]

TWO-GANG COVER ONE DUPLEX
RECEPTACLE INSTALLED & ONE
MODULAR FURNITURE OPENING –
Includes one Pass & Seymour® 20A
Duplex Receptacle with 12" wire leads
installed on bracket. Has combination
twistout that can accept either one
Modular Furniture adapter or two
Keystone RJ45s.
TWO-GANG COVER ONE DUPLEX
RECEPTACLE INSTALLED & ACTIVATE
MINI ADAPTER –
Includes one Pass & Seymour® 20A
Duplex Receptacle with 12" wire leads
installed on bracket. Includes Mini
adapter that accepts Pass & Seymour®
Activate inserts and Wiremold Open
System communication modules.
TWO-GANG COVER ONE DUPLEX
RECEPTACLE INSTALLED & SERIES II
MINI ADAPTER –
Includes one Pass & Seymour® 20A
Duplex Receptacle with 12" wire leads
installed on bracket. Includes Mini
adapter that will accept one
Ortronics® Series II insert.

TWO-GANG COVER ONE DUPLEX
RECEPTACLE INSTALLED & TRACJACK
MINI ADAPTER –
Includes one Pass & Seymour® 20A
Duplex Receptacle with 12" wire leads
installed on bracket. Includes Mini
adapter that accepts two Ortronics®
TracJack inserts.

NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of
overlap on each side of plate.

V4047-2BBSS
G4047-2BBSS
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

FOUR-GANG COVER TWO DUPLEX &
TWO SERIES II MINI ADAPTERS –
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles
and 106 style frame. Includes Mini
adapter that accepts one Ortronics®
Series II insert.

9 1/2"
[241mm]

V4047-2BBTT
G4047-2BBTT
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

FOUR-GANG COVER TWO DUPLEX &
TWO TRACJACK MINI ADAPTERS –
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles
and 106 style frame. Includes Mini
adapter that accepts two Ortronics®
TracJack inserts.

9 1/2"
[241mm]

V4047-2BBXX
G4047-2BBXX
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO
DUPLEX OPENINGS –
Accepts 15A or 20A duplex receptacles.
and 106 style frames.

9 1/2"
[241mm]

V4047-2RRXX
G4047-2RRXX
m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO
RECTANGULAR OPENINGS –
Accepts rectangular, GFCI, Surge, and
decorator style devices. Does not
accept 5507 Series Faceplates.

9 1/2"
[241mm]
m Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products,
change the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG”
to denote the Canadian versions.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 59

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

4047 SERIES FACEPLATES ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

4000® SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
4047 SERIES FACEPLATES ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V4047-2WWFF
G4047-2WWFF

PART NO.

FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO DUPLEX &
TWO MODULAR FURNITURE OPENINGS –
Includes two Pass & Seymour® 20A
Duplex Receptacles with 12" wire leads
installed on bracket. Two combination
twistouts accept either modular
furniture adapters or Keystone RJ45s.

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

DESCRIPTION

V4047-2WWXX
G4047-2WWXX

FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO
DUPLEX RECEPTACLES INSTALLED –
Includes two Pass & Seymour® 20A
Duplex Receptacles with 12" wire leads
installed on bracket.

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

V4047-2WWMM
G4047-2WWMM

FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO
ACTIVATE MINI ADAPTERS –
Includes two Pass & Seymour® 20A
Duplex Receptacles with 12" wire leads
installed on bracket. Includes Mini
adapter that accepts Pass & Seymour®
Activate inserts & Wiremold Open
System communication modules.

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

V4047-2WWSS
G4047-2WWSS

V4047UX
G4047UX
7 5/16"
[185mm]

4 3/16"
[122mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]

FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO
SERIES II MINI ADAPTERS –
Includes two Pass & Seymour® 20A
Duplex Receptacles with 12" wire leads
installed on bracket. Includes Mini
adapter that accepts one
Ortronics® Series II insert.

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

BUMP-UP DEVICE PLATE –
Accepts four Extron® Electronics
MAAP single space modules.

V4047VX
G4047VX

BUMP-UP EXTRON® AAP
DEVICE PLATE –
Accepts two Extron® Electronics
AAP single space modules.

7 5/16"
[185mm]

9 1/2"
[241mm]

V4047-2WWTT
G4047-2WWTT

4 3/16"
[122mm]

FOUR-GANG COVER WITH TWO
TRACJACK MINI ADAPTERS –
Includes two Pass & Seymour® 20A
Duplex Receptacles with 12" wire leads
installed on bracket. Includes Mini
adapter that accepts two
Ortronics® TracJack inserts.

m

4 3/4"
[121mm]

1 13/32"
[36mm]

m Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards

for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, change the “V” color
prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG” to denote the Canadian versions.

9 1/2"
[241mm]
NOTE: All 4047 Series Faceplates provide 1/4" [6.4mm] of
overlap on each side of plate.

4000 SERIES INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS

4047 CONFIGURABLE COVER PLATES NUMBER LOGIC

CONNECTION REQUIRED
FROM
TO

1. For “X”, Choose one of the following options:
V Ivory & UL Listed
CV Ivory & cULus Listed (Canada only)
G Gray & UL Listed
CG Gray & cULus Listed (Canada only)
2. Choose a Plate Configuration:
Two-Gang Plate:

X 4047 Y Y
1

2

1

Four-Gang Plate:

2

X 4047-2 Y Y Y Y
1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

3. For “Y”, Choose any combination of configurations from the options listed below:
A.
1.41" [35.8mm] Diameter,
J.
1.59" [40mm] Diameter,
Single Round Receptacle

Single Round Receptacle

M.

B.

Duplex Receptacle Opening

F.

Combination Modular Furniture R.
& 2 Keystone Twist Out

H.

Mouse Hole Twist Out
& Grommet

S.

Ortronics TracJack 2A Mini
Adapter Opening w/Adapter

W.

T.
X.

Blank

Z.

Pass & Seymour Activate 2A Mini
Adapter Opening with Adapter
Rectangular Receptacle
Ortronics Series II 2A Mini Adapter
Opening with Adapter
P&S Light Almond 20 Amp
Receptacle pre-pigtailed with 12"
wire leads installed on Bracket
3 Keystone Twist Out

4. Finished Part Number:

4047

4047-2

NOTE: JJ combination not available.
For additional colors or configurations, call 1-800-621-0049, option 2.

60 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

USE CATALOG
NUMBER

4000 Series Raceway

DS4000 Series Raceway

DS4089

4000 Series Raceway

3000 (Tee Connection)

G4074A

4000 Series Raceway

4000 (Tee Connection)

4015/4015FO

4000 Series Raceway
w/Divider

4000 w/Divider
(Tee Connection)

4000 Series Raceway

500 Series Raceway

V5785

6000 Series Raceway

4000 (Tee Connection)

6074A

1/2" or 3/4" trade size
Conduit or Armored
Cable

Cover of 4000 Series Raceway

1/2" trade size
Conduit or
Armored Cable

End of 4000 Series Raceway

3/4" , 1", or 1 1/4"
trade size Conduit or
Armored Cable

4015D

4064H-2

4010B

Back, Side or End
of 4000 Series Raceway

4010DFO

1" or 1 1/4" trade size
Conduit or
Armored Cable

Back or End of
4000 Series Raceway

4010DFC

1/2", 3/4", 1", or 1 1/4"
trade size Conduit or
Armored Cable

Back of 4000 Series Raceway

4014A

Flush Mounted
Wall Box

Back of 4000 Series Raceway

4014A

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

S4000® SERIES STAINLESS STEEL RACEWAY

S4000

®

SERIES
RACEWAY

Single- and dual-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for
specialized power or communication/low voltage installations.
S4000® Series Raceways UL Code Reference ........................ 61
S4000® Series Raceways Color Options .................................. 61
S4000® Series Raceways System Layout ................................ 61
S4000® Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ................ 62
S4000® Series Raceway Ordering Information ...................... 62
S4000® Series Custom Faceplate Ordering Information ........ 66
S4000® Series Installation Details ......................................... 66
S4000 Series Stainless Steel Raceway.

CODE REFERENCE

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.

S4000® Series Raceway Part Numbers are available with
a brushed stainless steel finish unless otherwise
indicated in the part number description.

Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Base & Blank Cover:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Stainless
Steel

Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

S4010D
G4017TC
S4007C-2

S4017

S4010B2

S4007C-1R
S4048B
S4011

S4048RF

S4015D
S4048J
S4018

V4050

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
G4017TC
S4007C-1R
S4007C-2
S4010B2
S4010D

Internal Corner Coupling (Plated)
Single Device Fitting
Two-Gang Device Plate with Wallplates
Blank End Fitting
Entrance End Fitting

S4011
S4015D
S4017
S4018
S4048B

Flat Elbow Fitting
Divided Tee Fitting
Internal Elbow Fitting
External Elbow Fitting
Duplex Receptacle
Device Plate

S4048J
S4048RF
V4050

Single Twistlock Receptacle Cover
Rectangular Receptacles &
AMP Flexmode or ACO
Device Mounting Plate
(Inserts included)

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 61

S4000® SERIES STAINLESS STEEL RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
S4000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

DIVIDED
40% FILL

UNDIVIDED
40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

49
40
28
14
10

101
83
58
29
21

[6.9]

24

50

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

50
51
27

103
104
55

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
O.D.
Inches
[mm]

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40% FILL)
WITH SURGE/
LARGE SINGLE
WITH DUPLEX
RECT. DEVICES GFCI DEVICES
RECEPTACLES
2
2
2
2
1.59in. [1025mm ] 2.30in. [1485mm ] 3.00in.2 [1935mm2]
Undiv. Divided Undiv.
Divided Undiv.
Divided Undiv. Divided

14 AWG

0.111

[2.8]

296

127

165

78

107

49

49

20

12 AWG

0.130

[3.3]

216

93

120

57

78

36

36

15

10 AWG

0.164

[4.2]

136

58

76

36

49

22

22

9

8 AWG

0.216

[5.5]

78

33

43

20

28

13

13

5

6 AWG

0.254

[6.5]

56

24

31

15

20

9

9

3

4 AWG

0.324

[8.2]

34

15

0

0

0

0

0

0

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

WITHOUT
DEVICES

3 AWG

0.352

[8.9]

29

12

0

0

0

0

0

0

2 AWG

0.384

[9.8]

24

10

0

0

0

0

0

0

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

S4000B

RACEWAY BASE –
.050" [1.3mm] stainless steel. Base
has two 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter KOs
1 1/4" [32mm] from each end and every
18" [457mm] on center throughout.
S4000B is available in 10' [3m]
lengths. Also available in lengths
precut to customer specifications.

1 3/4"
[44mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]

S4000C-5

S4000C075

62 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. S4000C-5
is available in 5' [1.5m] lengths, packed
ten 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton. Also
available in lengths precut to customer
specifications. (Max. 5' [1.5m length.)

7.5" [191mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on
cover for mounting 4 1/2" [114mm]
device plates on 12" [305mm] centers.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

S4000C090

9" [229mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on
cover for mounting 9" [229mm] device
plates on 18" [457mm] centers.

S4000C135

13.5" [343mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on
cover for mounting 4 1/2" [114mm]
device plates on 18" [457mm] centers.

S4000C150

15" [381mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on
cover for mounting 9" [229mm] device
plates on 24" [610mm] centers.

S4000C195

19.5" [495mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on
cover for mounting 4 1/2" [114mm]
device plates on 24" [610mm] centers.

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

S4000C270

27" [686mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on
cover for mounting 9" [229mm] device
plates on 36" [915mm] centers.

S4000C315

31.5" [800mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on
cover for mounting 4 1/2" [114mm]
device plates on 36" [915mm] centers.

S4000C390

39" [990mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on
cover for mounting 9" [229mm] device
plates on 48" [1220mm] centers.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

S4010B2
4 3/4"
[121mm]

S4010D

43.5" [1105mm] PRECUT RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] stainless steel. Snap-on
cover for mounting 4 1/2" [114mm]
device plates on 48" [1220mm] centers.

G4000D

DIVIDER –
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Packed
ten 5' [1.5m] lengths (50' [15.20m]) per
carton. Painted buff on one side to
provide compartment identification.
G4001D Divider Clips (not included) are
required to hold divider in place.

1 17/32"
[39mm]

S6008A

6 7/8"
[175mm]

7 7/8"
[200mm]

S4010B0

1 3/4"
[44mm]

S4010B1
4 3/4"
[121mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

C-HANGER –
Suspends S4000, 4000 or 6000 Series
Raceway from a structural ceiling.
Designed for use with 3/8" [9.5mm] rod.
Hangers should be installed no more
than 5' [1.5m] apart along raceway run.
Can be bolted back-to-back for dual
runs of 3000, 4000 or 6000 Series
Raceway.

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off open end of S4000 Base.
Use when no end feeding is required.
Includes two No. 10-32 ground
terminals.

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off open end of S4000 Base.
Use when one end feed is required in
an undivided installation. Includes one
1/2" – 3/4" trade size KO and two No.
10-32 ground terminals.

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Has concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade size
KOs on end, sides, and bottom for
2 3/4"
feeding S4000 Series Raceway. Use
[70mm]
punch kit to increase KO size up
3 3/4" to 1 1/4". Removable divider and two
[95mm] No. 10-32 ground terminals included.
6 3/8"
[162mm]

S4011
4 3/4"
[121mm]

S4000C435

1 3/4"
[44mm]

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off open end of S4000 Base.
Use when end feeds are required for
an installation. Includes two 1/2" –
3/4" trade size KOs and two No. 10-32
ground terminals.

FLAT ELBOW –

Right angle turns on the same
4 3/4"
[121mm] surface. No couplings required.

S4014A

WALL BOX CONNECTOR –
Base has two concentric 3/4", and 1/2"
trade size KOs, two concentric 1 1/4"
and 1" trade size KOs (undivided only),
and two rectangular 2 9/16" x 1 11/16"
[65mm x 43mm] KOs. Includes cover
and two No. 10-32 ground terminals.

14"
[356mm]

Direct
feeding.
S4015

Direct feeding Feeding from
with divider.
wall box.

TEE –
Divides S4000 Series Raceway at
right angles. Only for use with undivided
raceway. Use two pair of G4001
Couplings to attach to raceway (not
included).

12"
[305mm]

S4015D

DIVIDED TEE –
Divides S4000 Series Raceway at right
angles. Only for use with divided
raceway. Use two pair of G4001
Couplings to attach to raceway (not
included).
12"
[305mm]

S4017

INTERNAL ELBOW –
90° internal corners. No
couplings required.

3 1/8"
[79mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 63

S4000® SERIES STAINLESS STEEL RACEWAY

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

S4000® SERIES STAINLESS STEEL RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
S4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

G4017TCA

INTERNAL CORNER COUPLING –
Creates internal corner while continuing
original run in a straight line. Galvanized
finish. Use with or without divider. Fiber
bushing included. 4010B Blank End
Fitting required for installation
(not included).

S4018

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
90° external corners. Connect to
raceway with G4001 Couplings
(not included).

5 5/8"
[143mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

S4046DRJ

COMBINATION DEVICE COVER –
For installation of one duplex receptacle
and two RJ11/45 type modular
connectors. Complete with
necessary bridges.

4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[115mm]

S4046RRJ

COMBINATION DEVICE COVER –
For installation of one rectangular style
device and two RJ11/45 type modular
connectors. Complete with
necessary bridges.

1 9/16"
[39mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]
3 1/4"
[83mm]

4 1/2"
[115mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

G6008A

C-HANGER (Galvanized) –
Suspends S4000, 4000 or 6000 Series
Raceway from a structural ceiling.
Designed for use with 3/8" [9.5mm] rod.
Hangers should be installed no more
than 5' [1.5m] apart along raceway run.
Can be bolted back-to-back for dual
runs of 3000, 4000 or 6000 Series
Raceway.

6 7/8"
[175mm]

7 7/8"
[200mm]

S4007C-1
3 3/4"
[95mm]

ONE-GANG DEVICE PLATE –
For horizontal mounting of standard

S4046B-2

DOUBLE DUPLEX DEVICE COVER –
For installation of two duplex style
receptacles. Complete with
necessary bridges.

4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[115mm]

S4046DRJ-2

DOUBLE IN-LINE DEVICE COVER –
For installation of two duplex style
receptacles and four RJ11/45 type
modular connectors. Complete with
necessary bridges.

1 9/16"
[40mm] single-gang devices. Accepts industry

standard single-gang faceplates for
electrical and communication devices.

9"
[229mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[114mm]

S4007C-1R

4 3/4"
[121mm]

SINGLE DEVICE PLATE –
For horizontal mounting of
surge suppression receptacles in
1"
[25mm] S4000 Divided or Undivided Raceway.
Also accepts most manufacturers’ GFCI,
large twistlock, and rectangular faced
single-gang wiring devices and two-port
ACO. Use with commercially available
flush plate (not furnished).

3"
[76mm]
1 25/32"
[45mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

S4007C-2
3 3/4"
[95mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

TWO-GANG DEVICE PLATE –
For horizontal mounting of two devices.
Accepts industry standard double-gang
faceplates for electrical and
communication devices.
1 9/16"
[39mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 1/2"
[115mm]

64 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

S4046ARJ

4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 1/2"
[115mm]

1.4"
[36mm]
Dia.

COMBINATION DEVICE COVER –
For installation of straight blade and
single locking receptacles and two
RJ11/45 type modular connectors.
Complete with necessary bridges.

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

S4046JRJ

COMBINATION DEVICE COVER –
For installation of one twistlock
receptacle and two RJ11/45 type
4 3/4" telephone connectors. Complete
[121mm] with necessary bridges.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

S4048BF

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER WITH
MODULAR FURNITURE OPENING –
For installing a duplex style device
and one modular furniture adapter
for communications.

4 1/2"
[115mm]

.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

1.6"
[41mm]
Dia.

4 1/2"
[115mm]

S4048B

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DEVICE COVER –
For installation of one duplex receptacle
cover. Complete with necessary bridges.

S4048RF
4 1/2"
[115mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]

RECTANGULAR RECEPTACLE COVER
WITH MODULAR FURNITURE OPENING –
For installing a rectangular style device
and a modular furniture adapter for
communications.

4 1/2"
[115mm]

S4048J

TWISTLOCK RECEPTACLE DEVICE COVER –
For installation of one twistlock
receptacle.

S4086A

PANEL CONNECTOR –
To connect S4000 Series Raceway with

1 1/2"
[38mm] surface type panel boxes. Accommodates

4 3/4"
[121mm]
7/32"
[5.6mm]
5 5/32"
[131mm]

4 1/2"
[115mm]

S4048R

maximum wire capacity of S4000 Series
Raceway. Separate C-shaped flange fits
around raceway, covering any
irregularities from cutting into box. Cut
4 3/4" x 1 3/4" [121mm x 44mm] hole in
panel box.

RECTANGULAR RECEPTACLE DEVICE COVER –
For installation of one rectangular
receptacle. Complete with
necessary bridges.
4 3/4"
[121mm]

4 1/2"
[115mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 65

S4000® SERIES STAINLESS STEEL RACEWAY

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

S4000® SERIES STAINLESS STEEL RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
S4000 SERIES RACEWAY MADE-TO-ORDER STAINLESS STEEL DEVICE PLATES
To keep pace with changing power and communication technology, Wiremold offers a variety of openings available on a made-to-order basis.
Choose from the assortment of openings shown below to design your own device plates. Consult the factory if a special opening is desired.
To make ordering easier, a catalog number suffix has been included beside the description. Please send a sketch with your order indicating
the letter of the desired opening.
Cat. No.
Suffix

D

Standard
Duplex Receptacle

R

Decorator Style
Duplex Receptacle

RJ
A

1

2

Two RJ11/45
Modular Connectors

Qty.

Single Receptacle
(1.4" [35.6mm] Dia.)
Single Receptacle
(1.6" [40.6mm] Dia.)

K

One 1/2-3/4" [12.7-19.1mm] KO with
1/2" [12.7mm] I.D. Grommet

M

One IBM
style connector

2A

4 1/2" [115mm] Device Plates

1

J

MFB

Example: S4046RRJ

Description of Device Opening

Qty.

1

____ S4048

_____

____ S4046 _____ _____

1

2

____ S4048

_____

____ S4046 _____ _____

R

RJ

____ S4048

_____

____ S4046 _____ _____

____ S4048

_____

____ S4046 _____ _____

9" [229mm] Device Plates
1

One Modular
Furniture Adapter

Qty.

2

1

2

____ S4048 _____ _____

One 2A Mini
Adapter

1

2

3

4

Qty.

1

2

____ S4046

_____ _____ _____ _____

____ S4048 _____ _____

____ S4046

_____ _____ _____ _____

____ S4048 _____ _____

____ S4046

_____ _____ _____ _____

____ S4048 _____ _____

____ S4046

_____ _____ _____ _____

NOTE: Necessary device brackets are supplied with all device plates.

S4000 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS
Determine method of feeding
raceway: S4014A for back feed,
S4010D, S4010BO, S4010B1 or
S4010B2 for end feed.

S4000B Sections
For divided installations, place
divider into the strut on the 4001DA
and snap into raceway. Clips must
be used every 30" [762mm].

S4010B

1/2" [12.7mm] Flexible
Metal Conduit

To mount S4000B Base to surface,
remove mounting screw KOs (approx.
18" [457mm] centers along base) as
required. Mount base with No. 8 flat
head fasteners.

1 3/4" [44mm]

18" [457mm]
Approx.

To join lengths of S4000B, insert the
pair of 4001A Couplings into one side of
each base. Slide bases together and
tighten locking screws.

Divider Clips

S4000 Base

S4000B Sections

To install device covers,
snap device straps into
base as shown. Wire
device and assemble to
straps. Snap device plate
over base and device.
Bottom Inserts First

Cut S4000C Cover to fit
between device plates. Snap
in place as shown. Continue
along entire run.

Device Mounting
Straps

Snap Cover onto Base

Engage One Leg
of Cover on Base
4001A Couplings

66 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

S4046B

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

6000® SERIES RACEWAY

6000®

SERIES
RACEWAY

Single- & dual-channel raceway. 6000 Series Raceway is ideal for all
applications requiring high cable capacity.
6000® Series Raceways UL Code Reference............................ 67
6000® Series Raceways Color Options .................................... 67
6000® Series Raceways System Layout .................................. 67
6000® Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................. 68
6000® Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 68
6000® Series Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ......................... 70
6000® Series Installation Details ............................................. 70
6000 Series Raceway Base and Cover.

6000 Series Raceway
now compatible
with A/V devices.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Base & Blank Cover:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-600 of CEC.

6000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
6000® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “V” prefix
have an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “G” prefix have
an gray finish.
Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.

Gray

Ivory

6000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

6017TX
6046KD

6014A

5507D
6007C-1

6007C-2

5507SW

6011TX
4050
6010B
6017TX

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
4050
5507D
5507SW
6007C-1
6007C-2
6010B

Device Mounting Plate – Inserts included
Duplex Receptacle Faceplate
Switch Faceplate
Single-Gang Device Plate
Two-Gang Device Plate
Blank End Fitting

6011TX
6014A
6017TX
6017TX
6046KD

Combination Flat Elbow
Connector Fitting
Combination Internal-External Elbow
Inverted to External Elbow
Circuit Breaker Housing

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 67

6000® SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
6000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

DIVIDED
40% FILL

UNDIVIDED
40% FILL

101
83
58
29
21

225
184
130
65
48

[6.9]

50

111

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

103
104
55

230
233
124

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

6000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
O.D.
Inches
[mm]

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40% FILL)
WITH SURGE/
LARGE SINGLE
WITH DUPLEX
RECT. DEVICES GFCI DEVICES
RECEPTACLES
2
2
2
2
1.59in. [1025mm ] 2.30in. [1485mm ] 3.00in.2 [1935mm2]
Undiv. Divided Undiv.
Divided Undiv.
Divided Undiv. Divided

14 AWG

0.111

[2.8]

659

296

528

231

470

202

412

173

12 AWG

0.130

[3.3]

481

216

395

168

342

147

300

126

10 AWG

0.164

[4.2]

303

136

243

106

216

92

189

79

8 AWG

0.216

[5.5]

174

78

140

61

124

53

109

45

6 AWG

0.254

[6.5]

126

56

101

44

89

38

78

33

4 AWG

0.324

[8.2]

77

34

0

0

0

0

0

0

3 AWG

0.352

[8.9]

65

29

0

0

0

0

0

0

2 AWG

0.384

[9.8]

55

24

0

0

0

0

0

0

1 AWG

0.446

[11.3]

40

18

0

0

0

0

0

0

1/0 AWG

0.496

[12.3]

34

15

0

0

0

0

0

0

2/0 AWG

0.532

[13.5]

28

12

0

0

0

0

0

0

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

WITHOUT
DEVICES

6000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

V6000B-5
V6000B-10
G6000B-5
G6000B-10
3 9/16"
[90mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]

V6000C
G6000C

G6000DA
3 1/4"
[83mm]

660B

68 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

RACEWAY BASE –
.054" [1.4mm] galvanized steel. Base
has two 9/32" dia. trade size KOs, 1 1/4"
[32mm] from each end and on centers
of approximately 18" [457mm]
throughout. Packed 20' [6.1m] per
carton. 6000B-5 packed four 5' [1.5m]
lengths; 6000B-10 packed two
10' [3m] lengths.

660BDK

REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –
Replacement blades and die set for
630B Cutter.

640C

RACEWAY COVER CUTTER –
Portable cutter for 4000 and 6000 Series
Raceway Cover. Provides clean and easy
square cuts.

RACEWAY COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Packed
four 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton. 4000
Series Raceway Cover is compatible
with 6000 Series Raceway Base.

640CDK

REPLACEMENT BLADE KIT –
Replacement blades and die set for
640C Cutter.

G6000WC

WIRE CLIP (Galvanized) –
For holding conductors in place.

RACEWAY DIVIDER –
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. One
side painted buff primer to provide
identification of compartments. Packed
four 5' [1.5m] lengths per carton.

RACEWAY BASE CUTTER –
Portable cutter for 6000 Series
Raceway Base. Provides clean and easy
square cuts.

DESCRIPTION

1 1/2"
[38mm]

6001A
3 5/16"
[84mm]

2 1/2" COUPLING (Galvanized) –
[64mm] For joining lengths of 6000B.

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

G6001DA

DIVIDER CLIP –
2 3/8" Use for holding G6000DA Divider in
[60mm]
place to divide raceway into 1/3, 1/2,
or 2/3 compartments.

3"
[76mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

V6011TX
G6011TX

4 3/4"
[121mm]

NOTE: 6000 Series Raceway divided
into 1/3 compartments will
not accept devices.

G6001TX

CONVERTER COUPLING –
Use this coupling to convert G6011TX
or G6017TX into a tee or cross. For tee,
one required; for cross, two required.

3"
[76mm]

V6006
G6006

Shown 6011TX with
6001TX to make tee.

V6012TX
G6012TX

INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL ELBOW –

For making internal or external 45°
4 1/4"
[108mm] turns in a run of 6000 Series Raceway.

2 1/2"
[64mm]

Can also be assembled as an
inverted 45° elbow.

CONNECTION COVER –
Use where two sections of 4000C or
6000C Cover, not squarely cut,
come together.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

V6007C-1
G6007C-1

2 1/2"
[64mm]

m

2 7/8"
[73mm]

1"
[25mm]

V6014A
12"
G6014A [305mm]

CONNECTOR FITTING –
Has 1 1/4", 1 1/2" and 2" trade size
KOs in back and on each side.

SINGLE-GANG DEVICE PLATE –
For vertical mounting of single-gang
devices. Use with industry standard
faceplates for electrical and
communication devices. Can also be
used with 4000B Base.

V6017TX
G6017TX

3 1/2" COMBINATION INTERNAL/
[89mm] EXTERNAL ELBOW –

V6046KD
G6046KD

CIRCUIT BREAKER HOUSING –
KOs in cover can be removed for
installation of three single-pole
breakers. For use with the following
2 3/8" breakers rated 100A maximum.
[60mm]

For use as internal or external elbow,
straight-through fitting, tee, or cross
(one G6001TX required for tee or
straight through fitting; two for cross;
not included).

1 7/8"
[48mm]

V6007C-2
G6007C-2
m

TWO-GANG DEVICE PLATE –
For installation of two-gang devices or
two vertically mounted single-gang
devices on undivided raceway. Use with
industry standard double-gang
faceplates for electrical and
2 7/8" communication devices. Can also
[73mm]
be used with 4000B Base.

3 7/8"
[98mm]

G6008A

6 7/8"
[175mm]

7 7/8"
[200mm]

V6010B
G6010B

BLANK END FITTING –
For closing open end of 6000
Series Raceway.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

BUMP-UP DEVICE PLATE –
Accepts four Extron® Electronics
MAAP single space modules.

[185mm]

C-HANGER (Galvanized) –
For suspending 6000 or 4000 Series
Raceway from structural ceiling.
Designed for use with 3/8" [9.5mm] rod.
Hangers should be installed no more than
5' [1.5m] apart along raceway run. Can be
bolted back-to-back for dual runs of
4000, 6000 or 3008C or for combined
runs with 3000 Series Raceway.

3 1/2"
[89mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]

MANUFACTURER
SERIES
General Electric
THQC, THHQC
Westinghouse
Quicklag, C, QCH

4 9/16"
[116mm]

V4047UX
G4047UX 7 5/16"

4 5/16"
[110mm]

m

COMBINATION FLAT ELBOW –
For use as a flat elbow. Can also be
used as a tee or cross (one G6001TX
required for tee; two for cross;
not included).

4 3/16"
[122mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]

V4047VX
G4047VX

BUMP-UP EXTRON® AAP
DEVICE PLATE –
Accepts two Extron® Electronics
AAP single space modules.

7 5/16"
[185mm]

4 3/16"
[122mm]
1 13/32"
[36mm]

Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety
Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products,
change the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG”
to denote the Canadian versions.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 69

6000® SERIES RACEWAY

6000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

6000® SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
6000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

IWE-S
GWE-S

PART NO.

SPRAY PAINT –
Used for touching up large areas.
Contains 12 oz.of paint.

DESCRIPTION

V6074
G6074

9 1/2"
[241mm]

TAKE-OFF CONNECTOR (6000-6000) –
4 7/8"
For 90° tee connection at any point
[124mm]
along a run of 6000 Series Raceway.

NOTE: Can only be shipped via
ground transportation.

IWE-P
GWE-P

V4050
G4050 4 3/4"
m

[121mm]

3 9/16"
[90mm]

TOUCH-UP PAINT PEN –
Used for touching up small areas.
Contains 0.3 oz.of paint.

DEVICE MOUNTING BRACKET –
High impact plastic mounting bracket
and trim plate. Trim plate overlaps
raceway cover providing a seamless
transition between cover fittings.
Utilizes 5507 Faceplates, as well as
Wiremold Open System communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack and
Series II inserts, and Pass & Seymour®
7/16" Activate Series inserts. For faceplate
[11.1mm]
options, see 5507 Series Faceplates.

6000 Base

V6074A
G6074A

TAKE-OFF CONNECTOR (6000-4000) –
For 90° tee connection at any point
along a run of 6000 Series Raceway.

9 1/2"
[241mm]

6"
[152mm]

NOTE: When ordering to use with 6000 Series Raceway in Canada
specify CV6050 (ivory) or CG6050 (gray) as the grounding bracket
provided is larger than the one provided when using with 4000
Series Raceway. CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using
Wiremold CM2 communication modules and Pass & Seymour®
Activate inserts. S2-EPL End Plates are required when using
Ortronics® Series II inserts. To mount TracJack modules, use
55074TJ or 55076TJ Faceplates.

G6074

4 7/8"
[124mm]
3 9/16"
[90mm]

V6086
G6086

5 3/16"
[132mm]

PANEL CONNECTOR FITTING –
For connecting 6000 Series Raceway
with surface type panel boxes.
Accommodates maximum wire capacity
of 6000 system. Separate C-flange fits
around raceway, covering any
irregularities made when cutting into
box. Cut 4 3/4" x 3 9/16" [121mm x
90mm] hole in panel box.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

m Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products,
change the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG”
to denote the Canadian versions.

6000 SERIES INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS
CONNECTION REQUIRED
FROM

TO

6000 Series Raceway

4000 (Tee Connection)

6000 Series Raceway

6000 (Tee Connection)

1/2", 3/4", 1" or 1 1/4" trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable

Cover of 6000

1 1/4", 1 1/2", or 2" trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable

Back and/or Side of 6000

USE CATALOG
NUMBER

G6074A
G6074
G4046H-2
G6014A

6000 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS
4. For divided installations: Install G6001DA
Divider Clips at 30" [762mm] intervals.
Snap G6000DA Divider into place.

1. Determine method of feeding raceway:
6014A for backfeed, 6086 (shown) for
panel feed.
6086

2. To mount 6000 Base to surface:
Remove mounting screw KOs
(approx. 18" [457mm] O.C. along
base) as required. Mount base
with No. 8 flathead fasteners.

3 9/16"
[40mm]
18" [457mm]
Approx.

3. To join lengths of 6000B, insert the pair of 6000B Sections
6001A Couplings into one side of each
base. Slide bases together and tighten
locking screws.
6001A Couplings

70 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

G6001DA

6000 Base
6086 C-Flange
Mounting Screw KO

G6000DA

5. To install G6007C-1 or
G6007C-2 Device Plates:
Snap into base and
tighten clamps as shown.
Wire device and assemble
to bracket. Install flush
plate (not furnished).

Clamp

G6007C-1

6. Cut 6000C Cover to fit between device
brackets. Snap in place as shown.
Continue along entire run.
Engage One
Leg of Cover
on Base

Snap Cover
onto Base

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

ANYSIZE

™ SERIES

RACEWAY

AnySize™ Raceway is the ideal solution for applications that require a
specific size raceway. Available in a variety of compartment sizes
and finishes.
AnySize™ Series Raceways Base Specifier .............................. 71
AnySize™ Series Raceways UL Code Reference ...................... 71
AnySize™ Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ............ 72
AnySize™ Series Raceway Ordering Information .................... 72
AnySize™ Series Raceway Faceplate Configurator ................. 75
AnySize™ Series Raceway Installation Details ....................... 76
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.

AnySize Raceway installed in an art gallery.

Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-600 to
12-614 of CEC.

ANYSIZE RACEWAY BASE SPECIFIER
Where special lengths are required, provide a detailed bill of material, indicating the various
quantities, lengths and type of covers. Raceway must have a width greater than its depth.

AnySize Base
N
MATERIAL
1 Painted Steel
2 Unpainted
Satin Coat
3 Unpainted
Galv (G90)
4 Stainless Steel
5 Anodized Alum
6 Painted Alum

DEPTH
1"
[25mm] =
1 1/8" [29mm] =
1 1/4" [32mm] =
1 3/8" [35mm] =
1 1/2" [38mm] =
5"
[127mm] =

100
118
114
138
112
500

# of
Compartments
MAX 4
# of Covers
MAX
Color Code**
BK Gloss Black (RAL 9005)
WH White (RAL 9003)
GY Gray (Wiremold Gray)
IV Ivory (Wiremold Ivory)
WI Weathered Iron
WB Weathered Bronze
CC Custom Color
(Provide paint chip
or number)

WIDTH
2 1/2" [63mm] = 212
2 5/8" [66mm] = 258
2 3/4" [69mm] = 234
2 7/8" [73mm] = 278
3"
[76mm] = 300
10"
[254mm] = 999

** All colors are gloss finish
unless otherwise specified.

EXAMPLE 1: N1 834 212 3 2 WI

EXAMPLE 2: N1 612 300 2 2 IV

This is a 8 3/4" [222mm] wide by 2 1/2" [63mm]
deep raceway, with three compartments and
two covers, painted “Weathered Iron.”

This is a 6 1/2" [165mm] wide by 3" [76mm]
deep raceway, with two compartments and
two covers, painted ivory.

COVER
NE1C
NE1CW

= Standard Cover
= Cover for use when wire clips are used. Wire clips are spaced
30" [762mm] on center only.
NE1CT*
= Tamper-Resistant Cover
NE1CTW* = Tamper-Resistant Cover for use when wire clips are used.
Wire clips are spaced 30" [76mm] on center only.
*Supplied with one tamper-resistant bracket.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 71

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

40% FILL

Wire Fill Calculation: “Depth” and “Width” refer to the measurements
of the compartment with the cover on and are measured from the
outside of the material. All measurements are in inches. Due to loading
issues, use maximum wire fill of 4" [102mm] deep raceway for all
raceways greater than 4" [102mm] deep.

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

14.11
11.55
8.15
4.06
3.03

1. Determine useable area of compartment.
Useable area in square inches with no devices =
[Width x (Depth -0.2)] - 0.6
Useable area in square inches with standard 15A/20A devices =
[Width x (Depth -0.7)] - 0.3

0.270

[6.9]

6.98

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

14.38
14.57
7.77

ANYSIZE RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES
PER SQUARE INCH FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

2. Determine wire fill for compartment.
Multiply the compartment area (from Step 1) by the number of
wires per square inch, from the chart above Wire Fill = Area (sq.
in.) x No. Wires per sq. in. (Chart above)
3. Reduce fill by 20% if 2" [51mm] radiused fittings are not being
used.
Wire Fill for standard fittings = .8 x wire fill from Step 2

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

4. Calculate fill for multi-compartment tees.
a) Standard Tee Wire Fill = (Wire fill from Step 2 or 3) / 2
Standard Full Capacity Tee Wire Fill = (Wire fill from Step 2 or
3) x 0.75
b) Radiused 2" Tee Wire Fill = (Wire fill from Step 2 or 3) / (No. of
compartments) Radiused 2" Full Capacity Tee Wire Fill = 1.5 x
(Wire fill from Step 2 or 3) / (No. of compartments)

ANYSIZE RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES
PER SQUARE INCH FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

Inches

[mm]

40% FILL

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

41.24
30.08
18.96
10.93
7.89

Sample Wire Fill Calculation: Determine the number of Cat. 6 cables
that will fit in a 2" [51mm] deep by 2.75" [70mm] wide compartment
for 40% fill. Fittings in the system have a 2" [51mm] radius.

O.D.

1 Useful area = 2.75 x (2.0 - 0.2) -0.6 = 4.35 in2
2 Wire Fill = 4.35 in2 x 8.15 cables / in2 (from chart) = 35 Cat. 6
cables
All Wiremold electrical products, unless specifically noted, are listed by
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and conform to U.S. Federal
Specification W-C-582. They comply with the National Electrical Code.
Products designed primarily for use in telephone or communications
wiring and tools normally do not require UL or cUL Listing. Most
products are cUL Listed in compliance with the Canadian Electrical
Code. All products must be installed in a manner consistent with
applicable electrical codes. Wiremold Surface Raceway is UL and cUL
Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (File #E4376 [Raceway] &
#E41751 [Fittings]). This product is in compliance with the National
Electrical Code and the Canadian Electrical Code.

NOTE: Values are per square inch of inside area. See above to determine useful
area of compartment. Capacity range is calculated at 20% to 40% of
raceway area as stated in a proposed revision to the Commercial Building
Standard for Telecommunications Pathways & Spaces, TIA/EIA-569.

ANYSIZE RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

NE1000TB

TAMPER-RESISTANT
RETAINING BRACKET –
For retaining cover in enhanced tamperresistant systems. Order additional
brackets if field cutting cover for
enhanced tamper-resistant system.

NE1001

COUPLING –
For joining lengths of AnySize Raceway.
(Unpainted galvanized steel).

NE1000WC

WIRE CLIP –
For holding conductors in place.

NE1008A

C-HANGER –
For supporting raceway from structural
ceiling. Designed for use with 3/8"
[9.5mm] threaded rod. Hangers should
be installed no more than 5' [1.5m]
apart along raceway run.

NE1000GC

GROUND CLAMP –
For connection of equipment grounding
conductor to provide additional ground
to raceway.

NE1008AW

WALL BRACKET HANGER –
For supporting raceway from structural
wall. Use hardware capable of
supporting loaded raceway. Hangers
should be installed no more than 5'
[1.5m] apart along raceway run.

2"
[51mm]

72 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

NE1010B
NE1010BK

BLANK END FITTING –
For closing open end of AnySize Base.
NE1010BK has knockouts available for
connection to adjacent wiring systems.
Size and quantity of knockouts to be
specified by end user.

NE1010DFO
NE1010DFOT

RADIUSED LARGE CAPACITY
ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Has concentric conduit trade size KOs
on sides, end and bottom for feeding
raceway. Useful where large conduits
feed the raceway. Size of knockouts to
be specified by end user.

PART NO.

NE1015FO
NE1015FOT

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NE1015
NE1015T

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NE1010D
NE1010DT

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Has concentric conduit trade size KOs
on sides, ends and bottom for feeding
raceway. Size of knockouts to be
specified by end user.

NE1015LFO
NE1015LFOT

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY
FLAT ELBOW –
Used in divided and undivided
applications to provide a 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for new lay-in or
pull-through installations.
NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NE1011RFO
NE1011RFOT

NE1015L
NE1015LT

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY
FLAT ELBOW –
Same as NE1011FO but outside corner
is curved to a 2" [51mm] radius.

FLAT ELBOW –
For right angle turns on the
same surface.

WALL BOX CONNECTOR –
Base is provided with ground terminal
for 10-32 screw and user specified
conduit knockouts and/or wall box
rectangular knockouts (2 9/16"
x 1 11/16" [65mm x 43mm]).

LARGE CAPACITY TEE –
For branches at right angles. Deeper
fitting provides 50% more fill than the
standard tee fitting. Useful for multicompartment installations. Supplied
with special couplings. Dual cover
version not available. Single cover can
be used in all applications.
NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NE1017FO
NE1017FOT

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NE1014
NE1014T

RADIUSED LARGE CAPACITY TEE –
Provides a 2" [51mm] cable bend radius
new lay-in or pull-through installations.
Deeper fitting provides 50% more fill
than the standard tee fitting. Useful for
multi-compartment installations.
Supplied with special couplings. Dual
cover version not available. Single cover
can be used in all applications.
NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NE1011
NE1011T

TEE –
For branches at right angles. Dual
cover version not available. Single
cover can be used in all applications.
Capacity is reduced in multicompartment applications.
NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NE1011FO
NE1011FOT

DESCRIPTION

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY TEE –
Provides a 2" [51mm] cable bend radius
for new lay-in or pull-through
installations. Dual cover version not
available. Single cover can be used in
all applications. Capacity is reduced in
multi-compartment applications.

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY
INTERNAL ELBOW –
Provides a 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius for new lay-in or
pull-through installations.
NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NE1017
NE1017T

INTERNAL ELBOW –
For 90° internal corners.
NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 73

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

ANYSIZE RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
ANYSIZE RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

NE1017P
NE1017PT

DESCRIPTION

COMPACT INTERNAL ELBOW –
For 90° internal corners. Compact size
is useful when going around columns.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

NE1046AP

TAMPER–RESISTANT ACCESS PLATE –
Required on an entrance point to allow
cover removal on tamper-resistant
systems. One plate is required on every
run between opposing walls. Provides
1/4" [6.4mm] overlap flange for
improved aesthetics at cover edge.
Supplied with appropriate brackets.

NE1046APN

TAMPER–RESISTANT ACCESS PLATE –
Required on an entrance point to allow
cover removal on tamper-resistant
systems. One plate is required on every
run between opposing walls.
NE1046APN does not have a flange to
overlap adjacent covers. Use for access
at end of run.

V4050
G4050

DEVICE MOUNTING BRACKET –
High impact plastic mounting bracket
and trim plate which overlap raceway
cover providing a seamless transition
between cover fittings. For use with:
5507 Series™ Faceplates, Ortronics®
TracJack and Series II modules,
Pass & Seymour® Activate Series
inserts, and Wiremold Open System
communication modules.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NE1018FO
NE1018FOT

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY
EXTERNAL ELBOW –
A full capacity 90° external elbow to
provide a 2" [51mm] cable bend radius
for new lay-in or pull-through
installations. Supplied with
special couplings.
NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NE1018
NE1018T

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For 90° external corners.

m

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an enhanced
tamper-resistant system.

NE1047
NE1047WC
NE1047T
NE1047WCT

DEVICE COVER –
Variable length from 6" to 60" [152mm
to 1.5m] long. Specify cutout type and
location. Eliminates frequent seams
when devices are located close together
along the raceway. Supplied with
appropriate brackets.

4 11/16"
[116mm]

7/16"
[11.1mm]

DEEP DEVICE PLATE –
Used to minimize or eliminate fill
reduction at activations. Mounts on top
of raceway and helps maintain
recommended bend radii at activation.
Specify depth required between 5/8"
[15.9mm] and 3" [76mm]. Supplied with
appropriate brackets.
NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an
enhanced tamper-resistant system.

NE1046H
NE1046HT

CUSTOM TAP-OFF FITTING –
Provided with user-specified trade size
KOs. Supplied with appropriate brackets.
NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an
enhanced tamper-resistant system.

NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4"
[121mm] wide raceway.

NE1086A

PANEL CONNECTOR –
To connect AnySize Raceway with
surface type panel boxes.
Accommodates maximum wire capacity
of Anysize system used. Separate
C-shaped flange fits around
raceway, covering any irregularities
made when cutting into box.

NE610

TAMPER-RESISTANT NOTCH TOOL –
Required to create tamper-resistant
notches in raceway covers that are
field cut during installation.

NE610C

RACEWAY COVER CUTTER –
Portable Cutter for AnySize Raceway
Covers for clean and easy square cuts
every time.

NOTE: “T” at the end of part number
indicates it is for use in an
enhanced tamper-resistant system.

NE1407
NE1407T

6"
[152mm]

m Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety

Standards for sale in Canada. When ordering these products,
change the “V” color prefix to “CV” or the “G” color prefix to “CG”
to denote the Canadian versions.

74 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

NE1046
NE1046T

PART NO.

6' [152mm] DEVICE PLATE –
Provides 1/4" [6mm] overlap flange
for improved aesthetics at cover edge.
Supplied with appropriate brackets.

DESCRIPTION

NE1046-2
NE1046-2T

12" [305mm] DEVICE PLATE –
Allows high density activations. Provides
1/4" [6.4mm] overlap flange for
improved aesthetics at cover edge.
Supplied with appropriate brackets.

NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4"
[121mm] wide raceway.

NOTE: For use only with 4 3/4"
[121mm] wide raceway.

Three Compartment
Plate Shown.

Two Compartment
Plate Shown.

ANYSIZE RACEWAY DEVICE PLATE CONFIGURATOR
The following represent various cutouts available for AnySize Raceway. The corresponding
letter designations used to create the device plate part number are also shown.

Standard Duplex
(D)

Decorator Duplex
(R)

1.4" [35.5mm] Dia.
Single (A)

1.6" [40.6mm] Dia.
Single (J)

4007C-1 Cutout *
(C1)

4007C-1R Cutout *
(CIR)

2 RJ11/45
(RJ)

AMP Flex/single ACO
(F)

Accommodates:
Wiremold Open System
communications, Ortronics
TracJack & Series II (LV6)

Accommodates:
Wiremold Open System
communications (MFB)

1/2" – 3/4"
[12.7mm – 19.1mm]
KO & Grommet (K)

Accommodates:
Wiremold Open System
communications, Ortronics
TracJack & Series II (LV2)

* These openings also require the use of commercially available faceplates.

DEVICE PLATE DESIGN AND PART NUMBERS
1
2
3
4

To specify type of device plate, and cutout locations:
1) Specify device plate type above.
2) Add the suffix(es) (in parentheses above) that corresponds to the
cutout type required, beginning from the top compartment. For
12" [305mm] device plates, indicate if the second column of
cutouts is the same as the first. If it is not, please send sketch. For
NE1047 Covers sketch to indicate quantity and spacing of devices.
For other special cutouts, contact factory.

Sample Part Number:
Prefix
1
NE1046
D

2

3

4

J

LV2

______

Sample Plate: NE1046DJLV2

2nd. col.
(yes/no or N/A)
N/A

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 75

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

ANYSIZE RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

ANYSIZE™ SERIES RACEWAY

STEEL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
ANYSIZE RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS
See the typical basic system (illustrated below) for installation details. In general,
the following procedure for installing AnySize Raceway is recommended.
1. Starting at feed connection, install End Blank
base sections over entire run. Butt
ends of sections and install couplings
as shown below. Cut base sections to
length as required for connection of
bases of fittings. Determine the
method of feeding raceway: raceway
base or wall box connector for back
Conduit
feed, end blanks (shown), entrance
end fittings, or panel connector for
end feed.
2. To mount base to surface:
Remove mounting knockouts as
required. Mount base with No. 8
flathead fasteners.

Base

Depth

24" [610mm]
(approx.)

3. Install wiring in base and wire devices. To
couple lengths of base or fittings, butt the
adjacent base sections together and insert
one coupling centered over the splice.
Tighten the set screws. Repeat the
process on the other side of the base.

4. Assemble devices and device
covers in base. To install
device plates, snap device
Bottom
straps in base as shown.
Inserts
Wire device and assemble
First
to straps. Snap device plate
over base and device. For
deep device plates or offset
device plates fasten to
raceway base by screwing
into device brackets in
raceway base.
5. Cut cover sections to length as
necessary and snap onto base.
It is recommended that covers
overlap base joint. Use pre-cut
cover, or cut cover to fit
between device plates. Snap
in place as shown. Continue
along entire run.

Device Mounting Straps

Snap Cover onto Base

Engage One Leg of Cover on Base

ANYSIZE RACEWAY – TYPICAL TAMPER-RESISTANT INSTALLATION
A. Complete instructions 1 to 3.
B. Add covers progressively from
access point to other end, utilizing
instructions 4 and 5 as needed.
See Illustrations below.
C. Repeat (ii) and (iii) as required.
D. Any cut covers will require
replacement of the tamper-resistant
notch using NE610 tool.
E. Tighten all screws securely.
NE1407 Deep Device
Plate Installation

76 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

Wiremold® Overfloor Raceway Systems provide unique solutions to
solve specific installation issues when access to floors and ceilings
is not an option for installers, building owners, and designers.
QUICK SELECTION GUIDE ................................................
Multiple-Channel Overfloor Raceway Systems
OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System ............................
Steel Pancake Overfloor Raceway Systems
1500 Series™ Raceway ..................................................
2600 Series™ Raceway ..................................................
Nonmetallic Pancake Overfloor Raceway Systems
1200/1400/1600 Series™ Raceways ................................

78
79
82
85
87

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

MULTIPLE-CHANNEL OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM
DEVICE BOXES

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY

OFR48-4

OFRB-8 & OFRC-8

6 7/8"
[175mm]

TRANSITION FITTINGS
OFR89-DS4000

1/2"
[12.7mm]

TWO-PIECE STEEL SINGLE-CHANNEL OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
1500 SERIES™ RACEWAY

2600 SERIES™ RACEWAY

11/32"
[8.8mm]

23/32"
[18.3mm]
1 9/16"
39mm]

2 7/32"
[56.6mm]

ONE-PIECE NONMETALLIC SINGLE-CHANNEL OVERFLOOR RACEWAY
1200 SERIES™ RACEWAY

1400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
1/2"
[12.7mm]

26/32"
[20.1mm]
14/32"
[11.4mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

3"
[76mm]

1600 SERIES™ RACEWAY
1 1/32"
[26mm]
30/32"
[23.4mm]

3 11/32"
[85mm]

78 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS – OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

20/32"
[16.5mm]

MULTIPLE-CHANNEL OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Wiremold OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System provides four-channels
of capacity and access to a wide range of data and A/V connectivity options
in the smallest, lowest, narrowest, ADA compliant profile available in over
floor raceway systems.
Overfloor Raceway System ETL Code Reference .............................. 79
Overfloor Raceway System Color Options .......................................... 79
Overfloor Raceway System Layout .................................................... 79
Overfloor Raceway System Wire Fill Capacity Charts ...................... 80
Overfloor Raceway System Ordering Information ............................ 80
OFR Series Raceway has an ADA compliant profile.
OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE
OFR Series Ovefloor Raceway
System is cETLus Listed.

OFR Series Overfloor Raceway System is
available with a black powder coat finish
that is also paintable.
Black

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT
NOTE: Illustration is for showing
product applications only.

KEY
OFRBC-8
OFR11
OFR48-2
OFR48-4
OFR89-2400
OFR89-4000
2400D
4000

2400D

Overfloor Raceway Base & Cover
90° Flat Elbow
Two-Gang Device Box
Four-Gang Device Box
2400 Series Raceway Transition Fitting
4000 Series Raceway Transition Fitting
2400 Series Divided Raceway
4000 Series Raceway

4000

OFR89-2400
OFR89-4000
OFR48-4
OFR48-2

OFRBC-8
OFR11

OFR SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
O.D.
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

Inches

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216

[mm]

WIRE
CROSS-SECTIONAL
AREA

# OF WIRES PER
OUTER CHANNEL
(40% FILL)

# OF WIRES PER
OUTER CHANNEL
w/OFR1 (40% FILL)

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]

0.010
0.013
0.021
0.037

18
13
8
4

13
10
3
4

# OF WIRES PER
OUTER CHANNEL
w/OFR9 (40% FILL)

10
7
2
3

# OF WIRES PER
INNER CHANNEL
(40% FILL)

19
14
9
5

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 79

OFR SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM

OFR SERIES

OVERFLOOR
RACEWAY SYSTEM

OFR SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM

MULTIPLE-CHANNEL OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
OFR SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches

[mm]

WIRE
CROSS-SECTIONAL
AREA

UNSHIELDED 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 3
TWISTED PAIR 4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 5e
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6
4-pair, 24 AWG, Cat 6a*

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]

0.028
0.035
0.049
0.098

6
5
3
1

4
3
2
1

3
2
2
1

6
5
3
2

COAXIAL

RG6/U

0.270

[6.9]

0.057

3

2

1

3

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6]
0.187
[4.8]
0.256
[6.5]

0.025
0.027
0.051

7
6
3

5
4
2

3
3
1

7
6
3

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

# OF CABLES PER
OUTER CHANNEL
(40% FILL)

# OF CABLES PER # OF CABLES PER # OF CABLES PER
OUTER CHANNEL
OUTER CHANNEL INNER CHANNEL
w/OFR1 (40% FILL) w/OFR9 (40% FILL)
40% (FILL)

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

OFRB-8

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY BASE –
Base: 0.080" [2.0mm] aluminum.
Divided into four channels. Packed four
(4) 8' [2.4m] lengths per carton.

6"
[152mm]

7/16"
[11.1mm]

OFRC-8

NOTE: Not recommended for use
in high traffic areas.

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY COVER –
Cover: 0.040" [1.0mm] steel.
Durable black powder coat finish.
Packed four (4) 8' [2.4m] lengths of
cover per carton.

6 7/8"
[175mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

OFRBC-8

NOTE: Not recommended for use
in high traffic areas.

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY BASE & COVER –
Cover: 0.040" [1.0mm] steel. Base:
0.080" [2.0mm] aluminum. Durable
black powder coat finish. Divided into
four channels. Packed one (1) 8' [2.4m]
length of base and cover per carton.

6 7/8"
[175mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

OFR10A

NOTE: Not recommended for use
in high traffic areas.

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY ENTRANCE
END FITTING –
Feeds OFR Series Raceway, Has two (2)
concentric 1/2" and 1 1/4" trade size
KOs on end. Includes removable divider
that can be positioned to feed any
raceway channel. Can be used to feed
raceway from wall or into furniture.

4 1/2"
[114mm]
2 5/8"
[67mm]

DESCRIPTION

OFR48-4
2 1/4"
[57mm]

18"
[457mm]

7"
[178mm]

OFR48-4GX

OFR CROSSOVER KIT –
Allows access to power and data on
both sides of OFR48-4 4-Gang
Device Box.

6 3/4"
[171mm]

2 1/8"
[54mm]
12 1/2"
[318mm]

OFRWC

1 13/32"
[36mm]

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY WIRE CLIPS –
For holding conductors in place.
Packed twelve (12) per pack.
3/8"
[9.5mm]
3/4"
[19.1mm]

OFR89-2400

OFR 2400 RACEWAY TRANSITION –
For connecting vertical runs of 2400 &
2400D Series Raceway with OFR Series
Raceway. Includes removable divider
than can be positioned to feed any
raceway channel.

6 15/16"
[176mm]

OFR48-2
2 1/4"
[57mm]

13"
[330mm]

6 15/16"
[176mm]

80 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY 2-GANG BOX –
Divided two-gang device box. Allows
multiple services (power, data, A/V) at a
single point-of-use. Side facing device
mounting provides low profile, with
space for large cable bend radius.
Accepts OFR Series device plates.
Removable divider can be aligned with
any of the raceway channels.

OVERFLOOR RACEWAY 4-GANG BOX –
Divided four-gang device box. Allows
multiple services (power, data, A/V) at a
single point-of-use. Side facing device
mounting provides low profile, with
space for large cable bend radius.
Accepts OFR Series device plates.
Removable divider can be aligned with
any of the raceway channels.

12 1/2"
[318mm]

7 3/16"
[183mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]

7"
[178mm]

PART NO.

4"
[102mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

2 9/16"
[65mm]

MULTIPLE-CHANNEL OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

OFR89-4000

OFR 4000 RACEWAY TRANSITION –
For connecting vertical runs of 4000
Series Raceway with OFR Series
Raceway. Includes removable divider
than can be positioned to feed any
raceway channel.

7 3/16"
[183mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

2 9/16"
[65mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

OFR47-B

OFR BLANK DEVICE PLATE –
For covering unused compartments in
OFR48-2 and OFR48-4 Device Boxes.

2"
[51mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]

OFR47-D

OFR DUPLEX DEVICE PLATE –
For covering duplex style devices in
OFR48-2 and OFR48-4 Device Boxes.
Accepts 106 Frame.

2"
[51mm]
3 15/16"
[100mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

OFR89-DS4000

OFR DS4000 RACEWAY TRANSITION –
For connecting vertical runs of DS4000
Series Raceway with OFR Series
Raceway. Includes removable divider
than can be positioned to feed any
raceway channel.

7 3/16"
[183mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

OFR47-R

OFR DECORATOR DEVICE PLATE –
For covering rectangular decorator
style devices in OFR48-2 and OFR48-4
Device Boxes.

2"
[51mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]

2 9/16"
[65mm]

OFR47-U

OFR EXTRON® MAAP DEVICE PLATE –
Device plate that will accept up to four
(4) Extron® Electronics MAAP style
plates in OFR48-2 and OFR48-4
Device Boxes.

2"
[51mm]
3 15/16"
[100mm]

OFR89-VIS
5 1/16"
[129mm]

For connecting OFR Series Raceway to
Vista Point5 Architectural Columns.
6 1/4"
[159mm]

1/4"
[6.4mm]

6 15/16"
[176mm]

OFR11
8 11/16"
[221mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

9 3/16" OVERFLOOR LARGE VISTA
[233mm] TRANSITION –

OFR47-V

OFR EXTRON® AAP DEVICE PLATE –
Device plate that will accept two (2)
Extron® Electronics AAP single
space modules.

2"
[51mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]

7 9/16"
[192mm]
8 11/16"
[221mm]

OFR47-2A
OFR FLAT ELBOW –
For making right angle turns on the
same surface.

2"
[51mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

OFR47-U2A
8 1/16"
[205mm]

OFR1
1 3/8"
[35mm]

8 1/16"
[205mm]

OFR COUPLING –
Joins lengths of OFRB-8 OFR
Series Raceway Base together.
Sold in pairs.

2"
[51mm]
5 1/2"
[140mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

OFR9
1 3/8"
[35mm]

OFR GROUNDING CLIP –
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to provide ground to
OFR Series Raceway. No. 10
ground screw provided.

OFR COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE PLATE –
Device plate that will accept up to four
(4) ports of communications devices.
Includes adapters for Ortronics®
TracJack, Series II, Pass & Seymour®
Activate inserts and Wiremold Open
System communication modules.

OFR EXTRON® MAAP-2A COMBO
DEVICE PLATE –
Combination device plate that will
accept up to two (2) Extron® Electronics
MAAP style plates and up to two (2)
ports of communications devices.
Includes adapters for Ortronics®
TracJack, Series II, Pass & Seymour®
Activate inserts and Wiremold Open
System communication modules.

OFRB-8 –
OFR Series
Raceway
four-channel
raceway base.

2 1/2"
[64mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 81

OFR SERIES™ OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEM

OFR SERIES OVERFLOOR RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

1500 SERIES™ RACEWAY

STEEL PANCAKE® OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1500

SERIES™
RACEWAYS

Wiremold ® 1500 Series™ Steel Pancake Raceway provides permanent
protection for overfloor cabling in high traffic areas.
1500 Series™ Raceway UL Code Reference ........................................ 82
1500 Series™ Raceway Color Options .................................................. 82
1500 Series™ Raceway System Layout .............................................. 82
1500 Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .............................. 83
1500 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 83
1500 & 2600 Series™ Raceways Installation Details .......................... 84
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceways:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.

1500 Series Two-Piece Steel Pancake Raceway.

Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

1500 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
1500 Series™ Raceway components are available
in galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated in
the part number description.
Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.

Galvanized
Steel

KEY

1500 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT
NOTE: Illustration is for
showing product
applications only.

2400
Conduit or
Armored Cable

V500

2600

2686FO

1585

2400
V500
—

1500

V1517B
1500

1518
2642D
1546B

1546A
1528

1517

1511

1500

82 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

V1517B
1528
1585
1546A
1546B
1511
1517
1518
2642D
2686FO
2600

Adapter Fitting
Utility Box
Combination Connector
Single Receptacle Box
Duplex Receptacle Box
90° Flat Elbow
Internal Elbow
External Elbow
Junction Box
Transition Feed Fitting
2600 Series Pancake
Overfloor Steel Raceway
2400 Series Raceway
500/700 Series Raceway
1/2" Conduit or
Armored Cable

STEEL PANCAKE® OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

1500 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

3
2
1
0
0

[6.9]

1

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

3
3
1

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

Inches

O.D.
[mm]

NO. OF CONDUCTORS
40% FILL

0.111
0.130
0.164

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

9
6
4

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

1500 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

1500-10

RACEWAY BASE & COVER –
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Packed
ten 10' [3m] lengths per carton. Base
has 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter mounting
holes on centers of approximately
8" [203mm].

11/32"
[8.8mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

1517

INTERNAL ELBOW –
For internal 90° corners.

2 1/2"
[64mm]

1 9/16"
39mm]

656

COVER REMOVAL TOOL –
For removing cover of 1500 and 2600
Series Overfloor Raceways.
8 1/4"
209mm]

V1517B

ADAPTER FITTING –
To feed to or from 500 or 700 Series
Raceway on wall to 1500 Series
Raceway on floor. Ivory finish.

2 15/16"
[75mm]

2 11/16"
[68mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]

1500WC

WIRE CLIP –
For holding conductors in place.
Not UL Listed.

1518

3/8"
[9.5mm]

1502

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For external 90° corners.
2 1/2"
[64mm]
Ea. Leg

FIBER BUSHING –
Protects wires from abrasion. Slips into
open end of 1500 Series Raceway where
it enters a fitting.

1528

UTILITY BOX –
Base and cover each have 1/2" trade
size KO. May be used as a cross, tee,
straight through or to terminate run.
Two 1500WC Wire Clips included.

1 21/32"
[42mm]

1504
1/2"
[12.7mm]

5/8"
[15.9mm]

STRAP –
Two-hole strap. Use to fasten 1500
Series Raceway to surfaces
at any point desired.
3 1/4"
[83mm]

1511

90° FLAT ELBOW –

2 5/8" For right angle turns on the
[6.7mm] same surface.
Ea. Leg

1542D

23/32"
[18.3mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]
Ea. Leg

JUNCTION BOX –
May be used as a cross, tee or elbow.

4"
[102mm] Cover has 1/2" trade size KO. Base has
Dia. 1/2" and 3/4" concentric trade size KOs

to enable connection to floor outlet
boxes or underfloor duct systems
(use Chase nipple – not included).
Two 1500WC Wire Clips included.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 83

1500 SERIES™ RACEWAY

1500 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

1500 SERIES™ RACEWAY

STEEL PANCAKE® OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
1500 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

1543GL

GROUNDING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
15A-125V NEMA 5-15R & COVER –
Cover has twistouts for 1500 and 2600
Series Raceway on all four sides.
1 5/16" Base has 1/2" and 3/4" trade size
[33mm] concentric KOs. Two 1500WC Wire Clips
included. Gray finish.

5 1/16"
[129mm]

PART NO.

1546T
5 1/16"
[129mm]

3 1/16"
[78mm]

DESCRIPTION

TELEPHONE OUTLET BOX –
Furnished with 1/2" [12.7mm] rubber
stem. Designed to accept modular
connecting blocks within the fitting.
Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and 2600
1 5/16" Series Raceway twistouts on both ends
[33mm] and both sides. Two 1500WC Wire Clips
included. Not UL Listed. Gray finish.

3 1/16"
[78mm]

1546A
m

5 1/16"
[129mm]

3 1/16"
[78mm]

SINGLE RECEPTACLE BOX –
Will accommodate commercially
available straight blade and locking
single receptacles with face diameters
of 1.38-1.40" [35-36mm]. Base has 1/2"
and 3/4" trade size concentric KOs.
Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and 2600
1 5/16"
[33mm]
Series Raceway twistouts on all four
sides. Two 1500WC Wire Clips included.
1.405" Gray finish.

1546B
m

5 1/16"
[129mm]

1585

COMBINATION CONNECTOR –
For connecting 1/2" trade size
conduit or armored cable to
1500 Series Raceway.
3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 5/8"
[41mm]

[36mm]
Dia.
1 21/32"
[42mm]

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE BOX –
Will accommodate commercially
available 15A or 20A duplex receptacles.
Base has 1/2" and 3/4" concentric trade
size KOs. Nonmetallic cover has 1500
and 2600 Series Raceway twistouts on
1 5/16" all four sides. Two 1500WC Wire Clips
[33mm]
included. Side wiring recommended.
Gray finish.

3 1/4"
[83mm]

27/32"
[21.4mm]

3 1/16"
[78mm]
NOTE: Box covers are manufactured of UL Listed Noryl plastic, gray textured finish.
m Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards for

sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C” prefix to part number
to denote the Canadian version, i.e “C1546A”.

1500 & 2600 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS

1.

Determine method of feeding raceway with
1517B, 1585 (shown), 2186 or through a junction
box or receptacle box (i.e., 1542, 1546B).

2.

Determine length of raceway base to first fitting location.
Cut base to desired length.

3.

Mount raceway base to surface using
No. 8 flathead fasteners through all
mounting holes provided.
2600 or 1500 Base

4.

Slip fitting tongue over raceway base
and fasten fitting base to surface.
Repeat steps 2-4 until fitting and
raceway bases are installed along
entire run.

84 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

5.

Lay conductors in raceway base using
1500WC or 2600WC Wire Clips to hold
conductors in place. Wire and install
devices along run.

6.

Cut lengths of cover to fit between fittings.
(Cover must be shorter than mating base: 3/8"
[9.5mm] shorter for 1500, 9/16" [14.3mm]
shorter for 2600.) Snap covers onto base,
latching one side under the base bead and
striking cover with a rubber mallet.

7.

When raceway bases are butted, cover
must be installed so that it overlaps joint.

8.

Remove proper twistouts in fitting cover
making sure that mounting holes line up
with fitting base. Install cover with
screws furnished.

2602 or 1502 Bushing

Wire clip

STEEL PANCAKE® OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

2600 SERIES™ RACEWAY

2600

SERIES™
RACEWAY

Wiremold ® 2600 Series™ Steel Pancake Raceway provides permanent
protection for overfloor cabling in high traffic areas.
2600 Series™ Raceway UL Code Reference ........................................ 85
2600 Series™ Raceway Color Options .................................................. 85
2600 Series™ Raceway System Layout .............................................. 85
2600 Series™ Wire Fill Capacity Charts .............................................. 85
2600 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 86
1500 & 2600 Series™ Raceways Installation Details .......................... 86
2600 Series™ Raceway Interconnectivity Options .............................. 86

2600 Series Two-Piece Steel Pancake Raceway.

2600 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Underfloor Raceways:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.

2600 Series™ Raceway components are available in galvanized steel
unless otherwise indicated in the part number description.

Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.

Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Galvanized Steel

KEY

2600 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

500

1500
Flexible Conduit
V1517B

2400

2642D

2600
1543GL

NOTE: Illustration is for
showing product
applications only.

2642D
2686FO

1546A
2600

2642D Junction Box
1543GL Grounding Duplex
Receptacle & Cover
1546A Single Receptacle Box
2611
90° Flat Elbow
2686FO Transition Feed Fitting
2400
Wiremold 2400 Series Raceway
1500
Wiremold 1500 Series Raceway
V1517B Adapter Fitting
2600
Wiremold 2600 Series
Overfloor Steel Raceway
500
Wiremold 200, 500 or 700
Series Raceway
Conduit 1/2" [12.7mm] Flexible
Conduit
Conduit 1/2" or 3/4" Conduit
to Underfloor Duct System

Conduit
2611

2600 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

10
8
5
2
2

[6.9]

5

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

10
10
5

2600 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

O.D.
Inches

[mm]

0.111
0.130
0.164

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

NO. OF CONDUCTORS
40% FILL

29
21
13

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 85

2600 SERIES™ RACEWAY

STEEL PANCAKE® OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
2600 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2600-10

23/32"
[18.3mm]

RACEWAY BASE & COVER –
Cover: .050" galvanized steel. Base:
.040" [1.0mm] galvanized steel. Packed
five 10' [3m] lengths per carton. Base
has 9/32" [7.1mm] diameter mounting
holes on centers of approximately
8" [203mm].

2 7/32"
[56.6mm]

656

COVER REMOVAL TOOL –
For removing cover of 1500 and 2600
Series Overfloor Raceways.
8 1/4"
209mm]

2600WC

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2686FO

TRANSITION FEED FITTING –
Eliminates offsetting 2400 Series
Raceway in connecting with surface
panel boxes. has 3/4" and 1" concentric
trade size KOs with 1" trade size KO
elongated so adjustment from surface
to center of bushing is 1" [25mm] to
1 5/8" [41mm] maximum. Has twistouts
for transition to 1500 and 2600
Series Raceway.

2 1/2"
[64mm]

3 5/8"
[92mm]

1543GL

GROUNDING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
15A-125V NEMA 5-15R & COVER –
Cover has twistouts for 1500 and 2600
Series Raceway on all four sides.
1 5/16" Base has 1/2" and 3/4" trade size
[33mm]
concentric KOs. Two 1500WC Wire Clips
included. Gray finish.

5 1/16"
[129mm]

WIRE CLIP –
For holding conductors in place.
3/4"
[19.1mm]

2602

3 1/16"
[78mm]

FIBER BUSHING –
Protects wires from abrasion. Slips into
open end of 2600 Series Raceway where
it enters a fitting.

2611

4"
90° FLAT ELBOW –
[102mm] For right angle turns on the

1546A
5 1/16"
[129mm]

3 1/16"
[78mm]

same surface.

2 5/8"
[67mm]

SINGLE RECEPTACLE BOX –
Will accommodate commercially
available straight blade and locking
single receptacles with face diameters
of 1.38-1.40" [35-36mm]. Base has 1/2"
1 5/16"
and 3/4" trade size concentric KOs.
[33mm]
Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and 2600
1.405" Series Raceway twistouts on all four
[36mm] sides. Two 1500WC Wire Clips included.
Dia.
Gray finish. Add “C” prefix to denote
Canadian version — Agency approved
for sale in Canada.

1546B

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE BOX –
Will accommodate commercially
available 15A or 20A duplex receptacles.
Base has 1/2" and 3/4" concentric trade
size KOs. Nonmetallic cover has 1500
1 5/16"
[33mm] and 2600 Series Raceway twistouts on
all four sides. Two 1500WC Wire Clips
included. Side wiring recommended.
Gray finish.

m

5 1/16"
[129mm]

2642D

JUNCTION BOX –
1"
[25mm] May be used with 1500 and/or 2600

Series Raceway as a cross, tee, or
elbow. Cover has 1/2" trade size KO.
Base has 1/2" and 3/4" concentric KO to
enable connection to floor, outlet boxes
or under floor duct systems (use Chase
nipple – not included). Two 2600WC
Wire Clips included.

3 1/16"
[78mm]

1546T

TELEPHONE OUTLET BOX –
Furnished with 1/2" [12.7mm] rubber
stem. Designed to accept modular
connecting blocks within the fitting.
Nonmetallic cover has 1500 and 2600
1 5/16" Series Raceway twistouts on both ends
[33mm] and both sides. Two 1500WC Wire Clips
included. Not UL Listed. Gray finish.

5 1/16"
[129mm]

5"
[127mm]
Dia.
NOTE: Box covers are manufactured of UL Listed Noryl plastic,
gray textured finish.
m Parts identified with this symbol are Certified to Canadian Safety Standards

for sale in Canada. When ordering these products, add “C” prefix to part
number to denote the Canadian version, i.e “C1546B”.

3 1/16"
[78mm]

2600 SERIES RACEWAY INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS
FROM

86 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

CONNECTION REQUIRED

TO

2600 Series Raceway

1500 Series Raceway

2600 Series Raceway
1/2" Trade Size
Conduit or Armored Cable
1/2" Trade Size
Conduit or Armored Cable
1/2" or 3/4" Trade Size
Conduit or Armored Cable
1/2" or 3/4" Trade Size
Conduit or Armored Cable

2400 Series Raceway
End of 1500 Series Raceway

USE CATALOG
NUMBER

2642D, 1543GL,
1546A, 1546B, 1546T
2686FO
1585

Bottom of 1500 Series Raceway

1528

Bottom of 1500 or 2600
Series Raceway
Bottom of 1500 Series Raceway

2642D
1542D

NONMETALLIC PANCAKE® OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1200/1400/1600 SERIES™ RACEWAY

1200/1400/1600

SERIES™
RACEWAYS

Wiremold ® 1200/1400/1600 Series Overfloor Raceway Systems provide
permanent or temporary protection for overfloor cabling in high
traffic areas.
1200/1400/1600 Series™ Raceway UL Code Reference ...................... 87
1200/1400/1600 Series™ Raceway Color Options................................ 87
1200 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 87
1400 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 88
1600 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 88
CODE REFERENCE
1200, 1400, and 1600 Series Raceway
is not UL Listed and is designed for
use in protecting wiring and cabling.

1200 Series Pancake Raceway used to protect and
retain power cords in a typical installation.

1200/1400/1600 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
1200/1400/1600 Series Raceways are available in gray,
black, beige, brown and high visibility yellow.
Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.

Gray

Black

Beige

Brown

High Visibility
Yellow

1200 SERIES — CHANNEL CAPACITY UP TO 5/16" [7.9MM] CABLE DIAMETER
CATALOG NUMBER

BE1200-5
BE1200-5R
BE1200-10
BE1200-50
BK1200-5
BK1200-10
BK1200-50
BR1200-5R
BR1200-5
BR1200-10
BR1200-50
GR1200-5
GR1200-5R
GR1200-10
GR1200-50
YL1200-50

COLOR

Beige
Beige
Beige
Beige
Black
Black
Black
Brown
Brown
Brown
Brown
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
High Visibility Yellow

LENGTH

5'
5'
10'
50'
5'
10'
50'
5'
5'
10'
50'
5'
5'
10'
50'
50'

[1.5m]
[1.5m]
[3.0m]
[15.2m]
[1.5m]
[3.0m]
[15.2m]
[1.5m]
[1.5m]
[3.0m]
[15.2m]
[1.5m]
[1.5m]
[3.0m]
[15.2m]
[15.2m]

1/2"
[12.7mm]
14/32"
[11.4mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 87

1200/1400/1600 SERIES™ RACEWAY

NONMETALLIC PANCAKE® OVERFLOOR RACEWAY SYSTEMS
1400 SERIES — CHANNEL CAPACITY UP TO 1/2" [12.7MM] CABLE DIAMETER
CATALOG NUMBER

BE1400-5
BE1400-10
BE1400-50
BK1400-5
BK1400-10
BK1400-50
BR1400-5
BR1400-10
BR1400-50
GR1400-5
GR1400-10
GR1400-50
YL1400-50

COLOR

Beige
Beige
Beige
Black
Black
Black
Brown
Brown
Brown
Gray
Gray
Gray
High Visibility Yellow

LENGTH

5'
10'
50'
5'
10'
50'
5'
10'
50'
5'
10'
50'
50'

[1.5m]
[3.0m]
[15.2m]
[1.5m]
[3.0m]
[15.2m]
[1.5m]
[3.0m]
[15.2m]
[1.5m]
[3.0m]
[15.2m]
[15.2m]

26/32"
[20.1mm]
20/32"
[16.5mm]

3"
[76mm]

1600 SERIES — CHANNEL CAPACITY UP TO 3/4" [19.1MM] CABLE DIAMETER
CATALOG NUMBER

BE1600-5
BE1600-10
BE1600-25
BK1600-5
BK1600-10
BK1600-25
BR1600-5
BR1600-10
BR1600-25
GR1600-5
GR1600-10
GR1600-25
YL1600-25

COLOR

Beige
Beige
Beige
Black
Black
Black
Brown
Brown
Brown
Gray
Gray
Gray
High Visibility Yellow

LENGTH

5'
10'
25'
5'
10'
25'
5'
10'
25'
5'
10'
25'
25'

[1.5m]
[3.0m]
[7.6m]
[1.5m]
[3.0m]
[7.6m]
[1.5m]
[3.0m]
[7.6m]
[1.5m]
[3.0m]
[7.6m]
[7.6m]

1 1/32"
[26mm]
30/32"
[23.4mm]

3 11/32"
[85mm]

DST2

88 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

DOUBLE-SIDED TAPE –
For long term installation.
2" wide x 17 yds.

Wiremold® Nonmetallic Surface Raceway Systems are the industry
leaders in quality, ease of installation, and for providing pathway
solutions for all types of installations. For over 50 years, Wiremold
Nonmetallic Surface Raceway Systems have provided the highest
quality, most dependable solutions for installers, building owners,
and designers.
QUICK SELECTION GUIDE ................................................
Low Voltage Single-Channel Raceways
Uniduct® 2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceway ..................
Power-Rated Single- and Dual-Channel Raceways
Eclipse™ PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceway ..............
400, 800, 2300/2300D Series ™ Raceway ........................
Large Capacity Multiple-Channel Raceways
Access® 5000 Series Raceway ......................................
CableSmart™ 40N2 Series Raceway ..............................
5400 Series™ Raceway ..................................................
5500 Series™ Raceway ..................................................
5507 Series™ Faceplates ................................................
Hide Cord Raceway
300 Series™ Duct ............................................................

90
91
98
102
110
115
118
124
129
131

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

LOW VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY PROFILES
UNIDUCT® RACEWAY
Uniduct 2700 Raceway

2700 Series

2800 Series

2900 Series

CAPACITY: 0.163 in.2 [105mm2]

CAPACITY: 0.337 in.2 [217mm2]

CAPACITY: 0.869 in.2 [530mm2]

3/8"
[9.5mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]

1"
[25mm]

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY PROFILES
ECLIPSE™ SERIES RACEWAY*
PN05L08 Raceway

Eclipse PN03*

Eclipse PN05*

Eclipse PN10*

CAPACITY: 0.285 in.2 [184mm2]

CAPACITY: 0.538 in.2 [347mm2]

CAPACITY: 0.99 in.2 [638.7mm2]

1/2"
[12.7mm]
13/16"
[20.6mm]
* UL Listed for up to 600V.

1 1/8"
[29mm]

400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
400BAC Raceway

13/16"
[20.6mm]

5/8"
[15.9mm]
1 11/16"
[43mm]

800 SERIES™ RACEWAY
CAPACITY: 0.130 in. [83.9mm ]
2

2

800BAC Raceway

CAPACITY: 0.272 in.2 [175mm2]

7/16"
[11.1mm]

7/16"
[11.1mm]
1 5/16"
[33mm]

7/8"
[22.2mm]

2300D SERIES™ RACEWAY

2300 SERIES™ RACEWAY
2300BAC Raceway

CAPACITY: 0.852 in. [550mm ]
2

2

2300BACD Raceway

11/16"
[17.5mm]

CAPACITY: 0.426 in.2 [275mm2]
Each Compartment
11/16"
[17.5mm]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

HIGH CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY PROFILES
ACCESS® 5000 SERIES RACEWAY
5000B Raceway Base

CABLESMART® 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY

CAPACITY:
Compartment A: 1.39 in.2 [849mm2]
Compartment B: 1.94 in.2 [1250mm2]

A

40N2B08 Raceway Base

CAPACITY:
Each Compartment:
3.22 in.2 [2080mm2]

B

2"
[51mm]

1"
[25mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

4"
[102mm]

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
5400TB Raceway

5500 SERIES™ RACEWAY
CAPACITY:
Each Compartment: 3.72 in.2 [2400mm2]

5500BD3 Raceway

CAPACITY:
Each Compartment:
2.64 in.2 [67mm2]

1 3/4"
[44mm]
5 1/4"
[133mm]

6 11/16"
[170mm]

HIDE CORD RACEWAY PROFILES
300 SERIES™ DUCT
300 Duct

CAPACITY: .900 in.2 [581mm2]
12/32"
[8.9mm]
1/2"
[12.7mm]

90 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS – NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY

1 3/4"
[44mm]

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

UNIDUCT® 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

UNIDUCT®

2700, 2800, 2900
SERIES RACEWAYS

One-piece, latching single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal for
basic communication installations.
Uniduct® 2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways UL Code Reference...... 91
Uniduct® 2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways Color Options .............. 91
Uniduct® 2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways System Layout ............ 91
Uniduct® 2700 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ................ 92
Uniduct® 2700 Series Raceway Ordering Information ...................... 92
Uniduct® 2800 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ................ 93
Uniduct® 2800 Series Raceway Ordering Information ...................... 93
Uniduct® 2900 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ................ 94
Uniduct® 2900 Series Raceway Ordering Information ...................... 94
Uniduct® 2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways
Device Boxes Ordering Information ...................................................96
Uniduct® 2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways
Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ...........................................................96
Uniduct® 2700, 2800, 2900 Series Raceways Installation Details .... 97

CODE REFERENCE
Uniduct Series Raceway is not
UL Listed and is only designed
for use in protecting electrical
cords, low voltage wiring and
cabling.

Uniduct Series Raceway components
used to provide communication services.

UNIDUCT 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS COLOR OPTIONS
Uniduct® Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH”
suffix have a white finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW”
suffix have a fog white finish. Part Numbers without a
suffix have an ivory finish. Uniduct Raceway can also
be painted using latex paint.

Ivory

NOTE: Illustration is for showing
product applications only.

CM2, Series
II, TracJack

NM2048

2706, 2806,
2906

2715, 2815,
2915

2710B, 2810B,
2910B

2718,
2818,
2918

2715, 2815,
2915
CM-MMB-293

Fog White

KEY

UNIDUCT 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS SYSTEM LAYOUT

2786, 2886,
2986

White

2706, 2806, 2906
2710B, 2810B, 2910B
2711, 2811, 2911
2715, 2815, 2915
2717, 2817, 2917
2718, 2818, 2918
2786, 2886, 2986
CM2
CM-MMB-293
NM2048
Series II
TracJack

Cover Clip
Blank End Fitting
Flat Elbow
Tee Fitting
Internal Elbow
External Elbow
Drop Ceiling Connector
Communication Device
Multimedia Box
Device Box
Communication Device
Communication Device

2717, 2817,
2917

2711, 2811,
2911

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 91

UNIDUCT® 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
UNIDUCT 2700 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

2
1
1
0
0

[6.9]

1

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

2
2
1

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

UNIDUCT 2700 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2700
2700-WH
2700L8
2700L8-WH

ONE-PIECE LATCHING RACEWAY –
Co-extruded design, smooth plastic
finish with adhesive backing. Available in
6' [1.8m] length, packed 120' [36.6m]
per carton. 2700L8 available in 8'
[2.44m] length, packed 160' [48.8m]
per carton.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

PART NO.

2715
2715-WH

DESCRIPTION

11/16"
[17.5mm]

3/8"
[9.5mm]

PVC-1

PVC RACEWAY CUTTER –
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with
small nonmetallic raceways.

2706
2706-WH

1"
[25mm]

2710B
2710B-WH

COVER CLIP –
Covers seam where two pieces
of 2700 Series Raceway Cover
come together.

TEE –
For branching of raceway running
at right angles.

2 3/16"
[56mm]

2717
2717-WH

1 1/4"
[32mm]
Each Leg

2718
2718-WH

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
Makes right angle turns around
external corners.

1"
[25mm]
Each Leg

BLANK END FITTING –
1"
[25mm] Closes off open end of
2700 Series Raceway.

2711
2711-WH

FLAT ELBOW –
Makes right angle turns in 2700 Series
Raceway on same surface.
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Each Leg

NOTE: Device Boxes for Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway can be found on pages
located at the end of this product section.

92 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

INTERNAL ELBOW –
Makes right angle turns around
internal corners.

2786
2786-WH

2 1/8"
[54mm]

1 7/16"
[37mm]

DROP CEILING CONNECTOR –
Conceals cables dropped from ceiling
into the 2700 Series Raceway.

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

4
3
2
1
1

[6.9]

2

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

4
4
2

0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

UNIDUCT 2800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2800
2800-WH
2800L8
2800L8-WH
1"
[25mm]

ONE-PIECE LATCHING RACEWAY –
Co-extruded design, smooth ivory
plastic finish with adhesive backing.
2800 available in 6' [1.8m] lengths,
packed 120' [36.6m] per carton.
2800L8 available in 8' [2.44m] length,
packed 160' [48.8m] per carton.
1/2"
[12.7mm]

PVC-1

PVC RACEWAY CUTTER –
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with
small nonmetallic raceways.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2815
2815-WH

TEE –
For branching of 2800 Series Raceway
running at right angles.
7/8"
[22.2mm]
2 7/8"
[73mm]

2815FO
2815FO-WH
1 15/16"
[49mm]

RADIUSED INTERNAL ELBOW –
For branching of raceway running at
right angles. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]
5"
[127mm] cable bend radius when installing UTP
and fiber optic cable.
1 1/4"
[32mm]

2806
2806-WH

COVER CLIP –

1 1/2"
[38mm] For covering joint where two pieces

of 2800 Series Raceway Cover
come together.

2810B
2810B-WH

1 3/8" BLANK END FITTING –
[35mm] For closing open end of

2800 Series Raceway.

3 1/2"
[89mm]

2817
2817-WH

2817FO
2817FO-WH

1 1/2"
[38mm]
Each leg

INTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
internal corners.

RADIUSED INTERNAL ELBOW –

3 1/4" For right angle turns around internal
[83mm] corners.Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]
(Each leg) bend radius when installing UTP and

fiber optic cable.

2811
2811-WH

FLAT ELBOW –
For right angle turns on same surface.
2"
[51mm]
Each leg

2811FO
2811FO-WH

2 1/4"
[57mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

2818
2818-WH
3"
RADIUSED FLAT ELBOW –
[76mm] For right angle turns on the same
(Each leg)

surface. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm] bend
radius when installing UTP and fiber
optic cable.

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
external corners.

1 1/8"
[29mm]
Each Leg
NOTE: Device Boxes for Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway can be found on pages
located at the end of this product section.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 93

UNIDUCT® 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

UNIDUCT 2800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

UNIDUCT® 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
UNIDUCT 2800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2818FO
2818FO-WH

PART NO.

3"
RADIUSED EXTERNAL ELBOW –
[76mm]
(Each leg) For right angle turns around external

DESCRIPTION

2889
2889-WH

corners. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm] cable
bend radius when installing UTP and
fiber optic cable.

REDUCING CONNECTOR (2800 – 2700) –
For transitioning from 2800 Series
Raceway to 2700 Series Raceway.

3/4"
[19.1mm]
3 3/4"
[95mm]

2886
2886-WH

DROP CEILING CONNECTOR –
For dropping cables from ceiling
into the raceway.

1 9/16"
[40mm]

2 3/8"
[60mm]

UNIDUCT 2900 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[8.9]
[10.4]

12
10
7
3
2

[6.9]

6

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

12
12
6

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

UNIDUCT 2900 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

2900
2900-WH
2900L8
2900L8-WH

DESCRIPTION

ONE-PIECE LATCHING RACEWAY –
Co-extruded design, smooth plastic
finish with adhesive backing. Available in
6' [1.8m] length, packed 120' [36.6m] per
carton. 2900L8 available in 8' [2.44m]
length, packed 160' [48.8m] per carton.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

PVC-1

2906
2906-WH

PART NO.

COVER CLIP –
For covering joint where two pieces
of 2900 Series Raceway Cover
come together.

FLAT ELBOW –
For right angle turns on same surface.

2 3/4"
[70mm]
Each Leg

2911FO
2911FO-WH

3 1/2" RADIUSED FLAT ELBOW –
[89mm] For right angle turns on same surface.
(Each leg) Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius

when installing UTP and fiber
optic cable.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

94 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

1 3/4" BLANK END FITTING –
[44mm] For closing open end of
2900 Series Raceway.

2911
2911-WH

PVC RACEWAY CUTTER –
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with
small nonmetallic raceways.

2"
[51mm]

DESCRIPTION

2910B
2910B-WH

2 1/4"
[57mm]

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2915
2915-WH

TEE –
For branching of 2900 Series Raceway
running at right angles.

1 1/8"
[29mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2918FO
2918FO-WH

RADIUSED EXTERNAL ELBOW –
3"
[76mm] For right angle turns around external
(Each Leg) corners. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]
bend radius when installing UTP and
fiber optic cable.

3 7/8"
[98mm]

2915FO
2915FO-WH
1 15/16"
[49mm]

RADIUSED TEE –
For branching of raceway running at
5 1/2" right angles. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]
[140mm] bend radius when installing UTP
and fiber optic cable.

4"
[102mm]

2917
2917-WH

2917FO
2917FO-WH

1 1/4"
[32mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]
Each Leg

INTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
internal corners.

3 1/4" RADIUSED INTERNAL ELBOW –
[83mm] For right angle turns around internal
(Each leg) corners. Maintains 1 1/4" [32mm]

bend radius when installing UTP and
fiber optic cable.

2986
2986-WH

2"
[51mm]

DROP CEILING CONNECTOR –
For dropping cables from ceiling
into the raceway.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

2989
2989-WH

REDUCING CONNECTOR –
For transitioning from 2900 Series
Raceway to 2800 Series Raceway.

15/16"
[24mm]

2989A
2989A-WH

2 1/2"
[64mm]

2918
2918-WH

3 3/4"
[95mm]

REDUCING CONNECTOR –
For transitioning from 2900 Series
Raceway to 2700 Series Raceway.

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
external corners.
15/16"
[24mm]
1 7/8"
[48mm]
Each Leg

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 95

UNIDUCT® 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

UNIDUCT 2900 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

UNIDUCT® 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
UNIDUCT SERIES RACEWAY DEVICE BOX ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

NM2044
NM2044-WH

4 3/4"
[121mm]

[70mm]

NM2044-2
NM2044-2WH
2 3/4"
[70mm]

PART NO.

EXTRA DEEP DEVICE BOX –
3"
For mounting voice/data devices when
[76mm]
additional depth is required. Has
combination twistouts for Uniduct 2700,
2800, 2900 and NM2000 Series
Raceways. Accepts industry standard
2 3/4" NEMA faceplates.

TWO-GANG EXTRA DEEP DEVICE BOX –
For mounting multiple voice/data
devices when additional depth is
required. Has combination twistouts for
Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900 and NM2000
Series Raceways. Accepts industry
4 3/4" standard NEMA faceplates.

4 7/8"
[124mm]

[121mm]

NM2048
NM2048-WH

4 3/4"
[121mm]

TWO-GANG DEEP DEVICE BOX –
For mounting multiple voice data
devices. Has combination twistouts
for Uniduct 2700, 2800, 2900, and
NM2000 Series Raceways.
Accepts industry standard
4 3/4" NEMA faceplates.

4 7/8"
[124mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

[121mm]

CM-MMB-291
CM-MMB-291-WH

3 1/4"
[83mm]

ONE INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –
Accepts one 2A size Wiremold Open
System Communication Module or
1 1/2" Pass & Seymour® Activate Series Insert.
[38mm] Compatible with Uniduct 2700 and
2800 Series Raceways.

3 1/4"
[83mm]

CM-MMB-292
CM-MMB-292-WH

DEEP DEVICE BOX –
For mounting deep voice/data devices.
Has combination twistouts for Uniduct
2700, 2800, 2900,and NM2000 Series
Raceways. Accepts industry standard
NEMA faceplates.

3"
[76mm]

DESCRIPTION

NM2048-2
NM2048-2WH

TWO INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –

1 1/2" Fiber storage loop. Accepts two 2A
[38mm] size Wiremold Open System

5 3/16"
[132mm]

5 3/16"
[132mm]

Communication Modules or Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series Inserts.
Compatible with Uniduct 2700, 2800,
and 2900 Series Raceways.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

CM-MMB-293
CM-MMB-293-WH

THREE INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –
Fiber storage loop. Accepts three 2A
1 1/2" size Wiremold Open System
[38mm]
Communication Modules or Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series Inserts.
Compatible with Uniduct 2700,
2800, and 2900 Series Raceways.

7 3/4"
[197mm]

5 3/16"
[132mm]

UNIDUCT 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS
CONNECTION REQUIRED
FROM

TO

USE CATALOG
NUMBER

Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway

Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway

2889

Uniduct 2900 Series Raceway

Uniduct 2700 Series Raceway

2989A

Uniduct 2900 Series Raceway

Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway

2989

Drop Ceiling

Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway

2786

Drop Ceiling

Uniduct 2800 Series Raceway

2886

Drop Ceiling

Uniduct 2900 Series Raceway

NM2000

Uniduct2700, 2800, or 2900
Series Raceway

96 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

2986
2044, 2044-2,
2048, 2048-2

LOW-VOLTAGE SINGLE-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

UNIDUCT® 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS

UNIDUCT 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS INSTALLATION DETAILS
1. Cover Clip: 2706/ 2806/ 2906
To join two pieces of Uniduct Raceway in line.
Install the Uniduct Raceway butted as shown.
Snap the cover clip (2706 / 2806 / 2906) onto the
Uniduct Raceway, leaving no gap.
2. Blank End Fitting: 2710B / 2810B / 2910B
To cover the open end of Uniduct Raceway. Snap
the blank end fitting (2710B / 2810B / 2910B) onto
the open end of 2700 , 2800 , or 2900 Series
Uniduct Raceway.
3. 90° Flat Elbow: 2711/ 2811/ 2911
To make right angle turn on same surface.
Install the Uniduct Raceway butted as shown.
Snap 90° flat elbow (2711 / 2811 / 2911) onto the
Uniduct Raceway, leaving no gap.
4. Bend Radius 90° Flat Elbow: 2811FO/ 2911FO
To make right angle turn on same surface and
maintain 1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius. Mount the
fitting base to the wall by using screws or the
adhesive strip supplied. Butt the Uniduct Raceway
as shown and snap the fitting cover over the base
after the cabling has been completed.
5. Tee: 2715/ 2815/ 2915
For branching at right angles. Install the
Uniduct Raceway butted as shown. Snap
tee (2715/ 2815/ 2915) onto the Uniduct
Raceway, leaving no gap.

6. Bend Radius Tee: 2815FO/ 2915FO
To branch at right angles and maintain a 1 1/4"
[32mm] bend radius. Mount the fitting base to
the wall by using screws or the adhesive strip
supplied. Butt the Uniduct Raceway as shown
and snap the fitting cover over the base after
the cabling has been completed.

7. Internal Elbow: 2717 / 2817 / 2917
To go around internal corner. Install Uniduct
2700 , 2800 , or 2900 Series Raceway butted as
shown. Snap internal elbow (2717 / 2817 / 2917)
onto the Uniduct Raceway, leaving no gap.
8. Bend Radius Internal Elbow: 2817FO / 2917FO
To make internal corner connection and maintain
1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius. Mount the
fitting base to the wall by using screws or the
adhesive strip supplied. Butt the Uniduct Raceway
as shown and snap the fitting cover over the base
after the cabling has been completed.
9. External Elbow: 2718 / 2818 / 2918
To go around external corner. Install Uniduct
2700 , 2800 , or 2900 Series Raceway butted as
shown. Snap external elbow (2718 / 2818 / 2918)
onto the Uniduct Raceway, leaving no gap.
10.Bend Radius External Elbow: 2818FO / 2918FO
To make external corner connection and
maintain 1 1/4" [32mm] bend radius. Mount the
fitting base to the wall by using screws or the
adhesive strip supplied. Butt the Uniduct
Raceway as shown and snap the fitting cover over
the base after the cabling has been completed.
11.Drop Ceiling Connector: 2786 / 2886 / 2986
For bringing cables from ceiling to raceway. Cut a
hole in the ceiling tile right next to metal grid. Drop
the cables from the ceiling into the Uniduct Raceway.
Push the drop ceiling connector (2786 / 2886 / 2986)
through the hole so that the notch in the large end of
the connector butts with the metal grid. Snap the
drop ceiling connector onto the Uniduct Raceway.

UNIDUCT 2700, 2800, 2900 SERIES RACEWAYS DEVICE BOX INSTALLATION DETAILS
Typical Procedure for Installing Device Boxes
1. Remove proper tongue on the device box (NM2048) base. (See Figure 1.)
2. Notch proper knockout in cover using knife. (See Figure 2.) Use pliers to remove knockout inward
for cleaner edge. (Trimming may be necessary.)
3. Fasten device box base to wall using screws (not provided).
4. Mount raceway to box. Install cables.
5. Snap device box cover onto base.
6. Mount device and faceplate.
FIGURE 1

Base Front View
2800
2900

FIGURE 2

FIGURE 3
NM2048 Cover
Faceplate

NM2048 Base
2700, 2800, 2900
Uniduct Raceway

2700
Cover Side View

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 97

ECLIPSE™ PN03, PN05, PN10 SERIES RACEWAYS

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

ECLIPSE

™

PN03, PN05, PN10
SERIES RACEWAYS

One-piece, latching, single-channel raceway. Easy-to-install and ideal
for demanding communication designs. Accommodates communication
or power wiring.
Eclipse™ PN03, Series Raceways UL Code Reference........................ 98
Eclipse™ PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceways Color Options ............ 98
Eclipse™ PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceways System Layout .......... 98
Eclipse™ PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceway
Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................................................................... 99
Eclipse™ PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceway
Ordering Information .......................................................................... 99

Eclipse Series Raceway snap-on latching covers
provide security with access to wiring for changes
or additions.
ECLIPSE PN03, PN05, PN10 SERIES RACEWAYS COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability
requirements of UL-5A.

Eclipse™ Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH”
suffix have a white finish. Part Numbers with a “-FW”
suffix have a fog white finish. Part Numbers with a “-V”
suffix have an ivory finish. Eclipse Series Raceways
are paintable using latex paint.

Fittings:
File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.

Ivory

White

Fog White

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

KEY

ECLIPSE PN03, PN05, PN10 SERIES RACEWAYS SYSTEM LAYOUT

Latching Raceway

PN05F86,
PN10F86
PN03F06,
PN05F06,
PN10F06

PN03F17,
PN05F17,
PN10F17
PN03F20
PN05F20
PN10F20

PN10F21

PSB3

PN03F15,
PN05F15,
PN10F15

PN03F17,
PN05F17,
PN10F17

NOTE: Illustration is for showing
product applications only.

98 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

PN03F19,
PN05F19,
PN10F19

PN03L08, PN03L10,
PN05L08, PN05L10,
PN10L08, PN10L10
PBB2S2, PBB4TJ,
PDB1CM, PDB1S2,
PDB2CM, PDB2S2,
PDB4TJ

PSB1

PSB2
PN153R

PN03F18,
PN05F18,
PN10F18

PN03F11,
PN05F11,
PN10F11

Cover Clip
90° Flat Elbow Fitting
Tee Fitting
Internal Elbow Fitting
External Elbow Fitting
Bend Radius External
Elbow Fitting
Blank End Fitting
Entrance End Fitting
Drop Ceiling Connector
Reducer Adapter
One-Gang Device Box
Two-Gang Device Box
Three-Gang Device Box
Communication Box

PN03L08, PN03L10, PN05L08,
PN05L10, PN10L08, PN10L10
PN03F06, PN05F06, PN10F06
PN03F11, PN05F11, PN10F11
PN03F15, PN05F15, PN10F15
PN03F17, PN05F17, PN10F17
PN03F18, PN05F18, PN10F18
PN03F19, PN05F19, PN10F19
PN03F20, PN05F20, PN10F20
PN10F21
PN05F86, PN10F86
PN153R
PSB1
PSB2
PSB3
PBB2S2, PBB4TJ, PDB1CM,
PDB1S2, PDB2CM, PDB2S2,
PDB4TJ

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

ECLIPSE™ PN03, PN05, PN10 SERIES RACEWAYS

ECLIPSE SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

O.D.
Inches

[mm]

0.111
0.130
0.164

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS
PN03
PN05
PN10

8
7
0

16
14
0

22
20
19

ECLIPSE SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

PN03

40% FILL
PN05

PN10

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

3
2
1
0
0

5
5
3
1
1

13
11
8
4
3

[6.9]

1

3

6

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

3
3
1

6
6
3

14
14
7

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

ECLIPSE SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

PN03L08-FW
PN03L08-V
PN03L08-WH
PN03L10-FW
PN03L10-V
PN03L10-W
PN05L08-FW
PN05L08-V
PN05L08-WH
PN05L10-FW
PN05L10-V
PN05L10-W

LATCHING RACEWAY –
One-piece latching raceway with coextruded hinge and adhesive backing.
Available in 8' [2.44m] and 10' [3.0m]
lengths.

PN03F15-FW
PN03F15-V
PN03F15-WH

A

PN10F15-FW
PN10F15-V
PN10F15-WH

B
CAT. NO.
A
B
1/2" [12.7mm]
13/16" [20.6mm]
PN03L08
PN03L10
1/2" [12.7mm]
13/16" [20.6mm]
PN05L08
5/8" [15.9mm]
1 1/8" [29mm]
PN05L10
5/8" [15.9mm]
1 1/8" [29mm]
PN10L08 13/16" [20.6mm] 1 11/16" [43mm]
PN10L10 13/16" [20.6mm] 1 11/16" [43mm]

PN10L08-FW
PN10L08-V
PN10L08-WH
PN10L10-FW
PN10L10-V
PN10L10-W
PN03F06-FW
PN03F06-V
PN03F06-WH
PN05F06-FW
PN05F06-V
PN05F06-WH

PART NO.

1"
[12.7mm]

COVER CLIP –
For covering joint where two pieces
of Eclipse PN03, PN05, or PN10 Series
Raceway Cover come together.

PN10F06-FW
PN10F06-V
PN10F06-WH
PN03F11-FW
PN03F11-V
PN03F11-WH
PN05F11-FW
PN05F11-V
PN05F11-WH
PN10F11-FW
PN10F11-V
PN10F11-WH

FLAT ELBOW –
For right angle turns on the same
A surface. 1" [25mm] bend radius.
CAT. NO.
PN03F11
PN05F11
PN10F11

A
2 11/16"
2 15/16"
3 11/16"

[68mm]
[75mm]
[94mm]

DESCRIPTION

TEE FITTING –
For branches of raceway running at
right angles. 1" [25mm] bend radius.

PN05F15-FW
PN05F15-V
PN05F15-WH
A
B
CAT. NO.
PN03F15
PN05F15
PN10F15

PN03F17-FW
PN03F17-V
PN03F17-WH
PN05F17-FW
PN05F17-V
PN05F17-WH

2 1/8"
[54mm]
Each Leg

A
2 11/16" [68mm]
2 15/16" [75mm]
3 11/16" [94mm]

B
4 5/16" [110mm]
4 3/4" [121mm]
5 5/16" [135mm]

INTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around internal
corners. 1" [25mm] bend radius.

PN10F17-FW
PN10F17-V
PN10F17-WH

PN03F18-FW
PN03F18-V
PN03F18-WH

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
external corners.

PN05F18-FW
PN05F18-V
PN05F18-WH
PN10F18-FW
PN10F18-V
PN10F18-WH
1 5/8"
[41mm]
Each Leg

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 99

ECLIPSE™ PN03, PN05, PN10 SERIES RACEWAYS

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
ECLIPSE SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

PN03F19-FW
PN03F19-V
PN03F19-WH
PN05F19-FW
PN05F19-V
PN05F19-WH

RADIUSED EXTRUDED ELBOW –
For right angle turns around external
corners. 1" [25mm] bend radius.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

PSB1-FW
PSB1-V
PSB1-WH

A

PN10F19-FW
PN10F19-V
PN10F19-WH

B
Each Leg
CAT. NO.
PN03F19
PN05F19
PN10F19

PN03F20-FW
PN03F20-V
PN03F20-WH

A
15/16"[23.8mm]
1 3/16" [30mm]
1 3/16" [30mm]

B
3 1/8" [79mm]
3 1/8" [79mm]
3 3/8" [116mm]

BLANK END FITTING –
For closing open end of Eclipse PN03,
PN05, or PN10 Series Raceway.

3"
[76mm]

PSB2-FW
PSB2-V
PSB2-WH

PN05F20-FW
PN05F20-V
PN05F20-WH
PN10F20-FW
PN10F20-V
PN10F20-WH

4 7/8"
[124mm]

11/16"
[17.5mm

PN153R-FW
PN153R-V
PN153R-WH

REDUCER ADAPTER FITTING –
For adapting PN03 or PN05 Series
Raceway to a PN10 Series Raceway
trunking through the PN10F15
Tee Fitting.

PN05F86-FW
PN05F86-V
PN05F86-WH
PN10F86-FW
PN10F86-V
PN10F86-WH

DROP CEILING CONNECTOR –
For dropping cables from ceiling into
the raceway. Has 1/2" and 3/4"
concentric trade size KOs. Includes
PN153R Reducer Adapter for use
with PN03 Series Raceway.
CAT. NO.
PN05F86
PN10F86

A
B

PN10F21-FW
PN10F21-V
PN10F21-WH
7/8"
[22mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

ONE-GANG DEVICE BOX –
Accepts all standard single-gang
NEMA faceplates and keystone jacks.
Twistouts on all four sides for PN03,
PN05, and PN10 Series Raceways.
Designed for use with Ortronics®
WiJack™ Wireless Access Point.

3 7/8"
[98mm]

100 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

A
1 5/16" [33mm]
2 1/2" [64mm]

B
4 3/8" [111mm]
4 3/8" [111mm]

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
For feeding raceway with 1/2" and
3/4" trade size conduit or armored
cable. Has 1/2 and 3/4" concentric
trade size KOs.Includes PN153R
Reducer Adapter for use with PN03
and PN05 Series Raceway.

PSB3-FW
PSB3-V
PSB3-WH

7"
[178mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

TWO-GANG DEVICE BOX –
Accepts all standard two-gang
NEMA faceplates and keystone jacks.
Twistouts on all four sides for PN03,
PN05, and PN10 Series Raceways.
Has 1/2" and 3/4" concentric trade size
4 3/4"
[121mm] KOs, as well as rectangular KO for wall
box mounting. Designed for use with
Ortronics® WiJack™ Wireless
Access Point.
1 3/4"
[44mm]

THREE-GANG DEVICE BOX –
Accepts all standard three-gang
NEMA faceplates and keystone jacks.
Twistouts on all four sides for PN03,
PN05, and PN10 Series Raceways.
Has 1/2" and 3/4" concentric trade size
4 3/4"
for use with Ortronics®
[121mm] KOs. Designed
WiJack™ Wireless Access Point.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

PDB1S2-FW
PDB1S2-V
PDB1S2-WH

SERIES II DATA BOX –
Surface mount box for use with Eclipse
Raceway or standalone application.
Accepts one front-loaded downward
facing Ortronics® Series II insert.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

3 5/8"
[92mm]

1 7/16"
[36mm]

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

PDB1CM-FW
PDB1CM-V
PDB1CM-WH

CM DATA BOX –
Surface mount box for use with Eclipse
Raceway or standalone application.
Has one 1/2" trade size KO. Accepts one
front-loaded downward facing Pass &
Seymour® Activate or Wiremold Open
System communication module.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

PDB4TJ-FW
PDB4TJ-V
PDB4TJ-WH
5"
[127mm]

3 3/4"
[95mm]

3 5/8"
[92mm]

1 7/16"
[36mm]

1 7/16"
[36mm]

PDB2S2-FW
PDB2S2-V
PDB2S2-WH

SERIES II DATA BOX –
Surface mount box for use with Eclipse
Raceway or standalone application.
Has two 1/2" trade size KOs. Accepts
two front-loaded downward
facing Ortronics® Series II inserts.

5"
[127mm]

PBB2S2-FW
PBB2S2-V
PBB2S2-WH

3 5/8"
[92mm]

1 7/16"
[36mm]

CM DATA BOX –
Surface mount box for use with Eclipse
Raceway or standalone application.
Has two 1/2" trade size KOs. Accepts
two front-loaded downward-facing Pass
& Seymour® Activate or Wiremold Open
System communication modules.

5"
[127mm]

3 3/4"
[95mm]

BEZEL BOX –
Surface mount box for use with Eclipse
Raceway or standalone application.
Accepts two front-loaded outward
facing Ortronics® Series II inserts.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

3 3/4"
[95mm]

PDB2CM-FW
PDB2CM-V
PDB2CM-WH

TRACJACK DATA BOX –
Surface mount box for use with Eclipse
Raceway or standalone application.
Has two 1/2" trade size KOs. Accepts
four front-loaded downward
facing Ortronics® TracJack inserts.

PBB4TJ-FW
PBB4TJ-V
PBB4TJ-WH

BEZEL BOX –
Surface mount box for use with Eclipse
Raceway or standalone application.
Accepts four front-loaded outward
facing Ortronics® TracJack inserts.

3"
[76mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]
1 7/16"
[36mm]

PDB2TJ-FW
PDB2TJ-V
PDB2TJ-WH

TRACJACK DATA BOX –
Surface mount box for use with Eclipse
Raceway or standalone application.
Has one 1/2" trade size KO. Accepts
two front-loaded downward
facing Ortronics® TracJack inserts.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

3 11/16"
[94mm]
1 7/16"
[36mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 101

ECLIPSE™ PN03, PN05, PN10 SERIES RACEWAYS

ECLIPSE SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D

SERIES™
RACEWAYS

Two-piece, single- and dual-channel, low profile raceway. Easy-to-install
and ideal for power or communication installations.
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series™ Raceways UL Code Reference ...... 102
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series™ Raceways Color Options................ 102
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series™ Raceways System Layout ............ 102
400 Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .............................. 103
400 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 103
800 Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .............................. 104
800 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .................................... 104
2300/2300D Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ................ 105
2300/2300D Series™ Raceway Ordering Information ...................... 105
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series™ Raceways
Device Boxes Ordering Information ................................................. 107
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series™ Raceways
Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ....................................................... 108
400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series™ Raceways Installation Details ...... 109

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability
requirements of UL-5A.
Fittings:
File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D Series
Raceway profiles.

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES RACEWAYS COLOR OPTIONS
400, 800, 2300 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a
“-WH” suffix have a white finish. Part Numbers
without a suffix have an ivory finish. 400, 800, 2300
Series Raceways are paintable using latex paint.
Custom color options are also
available. Consult the factory
for more information.

Ivory

KEY

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES RACEWAYS SYSTEM LAYOUT

406, 806, 2306
411, 811, 2311,
2311DFO
810A2, 2310A,
2310DFO
415, 815, 2315
417, 817, 2317,
2317DFO
418, 818, 2318,
2318DFO
2337A, 2338A
2344, 2347, 2348

NOTE: Illustration is for showing
product applications only.

417, 817, 2317
2337A,
2338A,

417, 817,
2317
810A2,
2310A

406, 806,
2306

102 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

418, 818,
2318

415, 815,
2315

White

2344, 2348

411, 811,
2311

Cover Clip
Flat Elbow Fitting
Entrance End Fitting
Tee
Internal Elbow
External Elbow
Round Device Boxes
Sure-Snap Device Boxes

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

400 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[8.9]
[10.4]

1
1
1
0
0

[6.9]

0

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

1
1
1

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

Inches

O.D.
[mm]

NUMBER OF
CONDUCTORS

0.111
0.130
0.164

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

5
3
0

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

400 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

400BAC
400BAC-WH

7/16"
[11.1mm]
7/8"
[22.2mm]

PVC-1

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

RACEWAY BASE & COVER –
Low-profile, two-piece raceway with
durable, textured PVC ivory or white
finishes. Available in 5' [1.52m]
lengths. Packed 100' [30.5m] per carton.
Supplied with wide adhesive
tape along its entire length.

415
415-WH

PVC RACEWAY CUTTER –
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with
small nonmetallic raceways.

400WC

3 3/16"
[81mm]

417
417-WH

DESCRIPTION

2"
[51mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]
Ea. Leg

TEE –
For branching of raceway running at
right angles.

INTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
internal corners.

WIRE CLIP –
For holding conductors in place.

1/2"
[12.7mm]

406
406-WH

COVER CLIP –
For covering joint where two pieces
of 400BAC Series Raceway Cover
come together.

418
418-WH

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
external corners.
1 1/2"
[38mm]
Ea. Leg

13/16"
[20.6mm]

410B
410B-WH

BLANK END FITTING –
For closing open end of 400BAC
Series Raceway.

1/2"
[12.7mm]

810A2
810A2-WH

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
For connecting 400 or 800 Series
Raceway with 1/2" trade size conduit
or armored cable. 1/2" trade size KO
on end and bottom.

3/8"
[9.5mm]
13/16"
[20.6mm]

411
411-WH

2 1/16"
[52mm]
Ea. Leg

1 7/16"
[37mm]

FLAT ELBOW –
For right angle turns on same surface.

1 1/2"
[38mm]
4 1/4"
[108mm]

NOTE: Device Boxes for 400 Series Raceway can be found on pages
located at the end of this product section.

1 3/8"
[35mm]
Ea. Leg

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 103

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

400 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[8.9]
[10.4]

3
3
2
1
0

[6.9]

1

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

3
3
2

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

Inches

O.D.
[mm]

NUMBER OF
CONDUCTORS

0.111
0.130
0.164

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

6
5
4

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

800BAC
800BAC-WH

7/16"
[11.1mm]

1 5/16"
[33mm]

PVC-1

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

RACEWAY BASE & COVER –
Low-profile, two-piece raceway with
durable, textured PVC ivory or white
finishes. Available in 5' [1.52m]
lengths. Packed 100' [3.05m] per carton.
Supplied with wide adhesive
tape along its entire length.

811
811-WH

PVC RACEWAY CUTTER –
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with
small nonmetallic raceways.

815
815-WH
4 1/8"
[105mm]

800WC

FLAT ELBOW –

2 1/2" For right angle turns on same surface.
[64mm]
(Each leg)

TEE –
For branching of raceway running at
right angles.
2 3/4"
[70mm]

WIRE CLIP –

1"
[25mm] For holding conductors in place.

817
817-WH

1"
[25mm]

806
806-WH

COVER CLIP –

2"
[51mm]
Ea. Leg

INTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
internal corners.

1 3/8" For covering joint where two pieces
[35mm] of 800BAC Series Raceway Cover

come together.

1"
[25mm]

810A2
810A2-WH

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
For connecting 400 or 800 Series
Raceway with 1/2" trade size conduit
or armored cable. 1/2" trade size KO
on end and bottom.

1 7/16"
[37mm]
4 1/4"
[108mm]

BLANK END FITTING –
For closing open end of 800BAC
Series Raceway.

1/2"
[12.7mm]

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
external corners.

2"
[51mm]
Ea. Leg

1 1/2"
[38mm]

810B
810B-WH

889A
889A-WH

REDUCING CONNECTOR –
For transitioning from 800 Series
Raceway to 400 Series Raceway.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

3/8"
[9.5mm]
1 1/4"
[32mm]

NOTE: Device Boxes for 800 Series Raceway can be found on pages
located at the end of this product section.

104 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

818
818-WH

2"
[51mm]

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[8.9]
[10.4]

11
9
6
3
2

[6.9]

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

O.D.
[mm]

NUMBER OF
CONDUCTORS

0.111
0.130
0.164

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

25
18
12

12
12
6

2300D SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

Inches

5

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

2300 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

2300D SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

40% FILL
(Ea. Comp.)

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[8.9]
[10.4]

5
4
3
1
1

[6.9]

2

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

6
6
3

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

O.D.
Inches

[mm]

0.111
0.130
0.164

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

NO. OF CONDUCTORS
(Each Compartment)

12
8
5

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

2300/2300D SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2300BAC
2300BAC-WH
11/16"
[17.5mm]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

2300BACD
2300BACD-WH

11/16"
[17.5mm]

RACEWAY BASE & COVER –
Low-profile, two-piece raceway with
durable, textured PVC ivory or white
finishes. Available in 5' [1.52m]
lengths. Packed 50' [15.2m] per carton.
Supplied with wide adhesive
tape along its entire length.

DIVIDED RACEWAY BASE & COVER –
Low-profile, two-piece raceway with
durable, textured PVC ivory or white
finishes. Available in 5' [1.52m] lengths.
Supplied with wide adhesive tape
along its entire length.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2306
2306-WH

COVER CLIP –
For covering joint where two pieces
of 2300BAC and 2300BACD Series
Raceway Cover come together.
2"
[51mm]

2310A
2310A-WH
4 1/2"
[114mm]
2 7/16"
[62mm]

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
For connecting 2300 Series Raceway
with 1/2", 3/4", or 1" trade size conduit
or armored cable. 1/2" and 3/4" trade
size KO on end, 1/2" , 3/4", and 1" trade
1 15/16" size KOs on bottom.
[49mm]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

PVC-1

PVC RACEWAY CUTTER –
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with
small nonmetallic raceways.

2310B
2310B-WH

BLANK END FITTING –
For closing open end of 2300BAC and
2300BACD Series Raceways.

1"
[25mm]

27/32"
[21mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]

2300WC

WIRE CLIP –
For holding conductors in place.

2311
2311-WH

FLAT ELBOW –

4 3/16" For right angle turns on same surface.
[106mm]
Ea. Leg

1"
[25mm]
NOTE: Device Boxes for 2300 and 2300D Series Raceway can be found
on pages located at the end of this product section.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 105

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

2300 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
2300/2300D SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2315
2315-WH

TEE –
For branching of raceway running at
right angles.
4 1/8"
[105mm]

6"
[152mm]

PART NO.

4.0"
[102mm]
2.2"
[56mm]

2317
2317-WH

2 1/2"
[64mm]
Ea. Leg

INTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
internal corners.

DESCRIPTION

2310DFO
2310DFO-WH

•
•

2311DFO
2311DFO-WH

RADIUSED DIVIDED ENTRANCE
END FITTING –
Divided fitting to feed 2300 and 2300
6.5"
[165mm] Divided Series Raceway. Includes 1/2",
3/4", and 1" trade size KOs on back
and top.

5 1/2"
[140mm]

RADIUSED DIVIDED FLAT ELBOW –
A 90° flat corner with integral dividers
provide 2" [51mm] cable bend radius
for UTP and fiber optic installations.

5 1/2"
[140mm]

2318
2318-WH

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
external corners.
2 1/2"
[64mm]
Ea. Leg

2389
2389-WH
3"
[76mm]

REDUCING CONNECTOR –
For transitioning from 2300 Series
Raceway to 800 Series Raceway.

2 1/2"
[64mm]

2389A
2389A-WH
3"
[76mm]

REDUCING CONNECTOR –
For transitioning from 2300 Series
Raceway to 400 Series Raceway.

3 1/4
[83mm]

2317DFO
2317DFO-WH

3 1/4"
[83mm]
Ea. Leg

3 1/2"
[89mm]

2318DFO
2318DFO-WH

3 3/4"
[95mm]
Ea. Leg

RADIUSED DIVIDED
INTERNAL ELBOW –
A 90° internal corner with integral
dividers provide 2" [51mm] cable
bend radius for UTP and fiber
optic installations.

RADIUSED DIVIDED
EXTERNAL ELBOW –
A 90° external corner with integral
dividers provide 2" [51mm] cable
bend radius for UTP and fiber
optic installations.

2 1/2"
[64mm]
5"
[127mm]
NOTE: Device Boxes for 2300 and 2300D Series Raceway can be found
on the next page of this product section.

106 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2336
2336-WH

BLANK COVER –
Use with any nonmetallic round device
box to convert into a junction box.

4 1/2"
[114mm]
Dia.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2348S/51
2348S/51-WH

3"
[76mm]

1"
[25mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

2337A
2337A-WH

ROUND BOX EXTENSION –
For hanging fixtures, smoke/fire alarms
and other security devices with 3 1/2"
[89mm] or 4 1/16" [103mm] mounting
centers. 5 1/2" [140mm] diameter with
open base. Not for use with fans.

5 1/2"
[140mm]Dia.

2348AMP
2348AMP-WH

SHALLOW DEVICE BOX/
EXTENSION BOX –
For shallow switches and receptacles.
Base has rectangular KO.

MAGNETIC DEEP DEVICE BOX
(with Grommet) –
For deeper switches and devices,
and has magnetic backing. Base
has rectangular KO.

3"
[76mm]

1"
[25mm]

2338A
2338A-WH

FIXTURE BOX –
For hanging fixtures, smoke/fire
alarms and other security devices with
3 1/2" [89mm] or 4 1/16" [103mm]
mounting centers. Has 1/2" trade size
KO. Not for use with fans.

5 1/2"
[140mm]
Dia.

1"
[25mm]

2344
2344-WH
2344-2
2344-2WH
W

2 3/4"
[70mm]

L

2347
2347-WH
2347-2
2347-2WH
W

1 3/8"
[35mm]

EXTRA DEEP DEVICE BOX –
2344 one-gang, 2344-2 two-gang. Twogang base has rectangular KO to enable
extension from existing single-gang
flush wallbox and 1/2" and 1" trade size
concentric KOs. Accepts industry
standard faceplates for switch and
communication devices.
CAT. NO.
L
W
GANG
2344
4 3/4" [121mm]
3" [76mm]
1
2344-2 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 7/8" [124mm]
2

DEVICE BOX –
2347 one-gang, 2347-2 two-gang. For
standard switches and devices. 2347
Base has rectangular KO. 2347-2 Base
has rectangular KO to enable extension
from existing flush wall box and 1/2"
and 1" concentric KOs. Accepts industry
standard faceplates for switch and
communication devices.

L
CAT. NO.
L
W
GANG
2347
4 3/4" [121mm]
3" [76mm]
1
2347-2 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 7/8" [124mm]
2

2348
2348-WH
2348-2
2348-2WH
2348-3
2348-3WH
W

L

1 3/4"
[44mm]

DEEP DEVICE BOX –
2348 one-gang, 2348-2 two-gang,
2348-3 three-gang. For deeper switches
and devices. 2348 Base has rectangular
KO. 2348-2 and 2348-3 Bases have
rectangular KO to enable extension from
existing flush wall box and 1/2" and
1" concentric KOs. Accepts industry
standard faceplates for switch and
communication devices.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

2348D
2348D-WH

DEVICE BOX –
For use with 2300 Series Divided
Raceway. For mounting standard
switches, receptacles, and industry
standard faceplates for
communication devices.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

3"
[76mm]
4 3/4"
[121mm]

2344D
2344D-WH

EXTRA DEEP DEVICE BOX –
For use with 2300 Series Divided
Raceway when additional depth is
required. For mounting standard
switches, receptacles and industry
standard faceplates for
communication devices.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

3"
[76mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

2344SD-2A
2344SD-2AWH
2 1/4"
[57mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

4 3/4"
[121mm]

TWO-GANG DEEP DIVIDED
DEVICE BOX –
Divided two-gang box for use with
2300 Series Divided Raceway. Provides
the ability to have both power and low
voltage at a single point of use. Utilizes
5507 Series™ faceplates, as well as
Wiremold Open System communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack, and Pass
& Seymour® Activate Series inserts.
For faceplate options, see 5507
Series™ Faceplates.

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold CM2
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II inserts.
To mount TracJack modules, use 55074TJ or 55076TJ Faceplates.

CAT. NO.
L
W
GANG
2348
4 3/4" [121mm]
3" [76mm]
1
2348-2 4 3/4" [121mm] 4 7/8" [124mm]
2
2348-3 4 3/4" [121mm]
7" [178mm]
3

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 107

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

400/800/2300/2300D SERIES RACEWAY DEVICE BOX ORDERING INFORMATION

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
400/800/2300 SERIES RACEWAY DEVICE BOX ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

CM-MMB-231
CM-MMB-231-WH

PART NO.

ONE INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –
Accepts one CM2 size Wiremold Open
System communication module or Pass
& Seymour® Activate Series insert.
Compatible with Wiremold 400 and
800 Series Raceways.

CM-MMB-233
CM-MMB-233-WH

1 1/2"
[38mm]

DESCRIPTION

THREE INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –
Fiber storage loop. Accepts three CM2
size Wiremold Open System
communication modules or Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series inserts.
Compatible with Wiremold 400, 800,
and 2300 Series Raceways.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

3 1/4"
[83mm]

CM-MMB-232
CM-MMB-232-WH

5 3/16"
[132mm]

TWO INSERT MULTIMEDIA BOX –
Fiber storage loop. Accepts two CM2
size Wiremold Open System
communication modules or Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series inserts.
Compatible with Wiremold 400, 800,
and 2300 Series Raceways.
1 1/2"
[38mm]
5 3/16"
[132mm]

5 3/16"
[132mm]

400/800/2300 SERIES RACEWAY INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS
CONNECTION REQUIRED
FROM

TO

USE CATALOG
NUMBER

800 Series Raceway

400 Series Raceway

889A

2300 Series Raceway

400 Series Raceway

2389A

2300 Series Raceway

800 Series Raceway

Existing Outlet

400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways

1/2" trade size Conduit

400, 800 Series Raceways

810A2

1/2" or 3/4"
trade size Conduit

2300 Series Raceway

2310A

3" [76mm] or 4" [102mm]
Ceiling Boxes

400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways

2337A

108 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

2389
2348S/51

7 3/4"
[197mm]

POWER-RATED SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

1. Bring in and
connect feed wires Raceway
Cover
using approved
connection method.
Assemble raceway
cover to butt
against the fitting
base. Snap fitting Fitting
cover onto base. Cover

Raceway Base
Tap

Fitting
Base
1/2" & 3/4"
trade size KOs
Conduit
Attachment

5. Notching for Flat Elbow:
A. Cut side of base to be notched. Notch to equal width of base.
Break clean with pliers.
B. Butt 400BAC Raceway Base to base of 411 Flat Elbow. Screw flat
elbow base to wall. Cut 400BAC Raceway Cover 3/8" [9.5mm]
shorter than base. Snap on 411 Flat Elbow Cover.
A.

Use Washer for
1/2" trade size KO
Bottom Side Only

B.

(800) 1 1/16" [27mm]
(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

Install Base:

Base

400BAC, 800BAC, 2300BAC
The adhesive on the 400BAC, 800BAC, 2300BAC and
2300BACD is intended to be used as an installation aid
for positioning the product. Applications with power
wire, screw fasteners must be used in addition to the
adhesive. Applications with communication cable only,
screw fasteners are recommended in addition to the adhesive.
For low-voltage applications – 400BAC can be mounted with
adhesive only (screw fasteners may be required depending on the
cable quantity and size); 800BAC and 2300BAC require screw
fasteners at 18" [457mm] intervals in addition to the adhesive.
Peel release paper from adhesive strip and mount immediately to
surface. Adhesive-backed raceway should be mounted to a clean,
dry, grease-free, smooth surface. Apply pressure along entire
raceway base to insure proper adhesion.
2. To install runs of raceway cover:
Measure distance from fitting to
fitting. Cut required length of cover.
When two raceway sections butt
together, cover sections should
span base joints for maximum rigidity.
When two raceway cover sections butt
together, use cover clip as shown
(406/806/2306).

Cover
Clip

Raceway Cover

411
90º Flat
Elbow Cover

811/2311
Flat Elbow
Cover

6. Notching for Internal Elbow:
A. Cut side of base to be notched.
B. Break clean with pliers.
1/2"
[12.7mm]

417 Internal Elbow Cover

1"
[25mm]

1"
[25mm]

(800) 1 3/8" [35mm]
(2300) 1 3/8" [35mm]
Butt or
Notch

Butt or Notch

817/2317 Internal Elbow Cover

7. All Sure-Snap® device boxes are packaged unassembled for easy
installation. During shipment the base and cover pieces may
snap together. To unsnap the cover from base, place the blade
of a screwdriver into the locking tab (Figure 1). Push downward
and gently pry the cover from the base. Repeat at each corner
if necessary.
Sure-Snap Device Boxes

3. Notching for Tee:
A. Make two cuts on side of base to be notched. Notch to
equal width of base. Break clean with pliers.
B. Butt 400BAC Raceway Base to base of 415 Tee. Screw tee
fitting base to wall. Cut 400BAC Raceway Cover 3/8"
[95mm] shorter than base. Snap on 415 Tee.
A.

(800) 1 3/8" [35mm]
(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]

815 Tee
2315 Tee

B.
3/8"
[9.5mm]

Figure 1

8. Mount the cover to the base by aligning
key on the inside of the cover with one
of the grooves on the base. Assemble
with four screws. (Tap screws to seat.)

2338A Round
Device Box

Base

415 Tee Cover

4. Notching for External Elbow:
A. Cut side of base to be notched.
B. Break clean with pliers.

(400) 7/8" [22.2mm]
(800) 1 3/8" [35mm]
(2300) 1 1/2" [38mm]

9. Pull wiring through the center
knockout and attach the base
directly to in-ceiling box.

2337A Round
Device Box

418/818/2318
External Elbow Cover

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 109

400, 800, 2300 & 2300D SERIES™ RACEWAYS

400, 800, 2300 SERIES RACEWAYS INSTALLATION DETAILS

ACCESS® 5000 SERIES RACEWAY

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

ACCESS® 5000

SERIES
RACEWAY

Attractive baseboard molding that organizes and conceals electrical
wiring and communications cabling.
Access® 5000 Series Raceway UL Code Reference .......................... 110
Access® 5000 Series Raceway Color Options.................................... 110
Access® 5000 Series Raceway System Layout ................................ 110
Access® 5000 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ................ 111
Access® 5000 Series Raceway Ordering Information ...................... 111
Access® 5000 Series Raceway Installation Details .......................... 113
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability
requirements of UL-5A.
Fittings:
File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.

Access 5000 Series’ attractive, low profile baseboard
design blends with any decor.

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
Access® 5000 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a
“WH” suffix are available with a white PVC finish. Part
Numbers with a “BK” suffix are available with
a black PVC finish. Part Numbers with a “GY” suffix are
available with a gray PVC finish. Part Numbers with a
“W” suffix are available in a real maple veneer finish.
Part Numbers with a “OA” suffix are available with a
real oak veneer finish.
Custom color options are also available. Consult
the factory for more information.

white

Gray

NOTE: Illustration is for showing
product applications only.

5017B,
5017C
5007C-1A

5007C-2AB/
5007C-2RT

CM2, TracJack, Series II
Communication Devices

Why Wiremold…
To meet the needs of today's students in
this older dormitory, Access® 5000
raceway was installed along the floor,
where it doubles as a baseboard while
providing power outlets and connections
for voice, data, and video. Raceway
covers and moldings were custom
colored to match the color scheme.

110 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

Maple Veneer

Oak Veneer

KEY

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT

5010A

Black

5010R

5010L

Back Feed Position
5018B, 5018C

5007C-1A
5007C-2AB/
5007C-2RT
5010A
5010L
5010R
5017B
5017C
5018B
5018C
CM2
Series II
TracJack

Device Bracket
Deep Device Bracket
Entrance End Feed
Left End Cap
Right End Cap
Internal Base Elbow
Internal Cover Elbow
External Base Elbow
External Cover Elbow
Communication Device
Communication Device
Communication Device

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

ACCESS 5000® SERIES RACEWAY

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

Inches

O.D.
[mm]

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS
TOP COMPARTMENT

0.111
0.130
0.164

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]

24
20
12

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

TOP
COMP.
40% FILL

BOTTOM
COMP.
40% FILL

27
22
15
7
5

19
16
11
5
4

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[8.9]
[10.4]

0.270

[6.9]

13

9

0.118 x 0.236 [3 x 6]
0.187
[4.8]
0.256
[6.5]

27
28
15

20
20
10

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

5000B

DESCRIPTION

RACEWAY BASE –
5000B Base has an integral divider
forming two channels for power and
low-voltage separation. Base supplied
5"
[127mm] in 8' [2.44m] lengths, packed 80' [24.4m]
per carton. (Base is not visible in a
typical finished installation.)
7/8"

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5006WH
5006BK
5006GY 5 13/32"

COVER CLIP –
For covering joint where two pieces of
Access 5000 Series Raceway Cover
come together.

[137mm]

[22mm]

5000CWH
5000CW
5000COA
5000CBK
5000CGY

RACEWAY COVER –
5000C Cover is available standard in
white, black, or gray PVC or maple and
oak veneer finishes. Covers supplied in
8' [2.44m] lengths.
5 1/4"
[133mm]

5000TWH
5000TW
5000TOA
5000TBK
5000TGY

QUARTER-ROUND TRIM –
Trim Cover available in white, black, or
gray PVC or maple and oak veneer
finishes. Trim covers supplied in
8' [2.44m] lengths.
3/4"
[19.1mm]
15/16"
[24mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

5006A
4 19/32"
[117mm]

23/32"
[18.3mm]

INTERNAL WIRE GUARD –
Use inside the base. Protects inside
wires and cables from gap behind
butted cover sections. Installed when
the 5006 Cover Clips are not used.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

5010AWH
5010ABK
5010AGY

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Used to connect Access 5000 to 1/2" or
3/4" trade size conduit. Has one 1/2" or
3/4" concentric KO for both channels in
end only.

3 9/16"
[90mm]

Overall Assembled Depth
is 1 15/16" [49mm].
5 1/16"
[129mm]

5001
2 13/16"
[71mm]

4 9/16"
[116mm]

BASE COUPLING –
Use for aligning base sections.

5010RWH
5010RBK
5010RGY
5 29/32"
[150mm]

RIGHT END CAP –
For closing right end of Access
5000 Series Raceway Base.
5/16"
[7.9mm]

1 3/16"
[30mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 111

ACCESS® 5000 SERIES RACEWAY

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5010LWH
5010LBK
5010LGY

LEFT END CAP –
For closing left end of Access
5000 Series Raceway Base.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5018WG

EXTERNAL ELBOW WIRE GUARD –
Installs at a mitered external elbow
joint behind the covers to protect sharp
objects from being inserted. Not needed
when the external cover elbow is used.

5 29/32"
[150mm]

4 3/16"
[106mm]

1 3/16"
[30mm]

5/16"
[7.9mm]

5017B 1 5/16"

INTERNAL ELBOW BASE –
For mounting base at 90°
internal corners.

[33mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

5007C-1AWH
5007C-1ABK
5007C-1AGY
9/16"
[14.3mm]

5 1/16"
[129mm]

5017CWH
5017CBK
5017CGY

INTERNAL ELBOW COVER –

2 21/32" For mounting cover and trim cover
[67mm]

at 90° internal corners.

5 5/16"
[135mm]

6 3/8"
[162mm]

5 3/16"
[132mm]

5007C-2ABWH
5007C-2ABBK
5007C-2ABGY
6 3/8"
[162mm]

1 5/8"
[41mm]

5017WG

INTERNAL ELBOW WIRE GUARD –
Protects wiring at mitered internal
cover; snaps into 5017B Base Elbow.
Not needed when 5017C Internal Cover
Elbow is used.

4 3/4"
[121mm]

5018B

DEVICE PLATE –
External device cover; for mounting
one standard device and up to two
communication connections.
For faceplate options, see 5507
Series™ Faceplates.
(For power side only.)

EXTERNAL BASE ELBOW –
1"
[25mm]
For mounting base at 90°
7/8"
external corners.
[22.2mm]

15/16"
[23.8mm]

5007C-2RTWH
5007C-2RTBK
5007C-2RTGY
6 3/8"
[162mm]

5 1/16"
[129mm]

5018-CWH
5018-CBK
5018-CGY

EXTERNAL COVER ELBOW –
For mounting cover and trim cover at
90° external corners.

11/16"
[17.5mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

112 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

DEEP DEVICE PLATE –
For mounting deeper devices
such as TVSS receptacles, GFCI
devices, and Pass & Seymour® Activate
inserts. Accepts 5507 Series™
Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack, and
5 3/16" Series II Inserts. Bezels included.
[132mm]
For faceplate options, see 5507
Series™ Faceplates.

15/16"
[23.8mm]

5007C
1 1/8"
[29mm]

5 1/4"
[133mm]

DEEP DEVICE PLATE –
For mounting deeper devices
such as TVSS receptacles, GFCI
devices, and Pass & Seymour® Activate
inserts. Accepts 5507 Series™ Faceplates,
2A size Activate inserts, and Open
5 3/16" System communication modules. Bezels
[132mm] included. For faceplate options, see
5507 Series™ Faceplates.

ELECTRICAL DEVICE BRACKET –
For mounting standard devices.
Snaps into top section of base
wherever an outlet is needed.

3 11/16"
[94mm]
2"
[51mm]

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

5005WH
5005BK
5005GY

DESCRIPTION

LOW-VOLTAGE BLANK PLATE –
Blanks entire low-voltage recess in
device plate. For use with
5007C-1AXX only.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

4 7/32"
[107mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

2700WC
2800WC
2900WC

WIRE CLIP –
Holds and secures wiring and cabling
inside raceway. Mounts with adhesive
backing. 2700WC is used for small
bundles. 2800WC is used for bigger
bundles. 2900WC is used for larger
bundles in the top section only.

1 1/2"
[38mm]
W

5004WH
5004W
5004OA
5004BK
5004GY

21/32"
[16.7mm]

BLANK/COAX ADAPTER –
For use as a blanks; has KO to accept
an “F” type coax connector. Snaps into
low-voltage slots on device plates. For
use with 5007C-1AXX only.

CAT. NO.
2700WC
2800WC
2900WC

W
3/4" [19.1mm]
1"
[25mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAYS INSTALLATION DETAILS
3. This illustration shows an
5000B Base
example of a back feed using
Corners must be 90 degrees to
Trim Trim Cover
a
nonmetallic
sheathed
5018C*
Cover
ensure proper installation. The
cable. Punch or drill up to
Fitting
5018B External Base Elbow
Base 5000T*
3/4" trade size hole in the top
Shoulder
5000B
and 5018C External Cover
compartment for feeding
Strain Relief
Elbow are installed as
Cover
power or communication
Fitting
shown. Butt the 5000B
5000C
Mounting
wiring. Make sure to allow
(Strip Sheathed
Base against the 5018B
Grooves
space between the bottom of
Cable Back to
Fitting Shoulder before External
Connector)
Snap-on
the 5000B Base if on a
mounting. The 5000T
Cover Elbow
Cover
subfloor to allow for the
5018C*
Trim Cover is installed
Spaced for
External Elbow
finished floor or carpeting.
first, then the 5000C is
Carpeting
Base 5018B
snapped in place, aligning both
NOTE: If baseboard 5000 is to be used without trim covers
with the 5018B fitting shoulder.
(5000T), cover (5000C) should be mitered.
The 5018C External Cover Elbow is installed by engaging the
right-hand side of the cover with the 5018B Base and sliding
until the left side top and bottom snap in. The 5018C External
4. The 5006 Cover Clip is
Cover Elbow is then snapped in place overlapping the 5000T
installed between two covers
Base
Trim Covers and interlocking under the 5018C External Cover.
to hide an uneven joint.
5000B
Left
Snap one cover onto the
End Cap
Base
Base, slide the 5006 Cover 5010L
Coupling
Slide
2. For Mitered Corners:
5001
External
Clip over the end of the
Cover into
Base Elbow
End Cap
The 5018WG External Elbow
other cover, butt up against
5018B
Wire Guard is installed as
the installed cover and snap
Mitered Trim
shown inside the
into place.
Cover 5000T
Base 5000B
Cover
Snap-on
5018B External Base
5000C
The 5006A Internal Wire
Cover
Elbow when the covers
Cover Internal Wire
Guard is used behind the
are mitered instead of
5000C Guard 5006A
covers as shown where two
using the 5018C External
pieces of cover butt together
Cover Clip
Cover Elbow. It is
instead of using the 5006
5006
Mitered
recommended that
Cover
Clip.
This
option
is
primarily
used
when
a
the covers be mitered Cover 5000C
wood veneer finish is used and the look of an exposed
External Elbow Wire Guard Mitered
first and fitted before
cover clip is not wanted.
cutting to proper length 5018WG (Slide Wire Guard Cover 5000C
into Cover/Base Assembly)
A
5010L or 5010R Left or Right End Cap is installed as shown
to minimize waste. For
at the end of a base run before mounting. The 5000T Trim
ease of installation, the covers should be installed starting
Cover and the 5000C Cover are installed by partially snapping
at the mitered corners. As with the corner fittings, install
them in place onto the 5000B Base, installing the 5000T first,
the 5000T Trim Cover first, then snap the 5000C Covers
and sliding them to the end of the end caps. The rest of the
in place.
cover is then snapped progressively onto the base.

1. For Corners Using Molded Fittings:

An optional 5001 Base Coupling can be installed as shown to
assist alignment when butting two 5000B Bases together.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 113

ACCESS 5000® SERIES RACEWAY

ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

ACCESS® 5000 SERIES RACEWAY

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
ACCESS 5000 SERIES RACEWAYS INSTALLATION DETAILS (continued)
8. The 5007C Device Bracket is installed
Base 5000B Device Bracket
5007C
as shown. Insert the bracket in the top
Internal Cover
Corners must be 90° to ensure
compartment,
place
the
blade
of
a
Elbow
5017C*
proper installation. The 5017B
Fitting
screwdriver on the left bottom tab of
Internal Elbow
Internal Base Elbow is installed Shoulder
Base 5017B
the bracket and strike with a hammer.
as shown, using a spacing Trim Cover
Repeat on the right side. 5007C Device
Trim Cover
shim to allow for the
5000T*
5000T
Brackets are mounted anywhere a
finished floor. The 5000B
Base
device is needed, in upper
Snap-on
Base butts up to the 5017B 5000B
Cover
compartment only.
Cover
Base Elbow at shoulder
5000C
before mounting. The
5000T Trim Cover is installed
Locking
Spacing
Tab
first, then the 5000C Cover is
9. The 5007C-1A Device Plate assembles by engaging the hooks on
Shim
Internal
snapped in place aligning both
back side of device plate to the bottom lip on the 5000B Base and
Elbow Cover
with the 5017B Base Elbow.
rotating toward wall. Secure to base using 5507D or 5507R
5017C*
The 5017C Internal Elbow
Faceplate. This illustration shows the procedure for installing the
Cover Trim is snapped in place,
5000T Trim Cover. For deep devices such as GFCI and surge
overlapping the 5000T Trim Cover pieces. The 5017C
receptacles, or the use of Wiremold Open System communication
Internal Elbow Cover is then snapped onto the 5017B
modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate Series inserts, the 5007CBase Elbow, overlapping the 5000C Cover pieces. The
2A should be used. For Ortronics® Series II or Ortronics® TracJack
locking tab on the 5017C Cover Elbow will snap into
inserts, the 5507C-2R7 should be used.
slots in the back of the 5017B Base Elbow.
Trim Cover,

5. For Corners Using Molded Fittings:

Rotate into
Position

6. For Mitered Corners:
Internal
The 5017WG Internal Elbow Wire
Fitting Elbow Base
Guard is snapped into
Shoulder
5017B
Mitered Trim
the 5017B Base Elbow Cover 5000T

Mitered
Trim Cover
5000T

when the covers are
mitered instead of using Base
the 5017C Cover Elbow. 5000B
Snap-on
It is recommended that
Mitered
Mitered
Cover
the covers be mitered
Cover
and fitted first before
Snap-on
5000C
cutting to proper length to
Internal Wire
Guard 5017WG
minimize waste. For ease of
installation the covers should
be installed starting at the mitered corners. As with the corner
fittings, install the 5000T Trim Covers first and then snap the
5000C Covers in place.
NOTE: If baseboard 5000 is to be used without trim covers (5000T),
cover (5000C) should be mitered and assembled as shown.

5507R

Device
Plate
Device Plate –
Hook to Lip
of Base

5507D
5007C-1A

10.Use 5007C-2AB/5007C-2RT
for deep devices such as
Ground Fault Circuit
Interrupters, Surge
Protection Outlets and/or
communication devices, and
may be utilized in the
Wiremold Access 5000
Raceway System using this
5007C-2AB/5007C-2RT
Deep Device Plate.

5000T
5007C-2AB

5007C

5507R

Spacer
5000C

7. The illustration shows a
Baseboard Cover 5000C
Twist off the two spacers
typical installation of a Trim Cover 5000T
attached to the 5007C Device Bracket. Snap the 5007C Device Bracket
duplex outlet in the top
Duplex
into the base channel provided. Assemble the device to the device
Faceplate
compartment and a
5507D
bracket, utilizing the spacers. Assemble the deep device plate to the
telephone and coax
2900WC
raceway base. Engage the hooks, located next to the double window
connection in the
opening, to the lower (large) lip of the raceway base. Rotate the device
lower compartment. 2800WC
Wire Clips
plate toward the wall snapping it into place. Assemble the desired
To install an
5507 Faceplate with Wiremold Open System communication modules,
Baseboard
outlet in the top
Blank
Base 5000B
Ortronics® TracJack and Series II inserts, or Pass & Seymour®
compartment, a
Plate
Device Plate
Activate Series inserts.
5005
5007C Device Bracket
5007C-1A
must be installed. The
Coax
Entrance End
11.The 5010A Entrance End
Adapter Telephone/
raceway will accommodate a device up to
Feed (Base)
Data
5004
Feed provides an end feed to
1 1/16" [27mm] in depth. A 5507R
5010A
Connections
Access 5000 Raceway with
Rectangular Faceplate can be used instead of the
Raceway
1/2" or 3/4" trade size
Base
5507D Faceplate to accommodate decorative type devices.
conduit. Install with side
The 2900WC, 2800WC, and 2700WC Wire Clips are used to hold wires
walls of the fitting base and
and cables within the raceway. Remove the adhesive and mount to the
raceway base aligned.
5000B Base. Suggested spacing between wire clips is 48" [14.6m].
Access 5000 Raceway
The 5000C Cover is to butt up against the tabs on the 5007C Device
installed at baseboard level
Brackets as shown.
should be spaced a
The 5007C-1A Device Plate accommodates up to two RJ11 or RJ45 voice
minimum of 1/8" [3.2mm]
or data connectors in the lower compartment. The 5004 Blank/Coax
above the floor level. This
Entrance End
Adapter is used as a blank when only one opening is needed or to adapt
will facilitate the
Raceway Cover
Feed (Cover)
an “F” type coax connector. This is done by knocking out the center of
assembly/disassembly
5010A
the adapter which accepts the “F” connector. The wires are then
of the end fitting cover.
connected to the 5007C-1A assembly. If no low-voltage connections are
needed, the 5005 Blank Plate is used to cover the openings. The
5007C-1A assembly is then mounted to the 5000B Base.

114 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

SERIES
RACEWAY

Two-piece, dual-channel, large raceway. Lightweight an easy-to-install.
Ideal for both power and communication installations.
CableSmart® 40N2 Series Raceway UL Code Reference ................ 115
CableSmart® 40N2 Series Raceway Color Options .......................... 115
CableSmart® 40N2 Series Raceway System Layout ........................ 115
CableSmart® 40N2 Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ...... 116
CableSmart® 40N2 Series Raceway Ordering Information ............ 116
CableSmart® 40N2 Raceways Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ....... 117
5507 Series™ Device Plates Ordering Information .......................... 129

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability
requirements of UL-5A.
Fittings:
File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.

CableSmart 40N2 Series Raceway is extremely
tamper-resistant and ideal for applications
where additional security is required.

Cablesmart® 40N2 Series Raceway Part Numbers with a “-V”
suffix are available in an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a “-WH”
suffix have a white finish. 40N2 Series Raceway is paintable using
latex paint or stain.
Custom color options are also available. Consult
the factory for more information.

White

Ivory

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT
NOTE: Illustration is for
showing product
applications only.
40N2F05

40N2F20

40N2C08

40N2B08

40N2F17

40N2F21
40N2F19

40N2F74
40N2F15
40N2F31
40N2F06

40N2F11
PSB1

40N2F31

KEY
40N2B08
40N2C08
40N2F05
40N2F06
40N2 F11

Raceway Base
Raceway Cover
Base Clip
Cover Clip
Bend Radius Flat Elbow

40N2F15
40N2 F17
40N2F19
40N2 F20
40N2F21

Bend Radius Tee
Bend Radius Internal Elbow
Bend Radius External Elbow
Blank End Fitting
Divided Entrance End Fitting

40N2F31
40N2F74
PSB1

Twin Cover Device Bracket
Divided Transition Fitting
One-Gang Device Box

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 115

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES™ RACEWAY

CABLESMART 40N2
®

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES™ RACEWAY

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
40N2 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

O.D.
Inches

[mm]

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

NUMBER OF
COMPARTMENTS
COMP A
COMP B

20
18
17
15
5

MAX. NUMBER OF
CONDUCTORS BOTH
COMPARTMENTS

20
18
17
15
5

28
36
24
20
10

Section A
3.22 in.2
[2080mm2]

Section B
1.71 in.2
[1100mm2]

4.0"
[102mm]

40N2 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a**
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

Section
C
40% FILL*

Section
D
40% FILL*

45
37
26
13
9

24
19
13
6
5

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

0.270

[6.9]

22

11

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

103
46
25

55
24
13

2.0"
[51mm]

Section C
3.22 in.2
[2080mm2]

Section D
1.71 in.2
[1100mm2]

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* 40% fill is the maximum designed cable fill based on TIA/EIA 569-A.
** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

40N2B08V
40N2B08WH

DESCRIPTION

2"
[51mm]
4"
[102mm]

TWO-COMPARTMENT RACEWAY BASE –
Two equal compartments. Use with
40N2 Cover only. Available in
8' [2.4m] lengths with pre-punched
mounting holes, packed 48' [14.6m]
per carton.

DESCRIPTION

40N2F05V
40N2F05WH

BASE CLIP –
Covers seams between sections of
40N2B08 Raceway Base.

5/8"
[15.9mm]

8'
[2.45m]

40N2C08V
40N2C08WH

PART NO.

FULL WIDTH RACEWAY COVER –
Use with 40N2B08 Base.
Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths, packed
1/2"
[12.7mm] 48' [14.6m] per carton.

40N2F06V
40N2F06WH

COVER CLIP –
Covers seams between sections of
40N2C08 Raceway Cover.

2 3/16"
[56mm]
8'
[2.45m]

40N2FWC

5/8"
[15.9mm]

WIRE CLIP –
Used to retain cables in raceway
during installation.
2 5/8"

40N2F11V
40N2F11WH

[67mm]
6 5/8"
[168mm]
(Each leg)

116 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY
FLAT ELBOW –
A 90° flat corner with integral dividers
to provide 2" [51mm] cable bend radius
for UTP and fiber optic installations.
Ideal for lay-in or pullthrough installations.

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

40N2F15V
40N2F15WH

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY TEE –
For branches at right angles. A full
capacity tee fitting that provides
separation of services and 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for UTP and
fiber optic installations.

8 9/16"
[217mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

40N2F21V
40N2F21WH

DIVIDED ENTRANCE END FITTING –
FiberReady divided fitting to feed 40N2
Series Raceway. Includes 3/4", 1",
1 1/4", and 1 1/2" trade size KOs on
back and top.

6"
[152mm]

7 5/16"
[186mm]

12 15/16"
[329mm]

40N2F17V
40N2F17WH

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY
INTERNAL ELBOW –
A 90° internal corner with integral
dividers to provide 2" [51mm] cable
bend radius for UTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for lay-in or
pull-through installations.

40N2F31V
40N2F31WH
2 3/16"
[56mm]

5 1/4"
[133mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]
(Each leg)

40N2F19V
40N2F19WH

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY
EXTERNAL ELBOW –
A 90° external corner with integral
dividers to provide 2" [51mm] cable
bend radius for UTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for lay-in or
pull-through installations.

NOTE:CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® inserts. S2-EPL
End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II inserts.
To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

40N2F55
6 3/8"
[162mm]

2 11/16"
[68mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]
(Each leg)

40N2F20V
40N2F20WH

11/16"
[17.5mm]

TWIN COVER DEVICE BRACKET –
Used for power or communications
devices in a single compartment.
Accepts 5507 Series™ Faceplates. For
use with Ortronics® TracJack Individual
Jack System, Ortronics® Series II
Front-Loading, Module System,
and Wiremold Open System
Communication Modules.

HIGH CAPACITY DEVICE BOX –
Required for mounting power or
datacom devices into a divided
raceway application. One used per
1 3/16" device location.
[30mm]

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off raceway end runs. Can be
used to feed raceway using 1/2" or 3/4"
trade size conduit. Holes for conduit
must be drilled. Use a step drill or
other means.

40N2F74V
40N2F74WH

2 15/16"
[74mm]

DIVIDED TRANSITION FITTING –
Makes transition from 40N2 Series
Raceway to PN03, PN05, and PN10
Series Raceways.
6 1/8"
[156mm]

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS
FROM

CONNECTION REQUIRED
TO

USE CATALOG
NUMBER

1/2" or 3/4 trade size Conduit

40N2 Series Raceway

40N2F20

3/4", 1", 1 1/4" & 1 1/2" trade size
conduit or armored cable

40N2 Series Raceway

40N2F21

40N2 Series Raceway

PN03, PN05, PN10
Series Raceways

40N2F74

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 117

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES™ RACEWAY

CABLESMART 40N2 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5400

SERIES™
RACEWAY

Large capacity, multiple channel raceway. Lightweight and
easy-to-cut. Ideal for power or communication installations that
require multiple services.
5400 Series™ Raceway UL Code Reference ...................................... 118
5400 Series™ Raceway Color Options ................................................ 118
5400 Series™ Raceway System Layout ............................................ 118
5400 Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ............................ 119
5400 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .................................. 119
MXN Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .................................. 121
MXN Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ............................ 121
5400 Series™ Raceway Installation Instructions .............................. 122
5400 Series™ Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ...................123
5400 Series Raceway provides large capacity
in a low profile design.

5400 Series Raceway now compatible with
A/V devices by using 5507 Series Faceplates.
5400 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability
requirements of UL-5A.

5400 Series™ Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix have a
white finish. Part Numbers without a suffix are only available in an
ivory finish. 5400 Series Raceway is paintable using latex paint
or stain.

Fittings:
File E90377 Guide RJYT.

Custom color options are also available. Consult
the factory for more information.

Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.

White

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

5400 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT
5450T

5400TB

5417FO

5410DFO

5406T

5400TWC

5450A3
5400TC
5474

5418

5415

5411FO

5400C

5418FO

5410

Communication
Device
5406A
5450

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
5400C
5400TWC
5400TB
5400TC
5406A
5406T

Raceway Cover
Twin Cover Wire Clip
Two Compartment Base
Twin Snap Cover
Cover Clip
Twin Cover Seam Clip

118 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

5410
5410DFO
5411FO
5415
5417FO
5418

Entrance End Fitting
Entrance End Feed
Flat Elbow
Tee
Radiused Internal Elbow
Standard External Elbow

5418FO
5450
5450A3
5450T
5474

Radiused External Elbow
In-Line Device Bracket
Multiple Device Bracket
Twin Snap Device Bracket
Transition Fitting

Ivory

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Power Wiring
Without Devices

Power Wiring
With Devices

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

Inches

[mm]

NUMBER OF
CONDUCTORS
EACH COMPARTMENT

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

50
34
60
21
19

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

50
34
60
21
19

O.D.

3.72 sq. in.
[2400mm2]

3.72 sq. in.
[2400mm2]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

5 1/4"
[133mm]

* Total raceway capacity not to exceed capacity specified in Compartment.

5400 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
Section
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a**
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

EACH COMPARTMENT
40% FILL*

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[8.9]
[10.4]

52
42
30
15
11

0.270

[6.9]

26

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

53
54
28

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Wire capacity is reduced to allow for proper conductor bend radius and
maximum permissible heat rise.
** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

5400 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

5400TB
5400TB-WH

5400C
5400C-WH

DESCRIPTION

TWO-COMPARTMENT RACEWAY BASE –
Two equal compartments – Base
1 11/16"
accepts single or Twin Snap Cover.
[43mm]
5400 Series raceway is available in 8'
[2.4m] lengths with pre-punched
mounting holes, packed 48' [14.6m]
5 1/4"
[133mm] per carton.

FULL-WIDTH RACEWAY COVER –
Use with 5400 Series Raceway.
Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths, packed
48' [14.6m] per carton.
5"
[127mm]

5400TC
5400TC-WH

TWIN SNAP RACEWAY COVER –
Use with 5400 Series Raceway in
Twin Snap applications. Order cover
for each compartment. Available in
8' [2.4m] lengths.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5400TWC

2"
[51mm]

TWIN SNAP COVER WIRE CLIP –
Retains wires in raceway.

2 5/8"
[67mm]

5406A
5406A-WH

COVER CLIP –
For covering joint where two pieces of
5400C Raceway Cover come together.

5 3/32"
[129mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

5406T
5406T-WH

TWIN COVER CLIP –
For covering joint where two pieces
of 5400TC Cover come together.

2 5/8"
[67mm]
1"
[25mm]

2 9/16"
[116mm]
Each

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 119

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

Total Raceway Capacity:
7.44 sq. in. [4800mm2]

5400 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
5400 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5406TB
5406TB-WH

BASE SEAM CLIP –
7/8"
[22mm] For covering joint where two pieces of
5400TB Base come together. One clip
per package.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5415FO
5415FO-WH

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY TEE –
A full capacity tee fitting for branching
14 1/4"
raceway at right angles. Provides
[362mm]
separation of services and 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for UTP and fiber
optic installations.
9 7/8"

1 3/4"
[44mm]

5408L
5408L-WH

[251mm]

TRANSITION FITTING –
For transitioning from MXN2A08
Corner Drop to a horizontal
run of 5400TB Series Raceway
to the left.

10"
[254mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

5408R
5408R-WH

TRANSITION FITTING –
For transitioning from MXN2A08
Corner Drop to a horizontal
run of 5400TB Series Raceway
to the right.

10"
[254mm]

9 1/8"
[232mm]

13"
[330mm]

5417FO
5417FO-WH

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY

4"
INTERNAL ELBOW –
[102mm]

For right angle turns around
internal corners. Integral dividers
provide 2" [51mm] cable bend radius for
UTP and fiber optic installations. Ideal
for lay-in or pull-through installations.

4 1/2"
[114mm]
(Each leg)

5418

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
external corners.

3 1/2"
[89mm]
(Each leg)

5 9/32"
[134mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

1 13/16"
[46mm]

5410
5410-WH

1 7/8"
[48mm]

1 25/32"
[45mm]

BLANK END FITTING –
For closing open end of 5400 Series
Raceway. Has four 1/2" trade size KOs
for end feed.

5 15/32"
[139mm]

5410DFO
5410DFO-WH
3 1/2"
[89mm]
7 1/8"
[181mm]

5418FO
5418FO-WH 4"
[102mm]

6 7/8"
[175mm]
(Each leg)

RADIUSED DIVIDED
ENTRANCE END CAP –
FiberReady divided fitting to feed
5400 Series Raceway. Includes 1",
1 1/4", 1 1/2", and 2" trade size KOs
on back and top.

5450
5450-WH

DEVICE BRACKET –
For mounting power and
communication devices in-line with
5400 Series Raceway. Utilizes 5507
Series™Faceplates, as well as Wiremold
Open System communication modules,
Ortronics® TracJack and Series II inserts,
and Pass & Seymour® Activate Series
inserts. For faceplate options, see 5507
Series™ Faceplates.

5 5/32"
[131mm]

7 1/2"
[191mm]

5411FO
5411FO-WH

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY
FLAT ELBOW –
For right angle turns on the same
surface. Integral dividers provide
7 3/16"
[183mm] 2" [51mm] cable bend radius for UTP
and fiber optic installations. Ideal for
lay-in or pull-through installations.
7 25/32"
[198mm]
(Each leg)

5415
5415-WH

6 9/16"
[167mm]

120 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

TEE –
For branching raceway at right angles.

4 27/32"
[123mm]

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY
EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around external
corners. Integral dividers provide 2"
[51mm] cable bend radius for UTP and
fiber optic installations. Use the 5418FO
for a radiused alternative to 5418.

6"
[152mm]
7/16"
[11.1mm]

Note: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts. S2-EPL
End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II inserts. To
mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

5400 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

5450T
5450T-WH
2 1/2"
[64mm]

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

TWIN SNAP DEVICE BRACKET –
4 5/8" For power or communication devices in
[117mm] a single compartment. For use with
5507 Series™ Faceplates, Ortronics®
TracJack & Series II Modules, Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series Inserts, and
Wiremold Open System
Communication Modules,

4 7/8"
[124mm]
Note: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate inserts.
S2-EPL End Plates are required when using Ortronics® Series II inserts.
To mount TracJack inserts, use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

5450A3
5450A3-WH

TRANSITION FITTING –
Makes transition from 5400 Series
Raceway to the 400/800/2300, or
PN03, PN05, and PN10 Series
Latching Raceways.

7 9/16"
[192mm]

3 3/16"
[81mm]

MXN2A08
MXN2A08-WH

CORNER DROP RACEWAY
BASE & COVER –
Used as a vertical corner feed drop
to horizontal runs of 5400 Series
Raceway. Two compartments.
Packaged with base and cover.
MXN2A08 available in 8' [2.44m] lengths.

2"
[51mm]

THREE DEVICE MOUNTING BRACKET –

7 5/16" For mounting up to three power or
[185mm] communication devices at one location

inline and offset from 5400 Series
Raceway. For use with 5507 Series™
Faceplates, Ortronics® TracJack &
Series II Modules, Pass & Seymour®
Activate Series Inserts, and Wiremold
Open System Communication Modules.

7 19/32"
[193mm]
7 1/2"
[191mm]

Note: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules. S2-EPL End Plates are required when
using Ortronics® Series II inserts. To mount TracJack inserts, use
5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.

5450-ORAP

DESCRIPTION

5474
5474-WH

3 5/16"
[84mm]

MXN2F21
MXN2F21-WH

6 1/8"
[156mm]

WIRELESS BRACKET –
Used to mount Ortronics® Wi-Jack™
Wireless Access Points to 5400
5 1/2"
[140mm] Series Raceway.

4 1/2"
[114mm]

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
For feeding corner drop raceway from
large conduits. Has concentric 3/4", 1",
and 1 1/2" trade size KOs.

3 5/8"
[92mm]

MXN2FWC

WIRE CLIP –
Retains wires in MXN2A08
Corner Drop Raceway.

6 1/2"
[165mm]

MXN SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
Section
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

EA. COMPARTMENT
40% FILL

19
16
11
5
4

0.270

[6.9]

9

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

20
20
10

MXN SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
O.D.
THHN/THWN Inches
[mm]

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]

NO. OF CONDUCTORS
EACH COMPARTMENT

50
34
60
21

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 121

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
5400 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS
1. Mount raceway base to wall by
using appropriate screws. Use
two screws every 18" [457mm]
using the ribs on the outermost
compartments of the raceway
as guides.

6. Snap 5450T Bracket to raceway
base, engage sidewall first then
divider side. Install Wiremold
Open System communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack or
Series II inserts, or Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series
inserts, or 5507 Faceplates.
Snap raceway cover to base and
finish with 5450T Trim Plate
(engaging raceway sidewall first 5450T
then divider side).

5400TB

18"
[457mm]

2. Place the 5400TWC Wire Clips
in base as shown to contain the
wires in place while installing.

5400TWC
5450T

3. Slide the 5406A and 5406T Seam
Covers on the uninstalled
section of raceway cover as
shown; snap cover to the base
overlapping the seam cover
over the installed section.
5406TB Base Seam Clip used
for base seams.

5406TB

5400C

7. End cap may be used as a blank
to cap off the raceway at the
end-of-run, or to feed wires
from a 1/2" trade size pipe;
punch out the proper KO. Mount
endcap to raceway base using
appropriate screws.

5410

5406A

5406T

4. Sequence for installing devices:
1. Snap bracket in raceway base.
2. Fasten devices to bracket.
Communication devices snap
onto bracket.
3. Snap raceway covers to base,
butting against bracket.
4. Assemble trim ring.
5. Insert CM-EPLA or
S2-EPL, if required.
6. Install Wiremold
Open System
communication modules,
Ortronics® TracJack or
Series II inserts, or Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series
inserts required.
7. Or install 5507 Faceplates,
if required.

5450

NOTE: Use blank plates to
cover any unused slots
in bracket.

5. Install bracket to raceway base first,
mount to the wall with screws, and
mount device. After installing
raceway cover, snap box cover to
bracket and assemble
faceplates. Install Wiremold
Open System Communication
Modules, Ortronics® TracJack
or Series II inserts, or Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series Inserts, or
5507 Faceplates. Use 5407A3 with
5400TB to install three devices at
one location.

122 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

5400TC

8. Feeding raceway from conduit.
1. Line up base of the fitting with
the raceway base using the
tongues as guides.
2. Fasten the base of the fitting
to the wall using screws.
3. Remove the proper KO.
4. Attach conduit using
proper fitting.
5. Feed the necessary cables.
6. Slide the dividers (two
provided) into the mounting
guides if needed.
7. Snap the raceway cover on
the base.
NOTE: The 5400TB Base can be
rotated 90° to allow feed
8. Snap fitting cover onto the
from back instead of side.
base using guiding keyslots
in base.
9. Mount flat elbow as shown;
assemble raceway covers first,
then elbow cover.

5411FO
5450A3

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

5400 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS (continued)
12. Punch out appropriate hole in
fitting base and snap to the
raceway base; screw down to the
wall. Remove proper twistout
from the insert by first scoring
with a knife. Slide the insert onto
fitting cover. Assemble raceway
covers to base and then snap
fitting cover, overlapping
raceway covers.

10. Punch out appropriate hole in
the tee fitting base and snap to
raceway base; screw down to
wall. Assemble raceway covers
to base and then snap tee cover,
overlapping raceway covers.

5415

11. Install one corner base
first, then measure to
other corner (measure
from edges of fittings).
Mount raceway base
and cover; assemble
fitting cover last.
5417FO

5474

5418 or 5418FO

5400 SERIES RACEWAY INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS
CONNECTION REQUIRED
FROM

TO

5400 Series Raceway

400, 800, 2300 Series Raceways

5400 Series Raceway

PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceways

5400 Series Raceway

MXN2A08

1/2" Trade size Conduit
or Armored Cable

Side of 5400 Series Raceway

3/4", 1", 1 1/2" & 2" Trade size
Conduit or Armored Cable

Back or Side of 5400TB

USE CATALOG
NUMBER

5474
5474
5408L/5408R
5410 or 5410DFO
5410DFO

Why Wiremold…
Northside Independent School
District in San Antonio, Texas, is
keeping ahead of the technology
curve with Wiremold wire and
cable management systems. 5400
Series nonmetallic, dual-channel
raceway is installed in all
classrooms for teacher and
student computers.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 123

5500 SERIES™ RACEWAY

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5500

SERIES™
RACEWAY

Large capacity, multiple channel raceway. Lightweight and easy to cut.
Ideal for power or communication installations where flexibility for
future moves and changes is important.
5500 Series™ Raceway UL Code Reference ...................................... 124
5500 Series™ Raceway Color Options ................................................ 124
5500 Series™ Raceway System Layout ............................................ 124
5500 Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ............................ 125
5500 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .................................. 125
5500 Series™ Raceway Interconnectivity Fittings Chart ...................127
5500 Series™ Raceway Installation Instructions .............................. 127

5500 Series Raceway is available with three
compartments for running low voltage and power
in the same raceway.

5500 Series Raceway now compatible with
A/V devices by using 5507 Series Faceplates.
5500 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability
requirements of UL-5A.
Fittings:
File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.

5500 Series™ Raceway Part Numbers with a “-WH” suffix have a
white finish. Part Numbers without a suffix are only available in an
ivory finish. 5500 Series Raceway is paintable using latex paint.
Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.

White

Ivory

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

5500 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT
NOTE: Illustration is for showing
product applications only.
5510
Communication
Devices
5517FO

5510
5515

5506

5514A
5550

5550A4
5574 or
5574A
5507WCA

5518
5518FO

5511FO

KEY
5510
5510D
5506
5550
5518
5514A

End Cap/Entrance End Fitting
Entrance End Fitting
Cover Clip
In-Line Device Bracket
External Elbow
Back Connector Feed

124 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

5517FO
5515
5550A4
5574 or
5574A

Radiused Full Capacity Internal Elbow
Tee Fitting/Take-Off Connector
Multiple Device Bracket
Inline Transition Fitting

5500WCA Wire Clip
5511FO
Radiused Full Capacity Flat Elbow
5518FO Radiused Full Capacity External Elbow

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5500 SERIES™ RACEWAY

5500 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

Inches

[mm]

Power Wiring
Without Devices

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

Power Wiring
With Devices

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

COMP A

NUMBER OF
CONDUCTORS
COMP B

COMP C

64
60
90
65
45

41
25
46
18
15

50
44
70
40
34

64
60
90
65
45

35
25
16
8
5

50
44
70
36
25

O.D.

A
6 11/16"
[170mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a**
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[8.9]
[10.4]

5.29 Sq. In
[3413mm2]
C
6 11/16"
[170mm]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

40% FILL*
B

C

114
94
66
33
24

37
30
21
10
8

71
58
41
20
15

A

2.64
Sq. In
[1703mm2]
B

5500 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONSSection
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

8.14 Sq. In.
[5252mm2]

1 3/4"
[44mm]

0.270

[6.9]

56

18

35

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

117
118
63

37
38
20

72
73
39

2.64
2.64
2.64
sq.in
sq.in
sq.in
[1703mm2] [1703mm2] [1703mm2]
B

B
6 11/16"
[170mm]

B

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Wire capacity is reduced to allow for proper conductor bend radius and
maximum permissible heat rise.
** Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

5500 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5500BD3
5500BD3-WH
1 11/16"
[43mm]

DIVIDED RACEWAY BASE –
Three equal compartments – use for
separate services in one raceway.
Breakaway dividers enable
compartment configurations.
Available in 8' [2.4m] lengths. Packed
48' [14.6m] per carton.

PART NO.

6 1/2"
[165mm]

6 11/16"
[170mm]

5500C
5500C-WH

RACEWAY COVER –
Use with 5500BD3. Available
in 8' [2.4m] lengths. Packed
48' [14.6m] per carton.
6 3/8"
[162mm]

5500WCA

DESCRIPTION

5506
5506-WH

COVER CLIP –
For covering seam where two pieces of
5500C Cover come together.

3/4"
[19.1mm]

5506B
5506B-WH

BASE SEAM CLIP –
For covering seam where two pieces of

7/8"
[22.2mm] 5500BD3 Base come together.

1 3/4"
[44mm]

WIRE CLIP –

2"
[51mm] Retains wires in raceway.

6 1/16"
[154mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 125

5500™ SERIES RACEWAY

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
5500 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5510
13/16"
5510-WH 1[46mm]

BLANK END FITTING –
For closing open end of 5500BD3
Raceway. Three 1/2" trade size KOs for
end feed.

6 7/8"
[175mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5518FO
5518FO-WH

4"
BEND RADIUS FULL CAPACITY
[102mm]

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
90° external corner with integral
dividers that provide a 2" [51mm]
cable bend radius for UTP and fiber
optic installations. Use the 5518FO for
a radiused alternative to the 5518.

6 7/8"
[175mm]

3/8"
[9.5mm]

5510D
5510D-WH

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
For feeding raceway from larger
5 13/16" conduits. Has concentric 3/4", 1", 1 1/2",
[148mm]
and 2" trade size KOs on end and back.
6 7/8" Two removable dividers are included.

3 1/4"
[83mm]

[175mm]

5511FO
5511FO-WH

9 3/16"
[233mm] 8 9/16"
Each Leg [217mm]

5514A
5514A-WH

BACKFEED CONNECTOR –
Use when a backfeed is needed. Has
three rectangular KOs for use with
existing wall box and three 1/2", 3/4",
and 1" trade size KOs.

8"
[203mm]

6 11/16"
[170mm]

5515
5515-WH

5574
5574-WH

TEE/TAKE-OFF CONNECTOR –

3 1/16"
[78mm] For branching raceway at right angles.

9 1/8"
[232mm]

9"
[229mm]
3 3/16"
[81mm]

5550
5550-WH

DEVICE INLINE BRACKET –
For mounting up to three power and

5"
communication devices with the
[127mm]

2 7/8" x 1 3/4"
[73mm x 44mm]
cutout

5500 Series Raceway. Utilizes 5507
Series™ Faceplates, Wiremold Open
System communication modules,
Ortronics® TracJack and Series II inserts,
and Pass & Seymour® Activate Series
inserts. For faceplate options, see 5507
Series™ Faceplates.

6 5/8"
[168mm]

6"
[152mm]

7/16"
[11.1mm]

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate
inserts. S2-EPL End Plates are required when using
Ortronics® Series II inserts. To mount TracJack inserts,
use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.
5550A4
5550A4-WH

8 3/16"
[208mm]

2 1/2"
[64mm]

5517FO
5517FO-WH

BEND RADIUS FULL CAPACITY
INTERNAL ELBOW –
90° internal corner with integral
dividers that provides a 2" [51mm] cable
bend radius for UTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for lay-in or pullthrough installations.

4"
[102mm]
Each Leg
4 1/2"
[114mm]

1 13/16"
[46mm]

TRANSITION FITTING –
Makes transition from 5500 Series
Raceway to the 400, 800, 2300, PN03,
PN05 and PN10 Latching
Series Raceways.

2 3/8"
[60mm]

RADIUSED FULL CAPACITY
FLAT ELBOW –
90° flat corner with integral dividers
that provides a 2" [51mm] cable bend
radius for UTP and fiber optic
installations. Ideal for lay-in or pullthrough installations.

6 7/8"
[175mm]

3 1/2"
[89mm]
Each Leg

6 7/8"
[175mm]

5518
5518-WH
1 1/4"
[32mm]

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
external corners.

9 5/8"
[244mm]

NOTE: CM-EPLA End Plates are required when using Wiremold
communication modules and Pass & Seymour® Activate
inserts. S2-EPL End Plates are required when using
Ortronics® Series II inserts. To mount TracJack inserts,
use 5507-4TJ or 5507-6TJ Faceplates.
5574A
5574A-WH
9 1/8"
[231mm]

6 7/8"
[175mm]
3 1/2"
[89mm]
Each Leg

126 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

7 1/2"
[191mm]

OFFSET MOUNTING DEVICE BRACKET –
For mounting up to four power and
7 5/16" communication devices at one location.
[186mm]
Utilizes 5507 Series™ Faceplates,
Wiremold Open System communication
modules, Ortronics® TracJack and
Series II inserts, and Pass & Seymour®
Activate Series inserts. For faceplate
options, see 5507 Series™ Faceplates.

6 9/16"
[167mm]

TRANSITION FITTING –
Makes transition from 5500 Series
Raceway to 5400 Series Raceway.

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

ARA-S2

PART NO.

ANGLED RACEWAY ADAPTER –
Provides angled exit in multi-channel
raceway systems. Snaps into standard
4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and
WallSource Device Brackets. Angled
exit provides additional mounting
depth required for A/V connections as
well as ensuring the required bend
radius for UTP and fiber optic cabling.
Holds two Ortronics® Series II
modules.Fits 5507 Series
Faceplate opening.

CM-ARA

DESCRIPTION

ANGLED RACEWAY ADAPTER –
2"
Provides angled exit in multi-channel
[51mm]
raceway systems. Snaps into standard
4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and
WallSource Device Brackets. No CMEPLA End Plates required. Accepts two
CM2 Series Wiremold Open System
4 5/16"
[110mm] communication modules or Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series inserts.

5500 SERIES RACEWAY INTERCONNECTIVITY FITTINGS
CONNECTION REQUIRED
FROM

USE CATALOG
NUMBER

TO

5500BD3 Series Raceway

400BAC, 800BAC, 2300BAC

5500BD3 Series Raceway

PN03, PN05, PN10 Series Raceway

5574

5500BD3 Series Raceway

5400TB Series Raceway

Existing Outlet

5500BD3 Series Raceway

1/2", 3/4", & 1" Trade Size
Conduit or Armored Cable

Back of 5500BD3 Series Raceway

5514A or 5510D

1/2" Trade Size
Conduit or Armored Cable

Side of 5500BD3 Series Raceway

5510 or 5510D

3/4", 1", 1 1/2" & 2" Trade Size
Conduit or Armored Cable

Back or Side of 5500BD3
Series Raceway

5574
5574A
5514A

5510D

5500 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS
1. Integral dividers of the 5500BD3
may be removed by tearing off at
the score mark. Mount raceway
base to wall by using appropriate
screws. Use two screws every 18"
[457mm], using the ribs on the
outermost compartments of the
raceway as guides.

5500BD3

5500C

2. Place the 5500WCA Wire Clips
in base as shown to contain the
wires in place while installing.

5500WCA

3. Slide the 5506 Cover Clip on the
uninstalled section of raceway
cover as shown; snap cover to
the base overlapping the seam
cover over the installed section.

4. Sequence for installing devices:
1. Snap bracket in raceway base.
2. Fasten devices to bracket.
Communication devices snap onto
bracket (see Communication
Connectivity Section).
3. Snap raceway covers to base,
butting against bracket.
5550
4. Assemble trim ring.
NOTE:
Use
blank
plates
to
5. Insert CM-EPLA or S2-EPL,
cover any unused slots
if required.
in bracket.
6. Install Wiremold Open System
communication modules,
Ortronics® TracJack or Series II
inserts, or Pass & Seymour®
Activate Series inserts required.
7. Or install 5507 faceplates,
if required.

5. Install bracket to raceway base
first, mount to the wall with
screws, and mount device. After
installing raceway cover, snap
box cover to bracket and
assemble device plate.
5506
5550A4

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 127

5500 SERIES™ RACEWAY

5500 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

5500™ SERIES RACEWAY

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
5500 SERIES RACEWAY INSTALLATION DETAILS (continued)
6. End cap may be used as a blank
to cap off the raceway at the
end-of-run, or to feed wires
from a 1/2" trade size pipe
(punch out the proper KO).
Mount endcap to raceway base
using appropriate screws. Slide Screw
raceway cover under the upper Locations
lip of the end cap as shown,
before snapping to base.
7. Feed raceway from larger conduit.
1. Line up base of the fitting with
the raceway base using the
tongues as guides.
2. Fasten the base of the fitting to
the wall using screws.
3. Remove the proper KO.
4. Attach conduit using proper fitting.
5. Feed the necessary cables.
6. Slide the dividers (two provided)
into the mounting guides if needed.
7. Snap the raceway cover on
the base.
8. Snap fitting cover onto the base
using guiding keyslots in base.

10. Punch out appropriate hole in the
tee fitting base, and snap to
raceway base; screw down to wall.
Assemble raceway covers to base
and then snap to tee cover
overlapping raceway covers.

5510
5515

11. Install one corner base first,
then measure to other
corner (measure from
edges of fittings). Mount
raceway base, and cover;
assemble fitting cover last.
5510D

12. Punch out appropriate hole in
fitting base and snap to the
raceway base; screw down to
the wall. Remove proper
twistout from the insert by first
scoring with a knife and then
twisting. Slide the insert onto
fitting cover. Assemble raceway
covers to base and then snap
fitting cover, overlapping
raceway covers.

8. Mount flat elbow as shown;
assemble raceway covers first,
then elbow cover.

5511FO

9. Use this fitting to back feed
from existing wall box, or to
feed from 1/2", 3/4" and 1"
trade size conduit: score KO
with knife, then punch out.

5514A

Why Wiremold…
When 23 older schools in Syracuse, N.Y.
were renovated, the upgrade included
power and data. Dual-channel
nonmetallic raceway was selected for
use throughout the project. The
perimeter raceway offers high fill
capacity, 2" cable bend radius fittings,
and robust tamper resistance. According
to the contractor, nonmetallic raceway
is easy to cut, handle, and install.

128 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

5518 or
5518FO

5517FO

5574

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS

5507 SERIES™ FACEPLATES

5507

SERIES™
FACEPLATES

5507 Series™ Faceplates accept a wide assortment of power, A/V and
datacom devices from leading manufacturers. Faceplates can be
used in nonmetallic device brackets for 2300BACD, 400BAC, 5000,
5400TB, 5500BD3, 40N2 Series Raceways, 4050 Device Bracket for
Steel Raceways, and WallSource™ Boxes.
All 5507 Series™ Faceplates have a standard measurement
of 4 1/4" x 1 7/8" [108mm x 34mm].
5507 Series™ Faceplates UL Code Reference .................................. 129
5507 Series™ Faceplates Color Options ............................................ 129
5507 Series™ Faceplates Ordering Information .............................. 129

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E90378 Guide RJTX.
Complies with flammability
requirements of UL-5A.
Fittings:
File E90377 Guide RJYT.
Meets Article 388 of NEC.
UL Listed for up to 600V.

5507FRJ. 5507 Series™ Faceplates accept a wide
assortment of power and datacom devices from
leading manufacturers.

5507 SERIES FACEPLATES COLOR OPTIONS
5507 Series™ faceplate Part Numbers without a suffix
are available in an ivory finish. Part Numbers with a
“-WH” suffix have a white finish. Part Numbers. Part
numbers with a “-G” suffix have a gray finish. Part
Numbers with a “-BK” suffix have a black finish. Part
Numbers with a “-FW” suffix have a fog white finish.

Ivory

white

Gray

Black

Fog White

Light Gray

Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

5507 SERIES FACEPLATES ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5507AD
5507AD-WH
5507AD-G
5507AD-FW

MODULAR FURNITURE ADAPTER –
For mounting Activate and other
modular furniture bezels and other
modular furniture adapters. Not for
use with rectangular (decorator)
style devices.

5507B
5507B-WH
5507B-G
5507B-FW

5507D
5507D-WH
5507D-G
5507D-BK
5507D-FW

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5507FRJ
5507FRJ-WH
5507FRJ-G
5507FRJ-FW

FLUSH DUAL RJ
CONNECTOR FACEPLATE –
For mounting one or two keystone
device modules, recessed to provide a
flush installation. Has one opening
and one KO.

BLANK FACEPLATE –
For covering unused compartments in
the device bracket.

5507R
5507R-WH
5507R-G
5507R-FW

RECTANGULAR RECEPTACLE
FACEPLATE –
For covering rectangular decorator
style devices.

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FACEPLATE –
For covering duplex style devices.
Accepts 106 Frame.

5507RJ
5507RJ-WH
5507RJ-G
5507RJ-FW

DUAL RJ11/RJ45 CONNECTOR
FACEPLATE –
For mounting one or two keystone
device modules. Has one opening and
one KO.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 129

5507 SERIES™ FACEPLATES

LARGE CAPACITY MULTIPLE CHANNEL RACEWAY SYSTEMS
5507 SERIES FACEPLATES ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

5507S
5507S-WH
5507S-G

RECTANGULAR SPACER –
For mounting commercial device
plates. Installs between the device
bracket and a device.

5507SW
5507SW-WH
5507SW-G
5507SW-FW

SWITCH FACEPLATE –
For covering standard toggle switches.

5507T1
5507T1-WH
5507T1-G
5507T1-FW

SINGLE RECEPTACLE FACEPLATE –
For covering single receptacles –
1.59" [40mm] diameter.

5507T2
5507T2-WH
5507T2-G
5507T2-FW

SINGLE RECEPTACLE FACEPLATE –
For covering single receptacles –
1.41" [36mm] diameter.

5507-4TJ
5507-4TJ-WH
5507-4TJ-G
5507-4TJ-FW

ORTRONICS® FACEPLATE –
For mounting Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Accepts four TracJack devices.

5507-6TJ
5507-6TJ-WH
5507-6TJ-G
5507-6TJ-FW

ORTRONICS FACEPLATE –
For mounting Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Accepts six TracJack devices.

5507MAAP
5507MAAP-WH
5507MAAP-G
5507MAAP-FW

EXTRON® MAAP FACEPLATE –
Accepts four Extron® Electronics
MAAP single space modules.

5507AAP
5507AAP-WH
5507AAP-G
5507AAP-FW

EXTRON® AAP FACEPLATE –
Accepts two Extron® Electronics
AAP single space modules.

130 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

®

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

ARA-S2-IV
ARA-S2-FW
ARA-S2-BK
ARA-S2-G
ARA-S2-WH

ANGLED RACEWAY ADAPTER –
Provides angled exit in multi-channel
raceway systems. Snaps into standard
4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and
WallSource Device Brackets. Angled
exit provides additional mounting
depth required for A/V connections as
well as ensuring the required bend
radius for UTP and fiber optic cabling.
Holds two Ortronics® Series II
modules.Fits 5507 Series
Faceplate opening.

CM-EPLA
CM-EPLA-WH
CM-EPLA-G
CM-EPLA-FW

END PLATE –
For mounting Pass & Seymour®
Activate and Wiremold Open System
communication modules into 5507
openings. Includes two outlet
identification labels with clear covers
and two matching screw covers.

CM-ARA
CM-ARA-WH
CM-ARA-G
CM-ARA-FW

ANGLED RACEWAY ADAPTER –
Provides angled exit in multi-channel
raceway systems. Snaps into standard
4050, 5450, 5450T, 5550, 40N2F31 and
WallSource Device Brackets. No CMEPLA End Plates required. Accepts two
CM2 Series Wiremold Open System
communication modules or Pass &
Seymour® Activate Series inserts.

S2-EPL
S2-EPL-WH
S2-EPL-G
S2-EPL-FW

END PLATE –
For mounting Ortronics® Series II
modules into 5507 opening. Includes
two outlet identification labels with
clear covers and two matching
screw covers.

HIDE CORD RACEWAY SYSTEMS

300 SERIES™ DUCT

300

SERIES™
DUCT

300 Series™ Duct conceals electrical cords and low voltage wiring. With a
full complement of fittings and adhesive backing, 300 Series Duct is
easy-to-install and paintable so that it blends with any decor.
300 Series™ Duct UL Code Reference .............................................. 131
300 Series™ Duct Color Options ........................................................ 131
300 Series™ Duct Ordering Information .......................................... 131

CODE REFERENCE
300 Series Duct is not UL Listed
and is designed only for use in
protecting electrical cords, low
voltage wiring and cabling.

300 SERIES DUCT COLOR OPTIONS

300 Series Duct used to conceal an electrical
cord. Can also be painted with latex paint to
blend into the wall surface.

300 Series™ Duct is available in an ivory finish
and is paintable using latex paint.

Ivory

300 SERIES DUCT ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

300

DUCT –
One-piece latching duct. 5' [1.5m] strip
extruded from rigid natural PVC.
Adhesive back. Smooth texture ivory.

12/32"
[8.9mm]

COUPLING –
For joining strips of 300 Series duct.

1 5/8"
[41mm]

INTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
internal corners.

318

1"
[25mm]

311

DESCRIPTION

317

1 5/8"
[41mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

306

PART NO.

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For right angle turns around
external corners.

1 5/8"
[41mm]

FLAT ELBOW –
For right angle turns on the
same surface.

PVC-1

RACEWAY CUTTER –
Regular duty cutter. Ideal for use with
small nonmetallic raceways.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 131

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

NONMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

132 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

Wiremold® Aluminum Surface Raceway Systems are the industry
leaders in quality, ease of installation, and for providing pathway
solutions for all types of installations. For over 50 years,
Wiremold Surface Raceway Systems have provided the highest
quality, most dependable solutions for installers, building
owners, and designers.
With the introduction of our new ALDS4000® Designer Series
Raceway System, we’re again pushing the envelope and
expanding the capacity, capabilities, and aesthetics of surface
raceway systems.
QUICK SELECTION GUIDE ................................................
Small Single- & Dual-Channel Raceways
AL2000 Series Raceway ................................................
AL2400 Series Raceway ................................................
AL3300 Series Raceway ................................................
4000® Designer Series Aluminum Raceway
ALDS4000® Series Raceway ..........................................
Large Single & Dual Channel Raceways
ALA3800 Series Raceway ..............................................
ALA4800 Series Raceway ..............................................
AL5200 Series Raceway ................................................

134
135
138
140
143
147
150
153

ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE

TWO-PIECE SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY PROFILES
AL2000 SERIES™ RACEWAY

AL2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY
CAPACITY: 1.1 in. [710mm ]
2

AL2000B & AL2000C

2

AL2400B & AL2400C

CAPACITY: 1.7 in.2 [1097mm2]
1 9/32"
[33mm]

1 1/8"
[29mm]

1 7/16"
[37mm]

2"
[51mm]

AL3300 SERIES™ RACEWAY
CAPACITY: 4.40 in.2 [2389mm2]

AL3300B & AL3300C

Capacity with Offset Divider –
1.35 sq. in. [871mm2]
Capacity with 1/2 Divider –
2.2 sq. in. [1419mm2]

1 7/8"
[48mm]

Capacity Undivided –
4.4 sq. in. [2839mm2]
AL3300 with Offset Divider

2 7/8"
[73mm]

AL3300 w/Half Divider

2.20 in2
[1419mm2]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

AL3300 w/Offset Divider
2.20 in2
[1419mm2]

2.20 in2
[1419mm2]

1 7/16"
[36.5mm]

1.35 in2
[871mm2]

LARGE DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY PROFILE
ALDS4000® SERIES RACEWAY
ALDS4000B & ALDS4000C

CAPACITY:
Each Compartment – 4.85 in.2 [3192mm2]
2 1/8"
[54mm]

5 3/4"
[146mm]

TWO-PIECE LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL RACEWAY PROFILES
ALA3800 SERIES™ RACEWAY
ALA3800B & ALA3800C

ALA4800 SERIES™ RACEWAY
CAPACITY: 5.96 in.2 [3842mm2]

ALA4800B & ALA4800C

CAPACITY:
Each Compartment 5.93 in.2 [3826mm2]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

2 1/4"
[57mm]

3"
[76mm]

6"
[152mm]

AL5200 SERIES™ RACEWAY
AL5200B & AL5200C

CAPACITY:
Each Compartment: 8.5 in.2 [5484mm2]

Capacity as Shown –
3.90 sq. in./4.5 sq. in.
[2526mm2/2903mm2]
Capacity Three Compartments –

2" 2.85 sq. in./2.40 sq. in./2.85 sq. in.
[51mm] [1839mm2/1548mm2/1839mm2]

Capacity Undivided –
8.5 sq. in. [5484mm2]

2 3/16"
[56mm]
NOTE: See the AL5200 Series
Raceway section for additional
raceway compartment
configurations.

134 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS – ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY

5"
[127mm]

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AL2000 SERIES™ RACEWAY

AL2000

SERIES™
RACEWAY

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements
decor in commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.
AL2000 Series™ Raceway System Layout ........................................ 135
AL2000 Series™ Raceway UL Code Reference .................................. 135
AL2000 Series™ Raceway Color Options............................................ 135
AL2000 Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ........................ 136
AL2000 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 136

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJPR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.

AL2000 Series Raceway Base & Cover.

Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL2000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
AL2000 Series™ Raceway is available with a satin
anodized finish.

Satin Anodized

AL2000 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT
NOTE: Illustration is for showing
product applications only.

KEY
4

2

3
1

7

5

6

1 Supply conductors may be fed from 1/2"
trade size KO in base, or through
AL2010A Feed End Fitting. This system
is designed with capacity for additional
feed or circuitry conductors.
2 Attach base section to mounting surface
with AL2003 Spring Mounting Clips, or by
drilling 9/32" [7.1mm] holes in the base
and use #8 flathead screws.
3 Connect circuit wires with connectors.
4 Additional multiple outlet sections or
AL2000 Raceway sections may be
attached at ends with AL2001 Coupling.
5 Close ends with blank end fitting
(AL2010B), or with feed end fittings
(AL2010A).
6 Snap in cover section.
7 In-line receptacle AL2043.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 135

AL2000 SERIES™ RACEWAY

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS
AL2000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

3
3
2
1
0

[6.9]

17

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

3
2
2

0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

40% FILL

AL2000 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
O.D.
THHN/THWN Inches
[mm]

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS
WITHOUT
WITH PLUGMOLD
DEVICES
RECEPTACLES

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

51
38
24
12
8

8
6
3

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

AL2000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

AL2000B-5
AL2000B-10

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

RACEWAY BASE –
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm] nominal
thickness. Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths
(AL2000B-5) or six 10' [3m] lengths
(AL2000B10) per carton.

AL2003

1 7/16"
[37mm]

DESCRIPTION

MOUNTING CLIP (Spring Steel) –
Supporta lengths of AL2000 Raceway
at any point desired. Mount to surface
with No. 8 flathead screw.
1 7/16"
[37mm]

AL2006

AL2000C-5

RACEWAY COVER –
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm] nominal
thickness. Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths
per carton.

COVER CLIP (Spring Steel) –
Covers seam where lengths of cover
or base come together.
1"
[25mm]

AL2009

GROUND CLAMP (Galvanized Steel) –
Connects of equipment grounding
conductor to provide an additional
ground to raceway.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

1 7/16"
[37mm]

W30/W30G
1 5/16"
[33mm]

NOTE: Not for use with
aluminum conductors.

AL2000WC

#10 Ground Stud
with Cup Washer.

PRESSURE-TYPE WIRE CONNECTORS –
W30 – For common connection of two,
three, or four No. 12 or No.14 solid
copper conductors. Packed 24 pieces
per carton (16 W30 and 8 W30G).
W30G – For connection of equipment
grounding of 2, 3, or 4 solid conductors
No. 14 or No. 12 AWG. 300V maximum;
20A 105° C maximum.

AL2010A

WIRE RETAINER (Plastic) –
Holds conductors in place in
raceway base.

AL2010B

1 1/6"
[27mm]

3/4"
[19.1mm]

AL2001

COUPLING (Galvanized Steel) –
Joins lengths of AL2000B Base.
1 1/2"
[38mm]

FEED FITTING –
End fitting with 1/2" [12.7mm]
hub adapter.

1 3/16"
[30mm]

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off end of raceway.

1 3/16"
[30mm]

1 1/16"
[27mm]

AL2011
3"
[76mm]

3"
[76mm]

1 3/16"
[30mm]
1 9/16"
[40mm]

136 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

FLAT ELBOW –
Right angle turn on same surface.
Two AL2001 Couplings included.

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

AL2015

TEE –
4"
Branch connection of two runs of
[102mm] AL2000 Series Raceway. Three AL2001
Couplings included

1 7/16"
[37mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

AL2044
AL2044-2

DEEP DEVICE BOX –
For larger receptacles and deep
devices such as those of signal and
alarm systems. Base has open back
D plate for mounting to existing wall box
and solid back plate insert with 1/2"
and 3/4" trade size KOs to close
Accepts industry standard faceplates
for communication devices.

L
1 5/16"
[33mm]

AL2017

INTERNAL ELBOW –
Makes 90° internal corners.
Two AL2001 Couplings included

3"
[76mm]

3"
[76mm]

AL2018

W
opening.

CAT. NO.
L
W
AL2044
4 5/8" [117mm] 3 1/16" [78mm]
AL2004-2 4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm]

AL2047
AL2047-2
EXTERNAL ELBOW –
Makes 90° external corners.
Two AL2001 Couplings included

3"
[76mm]

3"
[76mm]

L
1 7/8"
[48mm]

AL2038
4 13/16"
[122mm]

ROUND FIXTURE BOX (Solid Base) –
Designed for use in hanging fixtures.
Cover takes any device with mounting
screw centers of 2 3/4", 3 1/2" and
4 1/16" [70mm, 89mm, 103mm]. Base
has concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade
1 3/8" size KOs.

W

[57mm]
[64mm]

GANG
1
2

SHALLOW SWITCH &
RECEPTACLE BOX –
D Designed for standard shallow
switches and receptacles. Base has
open back plate for mounting to
existing wall box and solid back plate
insert with 1/2" and 3/4" trade size
KOs to close opening.

CAT. NO.
L
W
AL2047
4 5/8" [117mm] 3 1/16" [78mm]
AL2007-2 4 5/8" [117mm] 4 27/32" [123mm]

AL2051H

D
2 1/4"
2 1/2"

D
1 3/8"
1 3/8"

[35mm]
[35mm]

GANG
1
2

BOX ADAPTER –
Used to feed raceway from existing
wall outlet box.

[35mm]

AL2040A

IN-LINE SINGLE POLE SWITCH –
Single-pole 120V switch. Two
couplings furnished.

4 1/2"
[114mm]

4 1/2"
[114mm]

6"
[152mm]

AL2043

IN-LINE RECEPTACLE –
Two 15A, 120V U-ground factory wired
receptacles. Two couplings furnished.
6"
[152mm]

AL2043IG

6"
[152mm]

IN-LINE ISOLATED GROUND
RECEPTACLE –
Two 15A, 120V factory wired,
isolated ground, orange receptacles.
Two couplings furnished.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 137

AL2000 SERIES™ RACEWAY

AL2000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

AL2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AL2400

SERIES™
RACEWAY

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements
decor in commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.
AL2400 Series™ Raceway UL Code Reference .................................. 138
AL2400 Series™ Raceway Color Options............................................ 138
AL2400 Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ........................ 138
AL2400 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 139

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJPR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL2400 Series Raceway Base & Cover.

AL2400 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
AL2400 Series™ Raceway is available with a satin
anodized finish.

Satin Anodized

AL2400 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

23
19
13
6
5

[6.9]

11

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

24
24
13

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

138 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

AL2400 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
O.D.
THHN/THWN Inches
[mm]

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS
WITHOUT
WITH PLUGMOLD
DEVICES
RECEPTACLES

78
58
37
18
13

16
12
8
4
3

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

AL2400B-5
AL2400B-10

2"
[51mm]

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.

RACEWAY BASE –
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm] nominal
thickness. Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths
(AL2400B-5) or six 10' [3m] lengths
(AL2400B10) per carton.

AL2411

DESCRIPTION

FLAT ELBOW –
Right angle turn on same surface.
4"
[102mm] Two AL2401 Couplings included.

4"
[102mm]

2"
[51mm]

AL2400C

RACEWAY COVER –
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .060" [1.5mm] nominal
thickness. Packed (12) 5' [1.5m] lengths
per carton.

2"
[51mm]

AL2400WC

AL2415

TEE –

Branch connection of two runs of
6"
[152mm] AL2400 Series Raceway. Three AL2401

4"
[102mm]

Couplings included.

WIRE RETAINER (Plastic) –
Holds conductors in place in
raceway base.

2"
[51mm]

AL2416
1 1/2"
[38mm]

AL2401

CROSS FITTING –

Cross connection of two runs of
6"
[152mm] AL2400 Series Raceway. Four AL2401

6"
[152mm]

Couplings included.

COUPLING (Galvanized Steel) –
Joins lengths of AL2400B Base.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

2"
[51mm]
1 3/4"
[44mm]

AL2406

COVER CLIP (Spring Steel) –
Covers seam where lengths of cover
or base come together.

AL2417

INTERNAL ELBOW –
Makes 90° internal corners.
Two AL2401 Couplings included.
4"
[102mm]
4"
[102mm]

1"
[25mm]

AL2409

1 1/2"
[38mm]

GROUND CLAMP (Galvanized Steel) –
Connects of equipment grounding
conductor to provide an additional
ground to raceway.
#10 Ground Stud
with Cup Washer

AL2410B
2"
[51mm]

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off open end of raceway.

AL2418
5"
[127mm]
5"
[127mm]

AL2410B2
2"
[51mm]

FEED FITTING –
End fitting with plastic 1/2" trade
size KO.

1 1/4"
[32mm]

3"
[76mm]

AL2446P-D

1 1/4"
[32mm]

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
Makes 90° external corners.
Two AL2401 Couplings included.

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE –
For in-line mounting of commercially
available duplex receptacle.

6"
[152mm]

AL2451H

4 1/2"
[114mm]

BOX ADAPTER –
Feeds raceway from existing
wall outlet box.

4 1/2"
[114mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 139

AL2400 SERIES™ RACEWAY

AL2400 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

AL3300 SERIES™ RACEWAY

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AL3300

SERIES™
RACEWAY

Two-piece, single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements
decor in commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.
AL3300 Series™ Raceway UL Code Reference .................................. 140
AL3300 Series™ Raceway Color Options............................................ 140
AL3300 Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ........................ 140
AL3300 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 141

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJPR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL3300 Series Raceway Base and Cover.

AL3300 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
AL3300 Series™ Raceway is available with a satin
anodized finish.

Satin Anodized

AL3300 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
O.D.
THHN/THWN Inches
[mm]

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

CAPACITY OF CROSS SECTIONAL AREA
WITH DUPLEX DEVICE
WITHOUT DEVICE
WITH OFFSET
WITHOUT
WITH HALF
WITH OFFSET
WITHOUT
WITH HALF
DIVIDER
DIVIDER
DIVIDER
DIVIDER
DIVIDER
DIVIDER
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1.35 in [871mm ] 4.40 in [2839mm ] 2.20 in [1419mm ] 1.35 in [871mm ] 4.40 in [2839mm ] 2.20 in2 [1419mm2]

59
40
25
14
10

136
93
58
33
24

39
27
17
9
7

59
40
25
14
10

193
132
83
48
34

96
66
41
24
17

AL3300 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
WITHOUT
DIVIDER

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
CABLE TYPE

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U 20 Gage

FIBER

2 Stranded ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

2

[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

30
25
17
8
6

[6.9]

15

30

4

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

31
32
17

63
64
34

9
9
5

0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

61
50
35
17
13

WITH HALF
DIVIDER

4.40 in [2839mm ]
20% Fill
40% Fill
2

Inches

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

140 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

WITH OFFSET
DIVIDER

1.35 in [871mm ]
20% Fill 40% Fill
2

9
7
5
2
2

2

19
15
10
5
4

2.20 in2 [1419mm2]
20% Fill 40% Fill

15
12
8
4
3

30
35
17
8
6

9

7

15

19
19
10

15
16
8

31
32
17

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AL3300 SERIES™ RACEWAY

AL3300 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

AL3300B10

PART NO.

RACEWAY BASE –
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish. Nominal wall thickness
.060" [1.5mm]. Packed four 10' [3m]
lengths per carton.

2 7/8"
[73mm]

DESCRIPTION

AL3310B

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off open end of AL3300
Series Raceway.

1 13/16"
[46mm]

1 7/8"
[48mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

AL3300C5

RACEWAY COVER –
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish. Nominal wall thickness
.060" [1.5mm]. Packed eight 5' [1.5m]
lengths per carton.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3300D5

DIVIDER –
Divider is 0.040" [1.0mm] galvanized
steel. Packed eight 5' [1.5m] lengths
per carton. AL3301D Divider Clip
sold separately.

Section A-A
B

Section B-B

A

END FITTING –
End feeds raceway with 1/2"
or 3/4" trade size conduit or
armored cable.

1 13/16"
[46mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

AL3311

90° FLAT ELBOW FITTING –
Right angle turns on same surface.
6"
[152mm] Two AL3301Couplings included.

6"
[152mm]

3 1/8"
[79mm]

Section C-C

AL3315

C
C

AL3310B1

Optional
Divider

6"
[152mm]

9"
[229mm]

TEE FITTING –
90° tee connection of two runs of
AL3300 Series Raceway. Three AL3301
Couplings included.

B
Device Plate

A
3 1/16"
[78mm]

AL3300WC

WIRE CLIP (Spring Steel) –
Holds wires and cables in
raceway base. Use with undivided
raceway, snaps into grooves in base.

AL3316
9"
[229mm]

AL3301

2 3/4"
[70mm]

CROSS FITTING –
90° cross-through connection of
two runs of raceway. Four AL3301
9" Couplings included.
[229mm]

BASE COUPLING (Galvanized Steel) –
Set screw coupling used for attaching
in-line raceway sections.
3 1/16"
[78mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3317
AL3301D

DIVIDER CLIP (Galvanized Steel) –
Required for holding AL3300D5 Divider
in place. Use one every 30" [762mm].

6"
[152mm]

3"
[76mm]
1 1/2"
[38mm]

AL3309
2 3/4"
[70mm]

GROUND CLAMP (Galvanized Steel) –
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to raceway.

INTERNAL ELBOW FITTING –
For making 90° internal corners.
Two AL3301 Couplings included.

6"
[152mm]

AL3318
4 7/8"
[124mm]

EXTERNAL ELBOW FITTING –
For making external corners.
Two AL3301 Couplings included.
4 7/8"
[124mm]

#10 Ground Stud
with Cup Washer

3"
[76mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 141

AL3300 SERIES™ RACEWAY

SMALL SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS
AL3300 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

AL3346D
6"
[152mm]

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER –
Mounts standard duplex devices
to cover. Can also be used with 106
communication frames.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3346DO

6"
[152mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3346E

6"
[152mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

AL3356R
6"
[152mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

OFFSET DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER
PLATE (For Divided Raceway) –
Installs duplex devices in divided
aluminum raceway. 6" [152mm]
offset divider included. Can also be used
with 106 communication frames.

SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE
(1.40" diameter) –
Installs straight blade and locking
single receptacles with face diameters
of 1.38"-1.39" [35mm-36mm].

AL33562A*
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

AL3356ABRT

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3346GO
6"
[152mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3356-ACTLPB
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

RECTANGULAR DEVICE COVER PLATE –
Installs rectangular devices including
surge receptacles, GFCI, and other
rectangular faced single-gang wiring
devices. Can also be used with 106
communication frames.

OFFSET GFCI RECEPTACLE COVER
PLATE (For Divided Raceway) –
Installs rectangular devices including
surge receptacles, GFCI and other
rectangular faced single-gang wiring
devices in divided aluminum raceway.
6" [152mm] offset divider included.
Can also be used with 106
communication frames.
LOW PROFILE ADAPTER
COVER PLATE –
Installs communication connectivity
devices. Includes cover and low profile
adapter cover (6A opening).

2 3/4"
[70mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for
information on CM2 Series modules.

Why Wiremold…
The new Santa Clara County,
Calif., Crime Laboratory was
designed to meet the needs of
current and future technology.
Aluminum raceway provides
convenient access to power and
data – and the ability to easily
add or reconfigure space as
required.

142 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

2A MINI ADAPTER COVER PLATE –
Installs a single 2A size
communication connectivity device
(2A opening). Includes cover and 2A
mini adapter.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3346G

COVER PLATE (With 2" x 2 7/8"
[51mm x 73mm] Hole cut) –
Installs communication
connectivity devices utilizing the
industry standard single-gang
faceplates. Hole cut is 2" x 2 7/8"
[51mm x 73mm]. Faceplates
must be ordered separately.

ORTRONICS® COVER PLATE –
Accepts only Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Supplied with both adapters to
accommodate two TracJack™ devices
or one Series II device.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3356Z
6"
[152mm]

GROMMETED COVER PLATE –
For exiting of communication cable.
Grommet furnished.

2 3/4"
[70mm]

AL3356-LPB3S2
6"
[152mm]

2 3/4"
[70mm]

ORTRONICS® LOW PROFILE
ADAPTER COVER PLATE –
Accepts only Ortronics® datacom
inserts, three Series II devices. Low
profile adapter included.

LARGE DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

ALDS4000® DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY

ALDS4000

® SERIES

RACEWAY

Dual-channel raceway. Provides 1/3 more capacity in sleek, innovative
design. Meets or exceeds industry standards.
ALDS4000® Series Raceway UL Code Reference.............................. 143
ALDS4000® Series Raceway Color Options ...................................... 143
ALDS4000® Series Raceway System Layout ....................................143
ALDS4000® Series Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts .................. 144
ALDS4000® Series Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 145

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Meets Section 12-1600 of CEC.

Factory -prewired ALDS4000 Series Raceway can be
configured with innovative, downward-facing fittings.

ALDS4000 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
ALDS4000® Series Raceway is available with a satin
anodized finish.

Satin Anodized

ALDS4000 RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT
ALDS4010A

ALDS4017
ALDS4047D

ALDS4047E

ALDS4047R

ALDS4047F

ALDS4015
ALDS4047C

ALDS4047MAB
ALDS4011

ALDS4047-2A

ALDS4018

ALDS4010B

NOTE: Illustration is for showing product applications only.

KEY
ALDS4011
ALDS4010A
ALDS4047E
ALDS4047-2A
ALDS4047F
ALDS4018
ALDS4017

Flat Elbow
Entrance End Fitting
1.41 Dia. Device Plate
Mini adapter Device Plate
1.59 Dia. Device Plate
External Elbow
Internal Elbow

ALDS4047D
ALDS4047MAB
ALDS4047R
ALDS4015
ALDS4047C
ALDS4010B

Duplex Device Plate
MAB Device Plate
Decorator Device Plate
Tee
One-Gang Device Plate
Blank End Fitting

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 143

ALDS4000® DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY

LARGE DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS
ALDS4000 DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
NO. OF

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

O.D.
Inches
[mm]

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

CONDUCTORS
(40%)

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

w/DUPLEX
RECT. DEVICES

200
146
92
53
38

W/SURGE/
GFCI DEVICES

134
98
62
36
26

LARGE SINGLE
RECEPTACLE

105
77
48
28
20

76
56
35
20
158

ALDS4000 DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

40% Fill
1/2 COMPARTMENT

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

68
56
40
22
19

[6.9]

34

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

70
71
38

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

ALDS4000 DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY FITTINGS WIRE FILL CAPACITIES
WIRE SIZE/THHN

THHN

14
12
10
8
6

UTP

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG
24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

ALDS4011
40% 60%

ALDS4015
40% 60%

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

122
89
56
32
23

182
133
84
48
35

49
35
22
13
9

0.150
0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

[4.8]
[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

67
42
34
24
13
12

100
62
51
36
20
17

27
17
14
10
6
6

ALDS4017
40%
60%

ALDS4018
40%
60%

73
53
34
19
14

75
54
34
20
14

112
82
51
30
21

133
97
61
35
25

199
145
92
53
38

40
25
20
14
8
7

41
25
21
15
8
7

61
38
31
22
12
11

73
45
37
26
15
13

109
68
56
39
22
19

0.270

[6.9]

21

31

8

12

13

19

22

34

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

42
43
23

64
64
34

17
17
9

25
26
14

26
26
14

39
40
21

46
47
25

69
70
38

NOTE: 40% and 60% Wire fill capacities are calculated using radius control inserts. Inserts are factory installed and may be
removed if not required to obtain full raceway capacity.
* Entrance end fitting fill rate is calculated using backfeed capability and radius inserts. Inserts are removable and
fitting
can obtain maximum raceway fill from utilizing end fitting knockouts and removing radius control inserts.

144 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

LARGE DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

ALDS4000B

RACEWAY BASE –
.060 [1.52mm] satin anodized finish.
Packed four 10' [3.05m] lengths
per carton.

2 1/16"
[52mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

DS4014A

BACKFEED COUPLING –
Extra long coupling allows attachment
to wall box or back fed to 1" or 1 1/4"
trade size conduit.
10"
[254mm]

5 1/2"
[140mm]

ALDS4015

ALDS4000C

RACEWAY COVER –
.060 [1.52mm] satin anodized finish.
Packed eight 5' [1.5m] lengths
per carton. Two covers per base.

2 7/8"
[73mm]
2 1/8"
[54mm]

DS4000WC

WIRE CLIP –
Holds conductors in place.

10 3/4"
[273mm]

ALDS4017
6"
[152mm]

DIVIDED TEE –

8 3/4" Divided Tee fitting. For new lay-in or
[222mm] pull-through installations. Includes two

pairs of DS4001 Couplings.

INTERNAL ELBOW –

6"
Internal corner for new lay-in or
[152mm] pull-through installations. Includes one

pair of DS4001 Couplings.

1 5/8"
[41mm]

DS4001

ADJUST-TO-FIT™ COUPLING –
Joins lengths of ALDS4000B
together. Sold in pairs.

ALDS4018

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
External corner for new lay-in or
pull-through installations. Includes one
pair of DS4001 Couplings.

6"
[152mm]

ALDS4006

SEAM CLIP –
Covers seam where two sections
of ALDS4000C come together.

6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

ALDS4047C

SINGLE-CHANNEL ONE-GANG
DEVICE PLATE –
Use with commercially-available
single-gang flush plate.

1"
[25mm]

ALDS4010A

5 3/4"
[146mm]

ALDS4010B

5 3/4"
[146mm]

ALDS4011
8 1/4"
[210mm]

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
Full capacity End Fitting. Has two 3/4"
& 1" trade size KOs.

6"
[152mm]

ALDS4047D

SINGLE-CHANNEL DUPLEX
DEVICE PLATE –
For 15A and 20A duplex receptacles,
or 106 style data frames.

2 1/8"
[54mm]

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off open end of
ALDS4000B Base.

6"
[152mm]

ALDS4047E

SINGLE-CHANNEL 1.41" DIAMETER
DEVICE PLATE –
For straight blade and
locking receptacles.

2 1/8"
[54mm]

FLAT ELBOW –
Flat corner for new lay-in or
8 1/4" pull-through applications. Includes one
[210mm]
pair of DS4001 Couplings.

6"
[152mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 145

ALDS4000® DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY

ALDS4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

ALDS4000® DESIGNER SERIES RACEWAY

LARGE DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS
ALDS4000 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

ALDS4047F

SINGLE-CHANNEL 1.59" DIAMETER
DEVICE PLATE –
For straight blade and locking
receptacles.

PART NO.

6"
[152mm]

ALDS4047R

SINGLE-CHANNEL 2A MINI ADAPTER
DEVICE PLATE –
2A opening. Includes adapters for
Ortronics TracJack, Series II, Wiremold
CM2 Series inserts, Pass & Seymour
Activate and other manufacturers.
6"
[152mm]

SINGLE-CHANNEL DECORATOR
DEVICE PLATE –
For 15A and 20A decorator receptacles.

6"
[152mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide for
information on CM2 Series modules.

146 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTION

ALDS4047-2A*

ALDS4047MAB*

SINGLE-CHANNEL MAB
DEVICE PLATE –
For installing , Wiremold CM2 Series
inserts and Activate connectivity
inserts. Provides flush installation.
Includes 6A CM-MAB adapter.
6"
[152mm]

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

ALA38000 SERIES™ RACEWAY

ALA3800

SERIES™
RACEWAY

Single-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in
commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.
ALA3800 Series™ Raceway UL Code Reference ................................ 147
ALA3800 Series™ Raceway Color Options ........................................ 147
ALA3800 Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ...................... 147
ALA3800 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information ............................ 148

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meets Article 380 of NEC.

ALA3800 Series Raceway Base & Cover.

ALA3800 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
ALA3800 Series™ Raceway is available with a satin
anodized finish.

Satin Anodized

ALA3800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

ALA3800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

40% FILL

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

Inches

O.D.
[mm]

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

86
70
50
25
24

Power Wiring
Without Devices

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

214
156
98
56
41

[6.9]

43

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

88
89
47

Power Wiring
With Devices
(2.04 Sq. In.
[51.82mm])

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

159
116
73
42
30

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 147

ALA3800 SERIES™ RACEWAY

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS
ALA3800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

ALA3800B-10
3"
[76mm]

DESCRIPTION

SINGLE COMPARTMENT
2 1/4" RACEWAY BASE –
[57mm] Satin Anodized finish. Nominal
wall thickness of .078" [1.99mm].
Packed four 10' [3m] lengths
per carton.

ALAC-5

RACEWAY COVER –
Satin Anodized finish. Nominal wall
thickness of .078" [1.99mm]. Packed
eight 5' [1.50m] lengths per carton.
ALAC-5 is compatible with ALA3800
and ALA4800 Series Raceways.

3"
[76mm]

ALAWC

WIRE CLIP –
Holds conductors in place in long
raceway runs. Snaps into grooves
on base.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

ALA3815

TEE –
For branch connections of two runs
6"
of ALA3800 Series Raceway.
[152mm]
Includes three ALA01 Couplings.

6"
[152mm]

ALA3817

INTERNAL ELBOW –
For making a 90° internal turn in a
6"
[152mm] raceway run. Includes two ALA01
Couplings.

6"
[152mm]

ALA3817N

INVERTED INTERNAL ELBOW –
For connecting a vertical run of
ALA3800 Series Raceway with a
horizontal run with its cover facing up.
Includes two ALA01 Couplings.

1"
[25mm]

ALA01

2 13/16"
[71mm]

COUPLINGS –
Joins lengths of inline ALA3800B-10
Raceway Base together.
4"
[102mm]

ALA3810B
3"
[76mm]

6"
[152mm]

ALA3818

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For making a 90° external turn in a
raceway run. Includes two ALA01
Couplings.

6"
[152mm]

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off open end of raceway.

2 1/4"
[57mm]

ALA-DR
ALA3810B1

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
For feeding raceway, has concentric
1/2" and 3/4" trade size knockouts.

2 1/4"
[57mm]

12"
[305mm]

[76mm]

ALA-E
ALA3806

COVER CLIP –
Covers seam where lengths of
raceway come together.

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE –
Mounts standard duplex device to
3" the cover.

12"
[305mm]

SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE
(1.40" [35.40MM]) –
Installs commercially available
3"
[76mm] straight blade and locking single
receptacle with face diameters
of 1.38"-1.39" [36mm-37mm].

1 3/8"
[35mm]

ALA3811
6"
[152mm]

6"
[152mm]

148 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

FLAT ELBOW –
For making a 90° flat turn in a raceway
run. Includes two ALA01 Couplings.

ALA-F
12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE
(1.59" [38.90MM]) –
Installs commercially available straight
blade and locking single receptacle
with face diameters of 1.56"-1.58"
[38mm-39mm].

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

ALA-G
12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

GFCI/SURGE/DECORATOR
COVER PLATE –
Mounts commercially available
GFCI or surge suppression receptacles.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

ALA-MAB*
12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]

ALA-J
12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

ALA-N
12"
[305mm]

SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE –
Mounts commercially available
straight blade or locking single
receptacles with face diameters of
2.13" [52mm].

TOGGLE SWITCH COVER PLATE –
Mounts toggle switch in line.

ALA-MABRT

ORTRONICS® COVER PLATE –
Accepts six Ortronics® Tracjack or three
Series II datacom inserts. Both
adapters included.

12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]

ALA-SG
12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]
3"
[76mm]

ALA-LPB*
12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

ALA-LPB3S2
12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]

LOW PROFILE ADAPTER
COVER PLATE –
Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2
Series communication connectivity
inserts. Includes cover and low profile
adapter, (6A-opening).

ORTRONICS® LOW PROFILE ADAPTER
COVER PLATE –
Accepts three Ortronics® Series II
datacom inserts. Low profile
adapter included.

6A MINI ADAPTER COVER PLATE –
Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series
communication connectivity inserts.
Provides a flush installation. Includes
cover and 6A mini adapter, (6A-opening)

ALA-2A*
12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]

ALA-Z
12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

COVER PLATE with 1 3/4" x 2 15/16"
OPENING –
Installs communication connectivity
devices utilizing industry standard
single-gang faceplates. Hole cut is
1 3/4" x 2 15/16" [44mm x 75mm].
Faceplates must be ordered separately.

2A MINI ADAPTER COVER PLATE –
Accepts one (1) Wiremold CM2 Series
communication connectivity
device. Includes cover and 2A mini
adapter, (2A-opening).

3/4" [19.1mm] GROMMET/MOUSE
HOLE DEVICE COVER PLATE –
Facilitates the exit of communication
cabling. Grommet included.

NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are
compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.
* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide
for information on CM2 Series modules.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 149

ALA3800 SERIES™ RACEWAY

ALA3800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

ALA4800 SERIES™ RACEWAY

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

ALA4800

SERIES™
RACEWAY

Dual-channel raceway. Satin anodized finish complements decor in
commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.
ALA4800 Series™ Raceway UL Code Reference ................................ 150
ALA4800 Series™ Raceway Color Options ........................................ 150
ALA4800 Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ...................... 150
ALA4800 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information ............................ 151

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Raceway & Fittings:
Meets Article 386 of NEC.
Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meets Article 380 of NEC.

ALA4800 Series Raceway Base & Cover.

ALA4800 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
ALA4800 Series™ Raceway is available with a satin
anodized finish.

Satin Anodized

ALA4800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR
(Each
Compartment)

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

(Each
Compartment)

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410
0.270
0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

40% FILL

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

86
70
50
25
24

Power Wiring
Without Devices

[6.9]

43

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

88
89
47

Power Wiring
With Devices
(2.04 Sq. In.
[51.82mm])

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

150 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

ALA4800 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER

(Each
Compartment)

(Each
Compartment)

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

Inches

O.D.
[mm]

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.105
0.122
0.153
0.218
0.257

[2.7]
[3.0]
[3.0]
[5.5]
[6.5]

214
156
98
56
41

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.105
0.122
0.153
0.218
0.257

[2.7]
[3.0]
[3.9]
[5.5]
[6.5]

159
116
73
42
30

40% FILL

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

ALA4800B-10

6"
[152mm]
2 1/4"
[57mm]

ALAC-5
3"
[76mm]

ALAWC

PART NO.

DUAL COMPARTMENT
RACEWAY BASE –
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .078" [1.98mm] wall
thickness. Base has integral divider
for separation of service. Packed 40'
[12m] per carton.

ALA4811

RACEWAY COVER –
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .078" [1.98mm] wall
thickness. Two covers per base. Allows
only one compartment to be accessed
at a time. Packed 40' [12m] per carton.
ALAC-5 is compatible with ALA4800
Series and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

ALA4815

WIRE CLIP –
For holding conductors in place in
long raceway runs. Snaps into grooves
in base.

DESCRIPTION

FLAT ELBOW –
Makes 90° flat turn in a raceway
9"
[229mm] run. Includes four ALA01 Couplings.

9"
[229mm]

TEE –

For branch connections of two runs
9"
[229mm] of ALA4800 Series Raceway. Includes

9"
[229mm]

six ALA01 Couplings.

ALA4817

INTERNAL ELBOW –
To make an internal turn in a raceway
6"
[152mm] run. Includes four ALA01 Couplings.

6"
[152mm]

1"
[25mm]

ALA01

COUPLINGS –
Joins lengths of inline ALA4800B-10
Raceway Base together. Two required
per section of base.

ALA17A

INTERNAL CORNER COUPLING –
For butting two raceway sections to
2"
form an internal 90° turn in a
[51mm] raceway run.

4"
[102mm]

2 13/16"
[71mm]

4"
[102mm]

ALA4806

COVER CLIP –
Stainless steel clip to cover joint where
lengths of cover or base come together.

ALA4817N

INVERTED INTERNAL ELBOW –

6"
For connecting a vertical run of
[152mm] ALA4800 Series Raceway with a

6"
[152mm]

horizontal run with its cover facing up.
Includes four ALA01 Couplings.

1 3/8"
[35mm]

ALA09

GROUNDING ADAPTER –
For connection of equipment grounding
conductor to provide additional ground
to raceway.

ALA4818

#10 Ground Stud
with Cup Washer

ALA4810B

6"
6"
[152mm] [152mm]

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
For making a 90° external turn in a
raceway run. Includes four
ALA01 Couplings.

BLANK END FITTING –
For covering ends of raceway.

2 3/16"
[56mm]

ALA-ABRT
12"
[305mm]

6"
[152mm]

ALA4810B2

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
For feeding raceway, has two
concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade
size KOs.

2 3/16"
[56mm]

ORTRONICS® COVER PLATE –
For two Ortronics® TracJack or one
Series II datacom insert. Both
adapters included.
3"
[76mm]

ALA-BL
12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

BLANK COVER PLATE –
To cover a 12" [305mm] section
of raceway.

6"
[152mm]

NOTE: These parts are compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 151

ALA4800 SERIES™ RACEWAY

ALA4800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION

ALA4800 SERIES™ RACEWAY

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS
ALA4800 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

ALA-DR

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE –
Mounts standard duplex device to
3" the cover.

12"
[305mm]

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

ALA-MAB*
12"
[305mm]

[76mm]
3"
[76mm]

ALA-E
12"
[305mm]

ALA-F
12"
[305mm]

SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE
(1.40" [35.40MM]) –
Installs commercially available
3"
[76mm] straight blade and locking single
receptacle with face diameters
of 1.38"-1.39" [36mm-37mm].

ALA-MABRT

SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE
(1.59" [38.90MM]) –
3"
Installs commercially available straight
[76mm]
blade and locking single receptacle
with face diameters of 1.56"-1.58"
[38mm-39mm].

ALA-SG

ALA-G
12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

GFCI/SURGE/DECORATOR
COVER PLATE –
Mounts commercially available
GFCI or surge suppression receptacles.

ORTRONICS® COVER PLATE –
Accepts six Ortronics® Tracjack or three
Series II datacom inserts. Both
adapters included.

12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]

12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]

ALA-2A*
12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]

ALA-J
12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

ALA-N
12"
[305mm]

ALA-LPB*
12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

SINGLE RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE –
Mounts commercially available
straight blade or locking single
receptacles with face diameters of
2.13" [52mm].

TOGGLE SWITCH COVER PLATE –
Mounts toggle switch in line.

LOW PROFILE ADAPTER
COVER PLATE –
Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series
communication connectivity inserts.
Includes cover and low profile
3"
[76mm] adapter, (6A-opening).

ALA-LPB3S2
12"
[305mm]
3"
[76mm]

ORTRONICS® LOW PROFILE ADAPTER
COVER PLATE –
Accepts three Ortronics® datacom
inserts for three Series II devices. Low
profile adapter included.

NOTE: All device plates are 3" x 12" [76mm x 305mm]. These parts are
compatible with both ALA4800 and ALA3800 Series Raceways.
* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide
for information on CM2 Series modules.

152 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

6A MINI ADAPTER COVER PLATE –
Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series
communication connectivity inserts.
Provides a flush installation. Includes
cover and 6A mini adapter, (6A-opening).

ALA-Z
12"
[305mm]

3"
[76mm]

COVER PLATE with 1 3/4" x 2 15/16"
OPENING –
Installs communication connectivity
devices utilizing industry standard
single-gang faceplates. Hole cut is
1 3/4" x 2 15/16" [44mm x 75mm].
Faceplates must be ordered separately.

2A MINI ADAPTER COVER PLATE –
Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series
communication connectivity devices.
Includes cover and 2A mini
adapter, (2A-opening).

3/4" [19.1mm] GROMMET/MOUSE
HOLE DEVICE COVER PLATE –
Facilitates the exit of communication
cabling. Grommet included.

ALA11RI

RADIUSED INSERT –
A radiused insert for the ALA3811 and
ALA4811 flat elbow to provide a bend
radius of 2" [51mm] for Fiber
Optic/Category 5e installations. The
insert is ideal for new and retrofit
applications whether the cable
installation is lay-in or pull-through.

ALA17/18RI

RADIUSED INSERT –
A radiused insert for ALA3817,
ALA4817, ALA3817N, ALA4817N,
ALA3818, and ALA4818 fittings to
provide a bend radius of 2" [51mm] for
Fiber Optic/Category 5e installations.
The insert is ideal for new and retrofit
applications whether the cable
installation is lay-in or pull-through.

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AL5200 SERIES™ RACEWAY

AL5200

SERIES™
RACEWAY

Two-piece raceway. Field-installed divider provides for numerous
raceway channel configurations. Satin anodized finish complements
decor in commercial offices, laboratories, and health care facilities.
AL5200 Series™ Raceway UL Code Reference .................................. 153
AL5200 Series™ Raceway Color Options............................................ 153
AL5200 Series™ Raceway System Layout ........................................ 153
AL5200 Series™ Raceway Wire Fill Capacity Charts ........................ 154
AL5200 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 154

AL5200 Series Raceway Base & Cover.
CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJPR.
Fittings:
File E41751 Guide RJPR.

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY COLOR OPTIONS
AL5200 Series™ Raceway is available
with a satin anodized finish.

Raceway & Fittings:
Meet Article 386 of NEC.

Satin Anodized

Multioutlet Assemblies:
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY SYSTEM LAYOUT
NOTE: Illustration is for showing
product applications only.
3
2
4

1

6
5

Snap-in Divider
(Optional)

KEY
1
2
3
4
5
6

Provide electrical feed through 1/2" or 3/4" [12.7mm or 19.1mm] KOs in AL5210B2 End Cap.
Attach base section to mounting surface by drilling 9/32" [7.1mm] holes in the base, and using #8 flathead screws.
Secure conductors in place with AL5200WC Wire Clip.
Join additional raceway sections with two AL5201 Couplings.
Close ends with AL5210B2 Blank End Fittings.
Snap cover into base to complete installation.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 153

AL5200 SERIES™ RACEWAY

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS
AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR POWER
WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

inches

O.D.
[mm]

2.40 in.
[1550mm2]

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

98
72
45
26
18

2

O.D.

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS (40% FILL)
WITHOUT DEVICES
2.85 in.
3.50 in.2
3.90 in.2
4.50 in.2
2
[1840mm ]
[2260mm2] [2520mm2]
[2900mm2]
2

117
85
54
31
22

WIRE SIZE
THHN/THWN

inches

[mm]

2.85 in.
[1840mm2]

14 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG
8 AWG
6 AWG

0.111
0.130
0.164
0.216
0.254

[2.8]
[3.3]
[4.2]
[5.5]
[6.5]

54
39
24
14
10

2

144
105
66
38
27

160
117
73
42
30

185
135
85
49
35

WITH DUPLEX RECTANGULAR DEVICES
1.59 in.2 [1025mm2]
3.50 in.2
3.90 in.2
4.50 in.2
4.80 in.2
[2260mm2]
[2520mm2] [2900mm2]
[3100mm2]

78
57
36
20
15

95
69
43
25
18

120
87
55
31
22

132
96
60
35
25

4.80 in.2
[3100mm2]

5.50 in.2
[3550mm2]

197
144
90
52
37

8.50 in.2
[5480mm2]

226
165
104
60
43

5.50 in.2
[3550mm2]

350
255
161
92
67

8.50 in.2
[5480mm2]

161
117
74
42
30

284
207
130
75
54

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY WIRE FILL CAPACITIES FOR COMMUNICATIONS
CABLE/WIRE SIZE

UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR

4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
4-pair,
25-pair,

24 AWG, Cat 3
24 AWG, Cat 5e
24 AWG, Cat 6
24 AWG, Cat 6a*
24 AWG

COAXIAL

RG6/U

FIBER

ZipCord
Round 4 Strand Fiber
Round 6 Strand Fiber

O.D. (Approx. Dia.)
Inches
[mm]

0.190
0.210
0.250
0.354
0.410

40% FILL CAPACITY CROSS SECTIONAL AREA
4.50 in.2
4.80 in.2 5.50 in.2
8.50 in.2
2.40 in.2 2.85 in.2 3.50 in.2 3.90 in.2
2
[1550mm ] [1840mm2] [2260mm2] [2520mm2] [2900mm2] [3100mm2] [3550mm2] [5480mm2]

[4.8]
[5.3]
[6.3]
[9.0]
[10.4]

33
27
19
9
7

0.270

[6.9]

16

0.118 x 0.236
0.187
0.256

[3 x 6]
[4.8]
[6.5]

34
34
18

40
32
23
11
8

49
40
28
14
10

55
45
31
15
11

63
51
36
18
13

67
55
39
19
14

77
63
44
22
16

19

24

41
41
22

50
51
27

119
98
69
34
25

27

31

33

38

59

56
56
30

64
65
34

69
69
37

79
80
42

122
123
66

NOTE: For additional information, refer to the Technical Section.
* Category 6 augmented (6a) cable for 10 gigabit ethernet – max allowed
cable diameter per addenda No. 11 ANSI TIA/EIA 568-B.2.

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

AL5200B-5
AL5200B-10

5"
[127mm]

AL5200C-5
AL5200C-10
4 7/8"
[124mm]

RACEWAY BASE –
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .080" [2.03mm] wall
thickness. Base has four ribs for
2"
[51mm] snap-in divider. AL5200B-5 is packed
eight 5' [1.5m] lengths and AL5200B-10
is packed four 10' [3m] lengths
per carton.
RACEWAY COVER –
6063-T5 extruded aluminum, satin
anodized finish, .075" [1.9mm] wall
thickness. AL5200C-5 is packed
eight 5' [1.5m] lengths and AL5200C-10
is packed four 10' [3m] lengths
per carton.

PART NO.

Raceway may be configured in single or multiple channels in
several versatile ways to accommodate power or
communications wiring.
2"
[51mm]
NOTE: Cross-sectional area
of each compartment
indicated.

1 13/16"
[46mm]

1/2"
[12.7mm]

154 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

DIVIDER –
Extruded .050" [1.8mm] thick aluminum.
AL5200D-5 is packed eight 5' [1.5m]
lengths and AL5200D-10 is packed four
10' [3m] lengths per carton.

8.5 in.2
[5840mm2]

5"
[127mm]
2 3/16"
[56mm]

1 5/8"
[42mm]

2.85 in.2
[1840mm2]

AL5200D-5
AL5200D-10

DESCRIPTION

5.50 in.2
[3550mm2]

3.90 in.2
[2520mm2]

1 7/16"
[37mm]

2 7/8"
[73mm]

4.80 in.2
[3100mm2]

4.50 in.2
[2900mm2]

3.50 in.2
[2260mm2]

2.85 in.2
[1840mm2]

2.40 in.2
[1550mm2]

2.85 in.2
[1840mm2]

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

AL5200 SERIES™ RACEWAY

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

AL5200WC
AL5200WC2
AL5200WC3

WIRE CLIP –
For holding conductors in place in long
raceway runs. Snaps into grooves in
raceway. AL5200WC Full, AL5200WC2
3/4, and AL5200WC3 1/2.

PART NO.

AL5215
9"
[229mm]

2"
[51mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

AL5201

COUPLING –
Set screw couplings. Use two for
attaching in-line raceway sections.

1 9/16"
[40mm]

AL5216

CROSS FITTING –

15"
[381mm] Cross through connection in a

raceway run. Includes four pairs of
AL5201 Couplings.

9"
[229mm]

3"
[76mm]

AL5206

COVER CLIP (Spring Steel) –
Covers seam where lengths of cover
or base come together.

2"
[51mm]

AL5217
5"
[127mm]

1 1/2"
[38mm]

AL5209

DESCRIPTION

TEE –
Branch connection of two runs
10"
[254mm] of AL5200 Series Raceway. Includes
three pairs of AL5201 Couplings.

GROUNDING ADAPTER –
Connects equipment grounding
conductor to provide an additional
ground to raceway.

1 1/2"
[38mm]

#10 Ground Stud
with Cup Washer

7"
[178mm]

AL5217A

BLANK END FITTING –
Closes off open ends of raceway.

1 9/16"
[49mm]

INTERNAL CORNER COUPLING –
Connects two raceway sections to
form an internal 90° turn in a
raceway run.

1 1/2"
[38mm]
3 5/16"
[84mm]

AL5210B

INTERNAL ELBOW –
Makes 90° internal corner in a
raceway run. Includes two pairs of
7"
[178mm] AL5201 Couplings.

4 13/16"
[122mm]

AL5217N

INVERTED INTERNAL ELBOW –
Connects a vertical run of
AL5200 Series Raceway with a
horizontal overhead run with its
cover facing up.

5"
[127mm]
5"
[127mm]

AL5210B1
AL5210B2
AL5210B3

ENTRANCE END FITTING –
With single or multiple concentric 1/2"
and 3/4" trade size KOs for conduit
connections. (AL5210B1 and AL5210B3,
not shown, have one and three double
KOs respectively.)

1 9/16"
[49mm]

5"
[127mm]

3"
[76mm]

AL5218

5"
[127mm]

8"
[203mm]

AL5211
10"
[254mm]

EXTERNAL ELBOW –
Makes a 90° external turn in a
raceway run. Includes two pair of
AL5201 Couplings.

8"
[203mm]

FLAT ELBOW –
Makes a 90° flat turn in a raceway run.

10"
[254mm] Includes two pairs of AL5201 Couplings.

6"
[152mm]

AL5246-B

[124mm]

5"
[127mm]

AL5214

WALL BOX CONNECTOR –
Feeds raceway from a wall-mounted
outlet box. Rectangular hole cut or
concentric 1/2" and 3/4" trade size
KOs. Couplings included.

12"
[305mm]

BLANK COVER –
Covers a 12" [305mm] section
4 7/8" of raceway.

12"
[305mm]

AL5246-D

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE COVER PLATE –
Mounts standard duplex devices
4 7/8" to cover.

[124mm]

3 3/8"
[86mm]
12"
[305mm]

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 155

AL5200 SERIES™ RACEWAY

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS
AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)
PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

AL5246-DD

DOUBLE DUPLEX COVER PLATE –
Installs I5A and 2OA duplex receptacles
4 7/8" or duplex style communication devices.

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

AL5256-D2A*

4 7/8"
[124mm]

[124mm]

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE & 2A MINI
ADAPTER COVER PLATE –
Duplex receptacle cover accepts one
(1) Wiremold CM2 Series and 2A mini
adapter (2A opening).

12"
[305mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5246-F

SINGLE RECEPTACLE DEVICE
COVER PLATE –
Installs commercially available straight
4 7/8"
[124mm] blade and locking single receptacles
with face diameters of 1.56"-1.58"
[39.2mm-39.3mm].

12"
[305mm]

AL5246-G

GFCI DEVICE COVER PLATE –
Mounts commercially available
4 7/8" GFCI or surge suppression receptacles.

AL5256-DZ

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE & MOUSE
HOLE DEVICE COVER PLATE –
4 7/8" Grommeted cable access at duplex
[124mm] receptacle location. (2A opening).

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-ABRT
4 7/8"
[124mm]

[124mm]

ORTRONICS® COVER PLATE –
Accepts only Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Supplied with both adapters to
accommodate two TracJack devices
or one Series II device.

12"
[305mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-ACTLPB*
4 7/8"
[124mm]

LOW PROFILE ADAPTER
COVER PLATE –
Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series
communication connectivity devices.
Includes cover and low profile
adapter (6A-opening).

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-ACT2LP*
4 7/8"
[124mm]

AL5256-DABRT

4 7/8"
[124mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-GABRT
DEVICE COVER PLATE WITH TWO LOW
PROFILE ADAPTERS –
Accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2 Series
communication connectivity devices.
Includes cover and two low profile
adapters (6A-openings).

4 7/8"
[124mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

DEVICE COVER PLATE WITH
6A MINI ADAPTER –
Installs communication connectivity
devices. Includes cover and 6A mini
adapter (6A-opening).

AL5256-G2A*

4 7/8"
[124mm]

4 7/8"
[124mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-GACT*
4 7/8"
[124mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-GZ

GFCI & MOUSE HOLE DEVICE
COVER PLATE –

4 7/8"
[124mm] Grommeted cable opening at

GFCI receptacle location.

DUPLEX & 6A MINI ADAPTER
COVER PLATE –
For installation requiring a 15A or 20A
duplex receptacle and accepts three (3)
Wiremold CM2 Series communication
connectivity devices. Cover includes 6A
mini adapter (6A-opening).
GFCI & 6A MINI ADAPTER
COVER PLATE –
For installation requiring a GFCI or
surge suppression receptacle
and accepts three (3) Wiremold CM2
Series communication connectivity
devices. Cover includes 6A mini adapter
(6A-opening).

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide
for information on CM2 Series modules.

156 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

GFCI & 2A MINI ADAPTER
COVER PLATE –
GFCI sized hole cut accepts one (1)
Wiremold CM2 Series and 2A mini
adapter (2A opening).

12"
[305mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-DACT*

GFCI & ORTRONICS® COVER PLATE –
Accepts only Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Supplied with both adapters to
accommodate two TracJack devices or
one Series II device.

12"
[305mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-ACTMAB

DUPLEX & ORTRONICS® COVER PLATE –
Accepts only Ortronics® datacom
inserts. Supplied with both adapters to
accommodate two TracJack devices
or one Series II device.

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-MABRT
4 7/8"
[124mm]

ORTRONICS® COVER PLATE –
Accepts Ortronics® datacom inserts.
Supplied with both adapters to
accommodate six TracJack devices or
three Series II devices.

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-DMABRT
4 7/8"
[124mm]

12"
[305mm]

DUPLEX & ORTRONICS® COVER PLATE –
Accepts Ortronics® datacom inserts.
Supplied with both adapters to
accommodate six TracJack devices or
three Series II devices.

LARGE SINGLE- & DUAL-CHANNEL ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PART NO.

DESCRIPTION

AL5256-GMABRT

GFCI & ORTRONICS® COVER PLATE –
Accepts Ortronics® datacom inserts.
4 7/8"
[124mm] Supplied with both adapters to
accommodate six TracJack devices or
three Series II devices.

PART NO.

4 7/8"
[124mm]

2A MINI ADAPTER COVER PLATE –
Accepts one (1) Wiremold CM2 Series
2A communication connectivity device.
Includes cover and 2A mini adapter
(2A opening).

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-LPB3S2
4 7/8"
[124mm]

ORTRONICS® LOW PROFILE
4 7/8" ADAPTER COVER PLATE –
[124mm] Accepts Ortronics® datacom inserts.
Accepts six Series II devices. Two low
profile adapters included.

12"
[305mm]

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-2A*

DESCRIPTION

AL5256-2LPB3S2

ORTRONICS® LOW PROFILE
ADAPTER COVER PLATE –
Accepts Ortronics® datacom inserts.
Accepts three Series II devices. Low
profile adapter included.

12"
[305mm]

AL5256-Z

1 1/4"
[32mm] Dia.

MOUSE HOLE DEVICE
COVER PLATE –
Facilitates exit of voice or data
communication cabling.
Grommet furnished.
4 7/8"
[124mm]

AL5260

OFFSET DIVIDER –
Used to allow device offsets and to
extend over ribs in the raceway base.
Snap fits into base.
9 9/16"
[243mm]

1 9/16"
[40mm]

* Refer to the Communications Connectivity section of this Product Guide
for information on CM2 Series modules.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

• 157

AL5200 SERIES™ RACEWAY

AL5200 SERIES RACEWAY ORDERING INFORMATION (continued)

ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

ALUMINUM SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS

____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

158 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

Prewired Section_BG.A1 Rev 9 11/24/10 9:30 AM Page 159

When time is an issue, Prewired Raceway from Wiremold gives
you the option of letting our experts do the work for you. Wiring is
labeled, wrapped and ready for termination at the job site. All you
need to do is mount the raceway on the wall and connect the
feed wires. Use our new Prewired Connectors, and you’ll get off
the job even faster. Save installation time, labor and money with
raceway that’s ready for work before it even gets on the job.
WHY PREWIRED? .............................................................. 160
Quick Selection Guide........................................................ 164
Single Channel, Single Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems
AL3000 Series Raceway ................................................ 167
ALA3800 Series Raceway .............................................. 168
Single/Dual Channel, Single Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems
AL3300 Series Raceway ................................................ 169
AL4000 Series Raceway ................................................ 170
AL4400 Series Raceway ................................................ 171
AL4750 Series Raceway ................................................ 172
Dual Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems
AL4320 Series Raceway ................................................ 173
AL4520 Series Raceway ................................................ 174
ALA4800 Series Raceway .............................................. 175
ALDS4000 Series Raceway .......................................... 177
Three Channel, Dual Cover Aluminum Raceway Systems
AL7320 Series Raceway ................................................ 178
AL7450 Series Raceway ................................................ 179
Prewired Steel Raceway Systems
3000® Series, 4000® Series, DS4000® &
6000® Series Raceways .................................................. 180
Prewired Nonmetallic Raceway Systems
5400 Series™, 5500 Series™ &
CableSmart™ 40N2 Series Raceways ............................ 181
Prewired Select Series™ Teacher Drops
Prewired Select Series™ Raceways .................................. 182

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

WHY PREWIRED?

PREWIRED RACEWAY
At Wiremold®, our goal for Prewired Raceway is to enhance the value to the end user and installer by providing value-added
services to their projects, i.e. specific wiring configurations, labeling and special services.
Wiremold® has been setting the standard in the engineering and manufacturing of Prewired Raceway solutions over the last 20
years. Wiremold has the knowledgeable sales, project management and engineering resources to provide you with assistance in:
• Defining bills of material and project quotes
• Interpreting project specifications, electrical drawings and elevation plans to produce
detailed submittal and installation drawings
• Coordinating production, packaging and shipping schedules to meet your job site requirements.
As a leader in the electrical industry Wiremold continues to look for new and innovative ways to simplify the installation of our
Prewired Raceway systems. Over the last 5 years Wiremold has:
• Redesigned our submittal and installation documentation to more clearly depict design intent and ease installation.
• Introduced Wiremold “Prewired Connectors”. The only UL and cUL listed modular connector for Prewired Raceway systems
available on the market. “Prewired Connectors” have been shown to decrease installation time and eliminate miswiring in
the field that can lead to costly callbacks.
• Introduced UL and cUL listed Commercial Outlet Centers (Cord-Ended) that are optimal for mounting to semi-permanent
structures such as shelving and rack displays found in many Lab applications.
When deadlines are looming and skilled labor is in short supply Wiremold has the expertise and quality solutions to help you
complete your project on time. Wiremold Prewired Raceway solutions will:
• Save up to 67% of the installation time needed for field install of component raceway parts.
• Provide maximum flexibility for adding or relocating power and communication requirements during renovations or
equipment changes.
• Provide you with an established project team who has the knowledge and experience from successfully completing work
on thousands of projects for the educational, pharmaceutical, hospital, retail and military markets.

ORDERING PROCESS FOR PREWIRED APPLICATIONS
Detailed Submittal The detailed submittal shows exactly how each raceway run will be built (lengths, number and type of receptacles,
wiring schematics, circuiting information, etc.). The contractor and/or distributor must review and correct any
information not clearly indicated on the drawings or specs, approve and return before production can be scheduled.
Submittal Free

The Prewired Express Building Plan Checklist is filled out by the contractor or distributor and sent along with plans,
casework, and specs. No submittal is required and the project is scheduled for production upon receipt of all information.

PHASE 1

Documents to Rep

• Electrical Plans
• Data Plans
• Legends &
Schedules

PHASE 3

PHASE 2

Within 48 Hours*
Purchase Order

Quote

• Take-Off
Completed
• Quote Delivered
* Based on complexity

• Specifications

Prewired Raceway gets installers off the
job in 1/3 less time than conventional
raceway installations.

Within 24 Hours

Within 2 Weeks

Project Launch

Submittals

• Place contractor
• Wiremold Project
order with
Manager assigned
authorized Prewired and PO
Distributor.
acknowledged.
• All bid and order
documents to
Wiremold Project
Services.

• Documents
reviewed for
completeness.

Wiremold Prewired Raceway is available
in a wide range of capacity and
configuration options.

160 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS – PREWIRED RACEWAY

• Includes Material
Product Sheets,
material list,
Engineered
raceway details,
product placement
drawings and
release forms.

Prewired Connectors provide
contractors with peace-of-mind.
Connectors are factory wired and
tested so errors, backtracking and
troubleshooting are virtually
eliminated.

Within 2-4 Weeks
Approval & Release

• Return approved
submittal package
with required
revisions and
requested on
site date.
• Drawings revised.

Shipment

• Material
packaged &
marked per
area, and
shipped with
“as built”
drawings and
documents.

Commercial Outlet Centers
(Cord-Ended) that are optimal for
mounting to semi-permanent
structures such as shelving and
rack displays found in many Lab
applications.

WHY PREWIRED?

PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS

THE PROCESS
1. Raceway is wired &
assembled per customer
specifications.
2 Finished raceway is
quality tested to insure
performance and
accuracy of wiring
3. Raceway is labelled &
packed per job and job
site requirements.
4. Detailed project drawings
are included with every
project.
5. Raceway is shipped to
arrive at job site per
production schedule &
project specifications.

PREWIRED CONNECTORS
Introducing Faster, More Reliable Connections for
Prewired Raceway Systems
New Wiremold Prewired Connectors offer the fastest, most reliable
connectivity solution available for prewired raceway system installations.
Independent testing has shown that when using new Prewired Connectors
in prewired raceway installations, installers can get off the job up to
eighteen times faster than when using conventional installation methods…
while virtually eliminating any callbacks for wiring errors.
Supports the following NEMA configurations:
5-15R
L5-15R
6-15R
5-20R
L5-20R
6-20R
5-30R
L5-30R
6-30R
NOTE: Consult factory for other configurations.

L6-15R
L6-20R
L6-30R

Specification Guidelines:
• Maximum of one (1) device per foot of raceway.
• Harnesses from multiple feeds may not cross in duct when
feeding from different directions.
• Maximum base segment length of ten (10) feet.
• No downstream protection on GFCI or Surge devices.

Prewired Connectors provide fast and
reliable connectivity and are available in
3-, 6- and 8-wire configurations.

Prewired Connector Applications:
Current Rating:
Voltage Rating:
Wire Gauge:
Wire Type:

30A maximum
250V maximum
10AWG maximum
Stranded Copper

3-Wire

8-Wire

6-Wire

PREWIRED TESTIMONIALS
For the Contractor:
Getting a complete
package of detailed
drawings helps my
guys know where
every carton and
piece of raceway go.

For the Lab:
Cord-ended Prewired
gives me the flexibility
I need to reconfigure
my lab.

For the Contractor:
Prewired Connectors
increase my productivity.
Installs are ultra fast
and there are no
miswiring or
troubleshooting issues.

PERIMETER SYSTEMS

– PREWIRED RACEWAY • 161

PREWIRED ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

PREWIRED ALUMINUM RACEWAY SYSTEMS

ALUMINUM

PREWIRED
RACEWAY SYSTEMS

Isoduct® Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems are manufactured to
specific job lengths, completely assembled and shipped to the jobsite
ready to install.
Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems UL Code Reference............ 162
Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Color Options .................... 162
Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Quick Selection Guide ...... 163
Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Wire Fill Capacity Charts .. 164
Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems Device Openings .............. 165
Prewired Aluminum Raceway Systems
Data/Communications Openings ...................................................... 166
AL3000 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 167
ALA3800 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information ............................ 168
AL3300 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 169
AL4000 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 170
AL4400 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 171
AL4750 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 172
AL4320 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 173
AL4520 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 174
ALA4800 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information ............................ 175
ALDS4000 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .......................... 177
AL7320 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 178
AL7450 Series™ Raceway Ordering Information .............................. 179

AL4000 Series Raceway installation in a laboratory.

ALUMINUM PREWIRED RACEWAY SYSTEMS COLOR OPTIONS

CODE REFERENCE
cULus Listed Multioutlet Assemblies:
File E15191 Guide PVGT.

Aluminum Prewired Raceway Systems are
available with an anodized aluminum finish.

Surface Metal Raceway:
File E4376 Guide RJBT.

Custom color options are also available.
Consult the factory for more information.

Fittings: File E41751 Guide RJPR.
Meet Article 380 of NEC.

Anodized
Aluminum

PREWIRED ALUMINUM RACEWAY FEATURES
FEATURES

STANDARD

OPTIONS

Communication Devices

Ortronics & Activate Connectivity System Devices

Other manufacturers

Electrical Devices

Pass & Seymour

Other manufacturers

Cover Length

12" [305mm] or 18" [457mm]

24" [610mm], 36" [914mm], custom or continuous

Body Length

Longest = 10' [3.05m], shortest = 1' [305mm]

Installation

Surface mounted

Finish

Architectural Class II Clear Anodized

Custom colors available, consult factory.*

Fittings

Mitered

Butt joints or custom

Wire Type

THHN Stranded

Options per specification

Wiring Splices

Insulation displacement connectors

Continuous wiring or twist-on wire connector

Grounding Conductors

Wire gauge per National Electrical

Oversized and/or separate grounding wires
Code (NEC) and shared grounding wires

Device Identification

Gray self-adhesive polyester label
with black letters

Engraved covers, self-adhesive engraved nameplate,
screw mounted engraved nameplate

Neutrals

Shared neutral

Oversized and/or separate neutral wires

Pigtails

12" [305mm] feeds and receptacle leads

Per specification

Conduit Feeds

Raceway drilled at job site with hole saw

Entrance end cap

Device Mounting

Mounted to cover with 2 counter-sunk
#6-32 screws

Device mounting brackets

Record Drawings

3 sets and 2 copies of marked-up blueprints

Per job requirements

Submittal Services

Detailed Submittal

Express Submittal or Submittal Free

* Paint chip required for custom colors.

162 • PERIMETER SYSTEMS

Flush mounted (recessed)



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
Creator                         : pdftk 1.41 - www.pdftk.com
Producer                        : itext-paulo-155 (itextpdf.sf.net-lowagie.com)
Modify Date                     : 2011:02:17 12:02:06-05:00
Create Date                     : 2011:02:17 12:02:06-05:00
Page Count                      : 180

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools